--12-31 false 0001855457 0001855457 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 0001855457 dei:FormerAddressMember 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:WarrantMember 2021-09-30 2021-09-30

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

CURRENT REPORT

PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): September 30, 2021

 

 

KORE Group Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware  

(001-40856)

  86-3078783

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation)

 

(Commission

File Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300

Alpharetta, GA 30022

877-710-5673

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Romil Bahl (President, Chief Executive Officer and Director)

Puneet Pamnani (Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer)

3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300

Alpharetta, GA 30022

877-710-5673

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

King Pubco, Inc.

875 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act

 

Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act

 

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act

 

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading

Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share   KORE   The New York Stock Exchange
Warrants to purchase common stock   KORE WS   The New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).

Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

 

 


 

INTRODUCTORY NOTE

Merger Transaction

As previously announced, KORE Group Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a King Pubco, Inc.) (the “Company” or “Pubco”), a Delaware corporation, previously entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated March 12, 2021, as amended on July 27, 2021 and September 21, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Pubco, Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“CTAC”), King Corp Merger Sub, Inc. (“Corp Merger Sub”), a Delaware corporation, King LLC Merger Sub, LLC (“LLC Merger Sub”), a Delaware limited liability company, and Maple Holdings Inc. (“KORE”), a Delaware corporation.

As previously reported on the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on September 29, 2021, CTAC held a special meeting, at which CTAC’s shareholders voted to approve the proposals outlined in the proxy statement filed by CTAC with the SEC on August 13, 2021 (the “Proxy Statement/Prospectus”), including, among other things, the adoption of the Merger Agreement and approval of the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Starting on September 29, 2021 and concluding on September 30, 2021, as contemplated by the Merger Agreement and as described in the section titled “Proposal No. 1—The Business Combination Proposal” of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (i) CTAC merged with and into LLC Merger Sub (the “Pubco Merger”), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Pubco Merger and Pubco as parent of the surviving entity, (ii) immediately prior to the First Merger (as defined below), Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC (the “Sponsor”) contributed 100% of its equity interests in Corp Merger Sub to Pubco (the “Corp Merger Sub Contribution”), as a result of which Corp Merger Sub became a wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco, (iii) following the Corp Merger Sub Contribution, Corp Merger Sub merged with and into KORE (the “First Merger”), with KORE being the surviving corporation of the First Merger, and (iv) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, KORE merged with and into LLC Merger Sub (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, being collectively referred to as the “Mergers” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Transactions” and the closing (the “Closing”) of the Transactions, the “Business Combination”), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Second Merger and Pubco being the sole member of LLC Merger Sub. In connection with the Business Combination, Pubco changed its name to “KORE Group Holdings, Inc.”

The foregoing description of the Business Combination does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Merger Agreement, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 2.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K (this “Report”) and is incorporated herein by reference.

PIPE Investment

As previously announced, concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, CTAC entered into certain subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to purchase, in the aggregate 22,500,000 shares of common stock of Pubco, par value $0.0001 per share (“Pubco Common Stock”) at $10.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price equal to $225,000,000 (the “PIPE Investment”). The PIPE Investment was consummated substantially concurrently with the Closing.

Terms used but not defined herein, or for which definitions are not otherwise incorporated by reference herein, shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus and such definitions are incorporated herein by reference. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Current Report on Form 8-K to “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to KORE Group Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries.


Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

Investor Rights Agreement

On September 30, 2021, in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination and as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, Pubco, the Sponsor, certain stockholders of KORE and the other parties thereto entered into an Investor Rights Agreement, (the “Investor Rights Agreement”) setting forth the parties’ rights and obligations with respect to the designation, removal and replacement of directors of Pubco and the registration for resale of certain shares of Pubco Common Stock and other equity securities of Pubco that are held by the parties thereto from time to time.

Such description is qualified in its entirety by the text of the Investor Rights Agreement, which is included as Exhibit 10.2 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Backstop Agreement

As previously announced, KORE Wireless Group, Inc. (the “KORE Wireless”), a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of KORE, entered into a backstop financing agreement (the “Backstop Agreement”) with an affiliate of Fortress Credit Corp. (“Fortress”) pursuant to which Fortress agreed to make additional financing available to help satisfy any shortfall in the minimum cash condition arising as a result of redemptions by the public shareholders of CTAC at Closing.

In such regard, concurrently with the Closing, KORE Wireless, borrowed $95 million in exchange of senior unsecured exchangeable notes due 2028 (“Backstop Notes”) pursuant to an indenture, dated September 30, 2021, by and among Pubco, KORE Wireless and Fortress (the “Indenture”). The Backstop Notes were issued at par, bearing interest at the rate of 5.50% per annum, and a maturity of seven years. The Backstop Notes are guaranteed by Pubco and may be exchangeable into Pubco Common Stock at $12.50 per share. At any time after the 2-year anniversary of the issuance of the Backstop Notes, Pubco may redeem the Backstop Notes for cash, force an exchange into shares of its common stock at $16.25 per share or settle with a combination of cash and an exchange. The Backstop Agreement contains a customary six-month lock up following the Closing, which prohibits Fortress from hedging the Backstop Notes by short selling Pubco’s Common Stock or hedging the notes via Pubco’s warrants or options.

Such description is qualified in its entirety by the text of the Indenture, which is included as Exhibit 10.4 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Commitment Letter

On October 1, 2021, Pubco countersigned a commitment letter (the “Commitment Letter”) pursuant to which Fortress will make additional financing available to Pubco subject to certain terms and conditions, for up to $25,000,000 of additional notes under the Indenture to entered into in connection with the backstop financing agreement dated as of July 27, 2021 by and among KORE Wireless Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of KORE, and an affiliate of Fortress. The commitment will remain available until October 31, 2021. Upon entering into definitive documentation, the Sponsor has agreed to contribute 100,000 shares of Pubco Common Stock to LLC Merger Sub, which shares will be transferred by LLC Merger Sub to Fortress, as a commitment fee, pursuant to the terms and upon the conditions set forth in the Commitment Letter.

Indemnification Agreements

In connection with the Closing, Pubco has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers. Under the terms of such indemnification agreements, we are required to indemnify each of our directors and executive officers, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the state of Delaware, if the basis of the indemnitee’s involvement was by reason of the fact that the indemnitee is or was our director or officer or was serving at our request in an official capacity for another entity. Pubco must indemnify its directors and executive officers against all reasonable direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever, including all other disbursements, obligations or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be witness in, settlement or appeal of, or otherwise participating in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding. The indemnification agreements


also require Pubco to advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses that such director or executive officer incurred, provided that such person will return any such advance if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification by Pubco. The foregoing description of the indemnification agreements does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the indemnification agreements, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.1 and is incorporated herein by reference.

The foregoing description of the indemnification agreements is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the form of indemnification agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.1 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 2.01 Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

The disclosure set forth in the “Introductory Note—Merger Transaction” above is incorporated into this Item 2.01 by reference.

On October 1, 2021, the Company issued a press release announcing the Closing. The press release is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.1 and incorporated herein by reference.

FORM 10 INFORMATION

Item 2.01(f) of Form 8-K states that if the predecessor registrant was a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), as Pubco was immediately before the Business Combination, then the registrant must disclose the information that would be required if the registrant were filing a general form for registration of securities on Form 10. As a result of the consummation of the Business Combination, and as discussed below in Item 5.06 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, Pubco has ceased to be a shell company. Accordingly, Pubco is providing the information below that would be included in a Form 10 if Pubco were to file a Form 10. Please note that the information provided below relates to Pubco as the combined company after the consummation of the Business Combination, unless otherwise specifically indicated or the context otherwise requires.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Report includes statements that express the Company’s opinions, expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions, forecasts or projections regarding future events or future results and therefore are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “seeks,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “may,” “will” or “should” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Report and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs and current expectations and projections concerning, among other things, the Transactions, the benefits of the Transactions, including results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the markets in which the Company operates. Such forward-looking statements are based on available current market material and management’s expectations, beliefs, forecasts and projections concerning future events impacting the Company.

Forward-looking statements in this Report may include, for example, statements about:

 

   

our ability to develop and introduce new products and services successfully;

 

   

our ability to compete in the market in the market in which we operate;

 

   

our ability to meet the price and performance standards of the evolving 5G New Radio products and technologies;


   

our ability to expand our customer reach/reduce customer concentration;

 

   

our ability to grow the IoT and mobile portfolio outside of North America;

 

   

our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our indebtedness;

 

   

our ability to introduce and sell new products that comply with current and evolving industry standards and government regulations;

 

   

our ability to develop and maintain strategic relationships to expand into new markets;

 

   

our ability to properly manage the growth of our business to avoid significant strains on our management and operations and disruptions to our business;

 

   

our reliance on third parties to manufacture components of our solutions;

 

   

our ability to accurately forecast customer demand and timely delivery of sufficient product quantities;

 

   

our reliance on sole source suppliers for some products and devices used in our solutions;

 

   

the continuing impact of uncertain global economic conditions on the demand for our products;

 

   

the impact of geopolitical instability on our business;

 

   

the emergence of global public health emergencies, such as the outbreak of the 2019 novel coronavirus, now known as “COVID-19,” which could extend lead times in our supply chain and lengthen sales cycles with our customers;

 

   

direct and indirect effects of COVID-19 on our employees, customers and supply chain and the economy and financial markets;

 

   

the impact that new or adjusted tariffs may have on the costs of components or our products, and our ability to sell products internationally;

 

   

our ability to be cost competitive while meeting time-to-market requirements for our customers;

 

   

our ability to meet the product performance needs of our customers in wireless broadband data access markets;

 

   

demand for software-as-a-service telematics solutions;

 

   

our dependence on wireless telecommunication operators delivering acceptable wireless services;

 

   

the outcome of any pending or future litigation, including intellectual property litigation;

 

   

infringement claims with respect to intellectual property contained in our solutions;

 

   

our continued ability to license necessary third-party technology for the development and sale of our solutions;

 

   

the introduction of new products that could contain errors or defects;

 

   

conducting business abroad, including foreign currency risks;

 

   

the pace of 5G wireless network rollouts globally and their adoption by customers;


   

our ability to make focused investments in research and development;

 

   

our ability to hire, retain and manage additional qualified personnel to maintain and expand our business.

 

   

the projected financial information, anticipated growth rate, and market opportunity of KORE, and estimates of expenses and profitability;

 

   

the potential liquidity and trading of public securities; and

 

   

the ability to raise financing in the future.

The forward-looking statements contained in this Report are based on the Company’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on the Transactions and the Company. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting the Company will be those that the Company has anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond the Company’s control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of the assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

Business

The Company’s business is described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Information About KORE”, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Risk Factors

Risks associated with the Company’s business are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Risk Factors” and are incorporated herein by reference.

Financial Information

The selected historical financial information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 and as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 for KORE is included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section entitled “KORE’s Summary Historical Financial Information” of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, is incorporated herein by reference.

The unaudited financial statements of CTAC for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and as of December 31, 2020 and for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and for the period from September 8, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 are set forth in Prospectus in the section entitled “CTAC’s Summary Historical Financial Information” and are incorporated herein by reference.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of KORE as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 are set forth in Exhibit 99.2 hereto and are incorporated herein by reference.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information of KORE as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 is set forth in Exhibit 99.3 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference.


Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “KORE’s Selected Historical Financial Information” section of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

Maple Holdings Inc. was the parent entity of KORE Wireless, its wholly owned and principal operating subsidiary prior to the Closing. KORE Wireless’ corporate headquarters are located in Alpharetta, Georgia and incorporated in Delaware.

KORE is one of the largest global independent IoT companies enabling mission-critical CaaS, or “Connectivity” for reporting purposes, IoT solutions and Analytics (or simply “IoT Solutions” for reporting purposes) to enterprise customers across five key industry verticals, comprising (i) Connected Health, (ii) Fleet Management, (iii) Asset Monitoring, (iv) Communications Services and (v) Industrial IoT (or “IIoT”).

Example customer use cases across our five key verticals are illustrated below:

 

   

Connected Health: Remote patient monitoring and telemedicine enabled by connected medical devices, IoT device enabled clinical drug trials, mPERS connected emergency devices, connected medical equipment diagnostics, electronic visit verification

 

   

Fleet Management: Stolen vehicle recovery location tracking, connected cameras for tracking vehicle driving conditions and driver behaviour, connected route optimization, fuel consumption optimization, connected preventive maintenance, usage-based insurance, connected cars

 

   

Asset Monitoring: Home/business security sensor and camera solutions, offender tracking through ankle bracelets, tank monitoring, supply chain inventory and asset tracking, fuel pipeline flow monitoring

 

   

Communication Services: IoT and consumer service providers, carrier IoT business units, enterprise connectivity / failsafe, private networking - we may provide Connectivity Enablement as a Service for some of these customers

 

   

Industrial IoT: Smart utilities / meters, smart cities / buildings, smart factories, field service automation, manufacturers of smart or connected products Providing global connectivity to devices across the globe, over different networks and protocols is a highly complex undertaking.

KORE’s portfolio of IoT Connectivity capabilities, proprietary technology and IP stack, combined with its vast network of 44 carrier integrations globally enables the Company to be a market leader in working with enterprise customers. Apart from basic IoT Connectivity, we also provide connectivity enablement services to enable other service providers to provide IoT connectivity.

Successful deployment of IoT solutions is extremely complex; notably, some of the significant challenges in IoT deployment include:

 

 

Lack of readily available in-house IoT resources and expertise

 

 

Significant time required to get to market

 

 

High failure rate of IoT initiatives

 

 

A highly fragmented vendor landscape

 

 

Ecosystem that is quickly evolving and changing rapidly

 

 

Substantial and increasing regulatory/compliance issues

 

 

Interoperability and compatibility with assorted technologies


Starting with the hiring of the current management team in late 2017 and early 2018, KORE has been executing a multi-year strategic transformation program to transform from a ‘connectivity only’ player to a market leading, global enabler of IoT providing Connectivity, IoT Solutions and Analytics. The elements of this transformation program are building the core technology platform of the future ‘KORE One’, building IoT Solutions products and a strategic repositioning of the company in the market including strategic M&A. This multi-year strategic transformation program is expected to be complete by end of 2022. As a result of this transformation program:

 

 

We believe KORE One is now an industry leading platform for IoT subscription and network management, and which provides us with a competitive edge in the market.

 

 

KORE has enhanced its rankings within the IoT industry analysts.

 

 

KORE’s product portfolio has expanded significantly. A few years ago KORE was primarily IoT Connectivity focused while today its product portfolio includes IoT Solutions such as IoT Deployment Services and Security Software and Services. KORE’s IoT Connectivity have also become richer through the addition of the eSIMs and “Connectivity Enablement as a Service” to the IoT Connectivity product portfolio.

 

 

IoT Solutions has increased as a proportion of KORE’s total revenue each year since 2018. In the year ended December 31, 2020, IoT Solutions represented 26% of KORE’s total revenue while in the year ended December 31, 2019, IoT Solutions represented 11% of revenue.

KORE’s IoT and analytics solutions include IoT device management services, IoT location-based services software, and IoT device security services software for the Machine-to-Machine market.

Customers of KORE’s products include fleet owners and transportation companies, fleet management software providers, healthcare companies including healthcare device manufacturers, healthcare payors and healthcare contract research organizations, telecommunications service providers, manufacturers and industrial automation providers, application service providers and enterprises in various other industries, including consumer electronic devices, retail, home and office security and safety etc. KORE’s largest customers include Fortune 500 enterprises and innovative solution providers across multiple high growth vertical markets.

KORE’s products compete with a variety of solutions, including other Subscription-based IoT platforms and solutions. Our current competitors include:

 

 

For IoT Connectivity - telecom carriers such as T-Mobile and Vodafone; Mobile Virtual Network Operators such as Aeris and Wireless Logic;

 

 

For IoT Solutions and Analytics - device management services providers such as Velocitor and Futura, fleet management SaaS providers such as Fleetmatics and GPS Trakit, and analytics services providers such as Galooli and Intellisite. KORE has made several key acquisitions that have enhanced solutions to new and existing customers. Most recently, in November 2019, KORE completed the acquisition of Integron LLC, purchasing all of the outstanding share capital of lntegron LLC in exchange for cash and equity (the “Integron Acquisition”). The Integron Acquisition further enhances KORE’s strategic position as the global leader in enabling powerful healthcare IoT solutions for the largest global organizations. For additional information regarding the Integron Acquisition, refer to “Note 3 Business Combinations” in the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

Trends Affecting Our Business

All of the markets in which we operate are characterized by rapid technological change, frequent introductions of new products, services and solutions and evolving customer demands. We expect our market to be competitive especially with the focus on IoT with the development and deployment of 5G technologies. In addition, we are affected by changes in the many industries related to the products or services we offer, including the fleet management, connected biomedical devices and home security industries. As the technologies used in each of these industries evolves, we will face new integration and competition challenges.


Our ability to expand our business through new solutions and penetration into new sectors

The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and protect our proprietary technologies, information, processes and know-how. We rely primarily on trademark, copyright and other Intellectual Property laws in the U.S. and similar laws in other countries, confidentiality agreements and procedures and other contractual arrangements to protect our technology. The growing number of IoT, eSIM and 5G use cases presents opportunity for us to deliver critical solutions in these rapidly growing industries. We expect that product offerings such as the highly scalable KORE One platform and the growth of eSIMs will position us for growth in the connectivity market.

Our growth strategy consists of the following:

 

   

Organic volume growth - leveraging the strong IoT industry growth expressed in terms of our customers’ revenue, device and data usage growth, while continuing to maintain high customer retention

 

   

Cross-sell and upsell - selling KORE’s growing portfolio of IoT solutions developed during the prior two years and going-forward, to our large base of IoT Connectivity only customers

 

   

Deepening our presence in focus industry sector - developing more of a vertical orientation in our business and deepening industry domain knowledge that will in turn allow the development and deployment of pre-configured industry solutions

 

   

Enhancing AIoT (Artificial Intelligence + IoT) and Edge Analytics capabilities

 

   

Strategic acquisitions that will allow KORE to expand our IoT solutions and advanced connectivity capabilities while ensuring a highly disciplined use of capital for such acquisitions

We operate in a highly competitive market

The market for KORE’s products and solutions is rapidly evolving and highly competitive. It is likely to continue to be affected by new product introductions and industry participants. The unique expertise required to design its product offerings and customers’ reluctance to try unproven products has confined the number of competing firms to a relatively small number.

KORE competes in the connectivity market on the basis of the following factors:

 

 

The number of carrier integrations (44)

 

 

KORE One platform (7 engines)

 

 

ConnectivityPro service and related APIs

 

 

eSIM technology stack/ proprietary IP

 

 

Hypercore technology

KORE competes in the IoT Solutions market on the basis of the following factors:

 

 

Deep industry vertical knowledge and experience (e.g., in Connected Health through FDA, HIPAA, ISO 9001/13485 compliance)

 

 

Breadth of solutions and analytics services

 

 

3,400+ connectivity-only customers for cross-sell opportunities

While the abovementioned factors provide KORE with certain competitive advantages, KORE’s market is highly competitive, and we expect it to continue to be so especially with the greater focus on the IoT market with the development and deployment of 5G technologies.

Impact of transitions of IoT connections from 2G/3G to LTE

In the United States, the major carriers have announced intentions to phase out their 2G and 3G networks by the end of 2022. As of December 31, 2020, KORE estimates that it has approximately 2.4 million Total Connections that operate on 2G and 3G networks in the United States.


LTE rate plans are typically lower in price than legacy 2G and 3G rate plans. As a result, the phase out of 2G and 3G may result in lower revenue per unit and/or lower revenue to KORE. While KORE has strong relationships with many of the affected customers and expects to retain most of the connections which will not be retired on 4G or 5G technologies, some of these connections may be lost as a result of competitive bidding processes. KORE estimates the total adverse impact on revenue will be $5-6 million in the year ending December 31, 2022. The projected impact of this is incorporated in KORE’s projections.

COVID-19 

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the COVID-19 a global pandemic, which has resulted in significant disruption and uncertainty in the global economic markets, which in turn has impacted our business. Given the amount of uncertainty currently regarding the scope and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, we are unable to predict the precise impact the COVID-19 pandemic will have on our business, financial condition and results of operations. However, we may be exposed to certain negative impacts from the pandemic; for example, we had one major customer and multiple smaller customers experience financial distress, resulting in delays in payments and a reduction in revenues with those customers. However, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic to our business as a whole is uncertain, and bad debt expense decreased for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the previous year.

We believe COVID-19’s continued impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations will be significantly driven by a number of factors that we are unable to predict or control, including, for example: the severity and duration of the pandemic, including the timing of availability of a treatment or vaccine for COVID-19; the pandemic’s impact on the U.S. and global economies; the timing, scope and effectiveness of additional governmental responses to the pandemic; the timing and path of economic recovery; and the negative impact on our clients, counterparties, vendors and other business partners that may indirectly adversely affect us.

Operating Segments

We have determined that we operate in a single operating and reportable segment, consistent with how our chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses performance.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenues

We derive revenues from:

-Services: IoT Connectivity and IOT Solutions services.

-Product sales: SIMS (Connectivity) and IOT devices (IOT Solutions).

KORE views our business as being constituted of two services lines: IoT Connectivity and IOT Solutions.

The fees for IoT Connectivity generally consist of a monthly subscription fee and additional data usage fees for providing IoT Connectivity or services which enable other providers to provide IoT Connectivity. IoT Connectivity also includes charges for each subscriber identity modules (SIMs) sold to a customer.

In IoT Solutions, we derive revenue from IoT device management services, location-based software services and IoT security software services. Fees charged for device management services includes the cost of the underlying IoT device and the cost of deploying and managing such devices and is usually charged for on a fee per deployed IoT device basis which such fee depends on the scope of the underlying services and the IoT device being deployed. Location based software services and IoT security software services are charged on a per subscriber basis.


Costs and Expenses

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists primarily of costs associated with connectivity and those associated with IoT Solutions. Connectivity costs include carrier costs, network operations, technology licenses, and other costs such as shipping a SIM. IoT Solution costs include the cost of devices, shipping costs, warehouse lease and related facilities expenses, and personnel costs. Total cost of revenues excludes depreciation and amortization.

Operating expenses

We incur expenses associated with sales, marketing, customer support, and administrative activities related to the operation of our business, including significant charges for depreciation and amortization of our intangible assets and other intellectual property and intangible assets we acquired or developed. We also incur engineering expenses developing and supporting the operation of our communications system and the early stage engineering work on new products and services that are not yet determined to be technologically feasible.

Key Metrics

KORE reviews a number of metrics to measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, prepare financial projections, and make strategic decisions. The calculation of the key metrics and other measures discussed below may differ from other similarly titled metrics used by other companies, securities analysts, or investors.

Number of Connections

Total Connections constitutes the total of all KORE IoT Connectivity connections, including both CaaS and CEaaS connections, but excluding certain connections where mobile carriers license KORE’s subscription management platform from KORE. Total Connections include the contribution of eSIMs and is the principal measure used by management to assess the performance of the business on a periodic basis.

DBNER

DBNER (Dollar Based Net Expansion Rate) tracks the combined effect of cross-sales of IoT Solutions to KORE’s existing customers, its customer retention and the growth of its existing business. KORE calculates DBNER by dividing the revenue for a given period (“given period”) from existing go-forward customers by the revenue from the same customers for the same period measured one year prior (“base period”).

The revenue included in the current period excludes revenue from (i) customers that are non-go-forward customers, meaning customers that have either communicated to KORE before the last day of the current period their intention not to provide future business to KORE or customers that KORE has determined are transitioning away from KORE based on a sustained multi-year time period of declines in revenues and (ii) new customers that started generating revenue after the end of the base period. For example, to calculate our DBNER for the trailing 12 months ended June 30, 2021, we divide (i) revenue, for the trailing 12 months ended June 30, 2021, from go-forward customers that started generating revenue on or before June 30, 2020 by (ii) revenue, for the trailing 12 months ended June 30, 2020, from the same cohort of customers. For the purposes of calculating DBNER, if KORE acquires a company during the given period or the base period, then the revenue of a customer before the acquisition but during either the given period or the base period is included in the calculation. Further, it is often difficult to ascertain which customers should be deemed not to be go-forward customers for purposes of calculating DBNER. Customers are not required to give notice of their intention to transition off of the KORE platform, and as discussed above in “Information about KORE—Customer and Key Partners”, a customer’s exit from the KORE platform can take months or longer, and total connections of any particular customer can at any time increase or decrease for any number of reasons, including pricing, customer satisfaction or product fit - accordingly, a decrease in total connections may not indicate that a customer is intending to exit the KORE platform, particularly if that decrease is not sustained over a period of several quarters. DBNER would be lower if it were calculated using revenue from non-go-forward customers.

As of June 30, 2021 and 2020, DBNER excludes approximately 0.6 million and 1.1 million connections, respectively, from non-go-forward customers, in each case, the vast majority of which are connections from Non-Core Customers. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, DBNER excludes approximately 1.1


million and 1.4 million connections, respectively, from non-go-forward customers, in each case, the vast majority of which are connections from Non-Core Customers. KORE defines “Non-Core Customers” to be customers that management has judged to be lost as a result of the integration of Race, Wyless and other acquisitions completed during the 2014-2017 period, but which continue to have some connections (and account for some revenue) each year with KORE. Non-Core Customers are a subset of non-go-forward customers.

DBNER is used by management as a measure of growth at KORE’s existing customers (i.e., “same store” growth). It is not intended to capture the effect of either new customer wins or the declines from non-go-forward customers on KORE’s total revenue growth. This is because DBNER excludes new customers which started generating revenue after the base period, and also excludes any customers which are non-go-forward customers on the last day of the current period. Revenue increases from new customer wins, and a decline in revenue from non-go-forward customers are also important factors in assessing KORE’s revenue growth, but these factors are independent of DBNER.

Results of Operations for the Six Months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

Revenue

The table below presents our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, together with the percentage of total revenue represented by each revenue category:

(in ‘000)

 

    

Six Months Ended

June 30,

   

Years Ended

December 31,

 
     2021     2020     2020     2019  

Services

   $ 91,437        79   $ 83,677        83   $ 172,845        81   $ 159,425        94

Products

     24,603        21     17,363        17     40,915        19     9,727        6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 116,040        100   $ 101,040        100   $ 213,760        100   $ 169,152        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 increased by $15.0 million, or 15%, to $116.0 million from $101.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. Service revenue growth of $7.8 million was driven by the growth in IoT Connectivity revenue of $7.6 million, and an increase in IoT Solutions service revenue of $0.2 million due to an increase in product deployments by KORE related to its IoT Solutions. IoT Connectivity revenue growth of $7.6 million was driven by the organic growth of our existing IoT customers of $12.0 million and new customers acquired of $0.4 million These increases were offset partially by a decrease of $3.1 million revenue from non-core customers (customers lost from integration of old acquisitions in 2014-17) and the migration of customers from 2G and 3G technologies to LTE (“Long Term Evolution”) cellular technologies involving a one-time adjustment in price estimated at $1.7 million. Product revenue growth of $7.2 million was driven primarily by an increase in the number of devices deployed by KORE related to its IoT Solutions.

Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $44.6 million, or 26%, to $213.8 million from $169.2 million in 2019. Service revenue growth of $13.4 million was driven by the acquisition of Integron in November 2019 (resulting in an increase in services revenue of $12.8 million), the addition of new services customers (resulting in an increase in services revenue of $4.1 million), and the organic growth of KORE’s existing services customers (resulting in an increase in services revenue of $14.6 million). These increases were offset partially by a $11.2 million decline of revenue from Non-Core Customers and the LTE cellular technologies involving a one-time adjustment in average price revenue per unit (decline estimated at $6.9 million). Product revenue growth of $31.2 million was mainly driven by the acquisition of Integron in November 2019 which resulted in an incremental $22.5 million revenue and an increase in devices deployed by KORE at its IoT Solutions customers which resulted in an incremental $8.7 million revenue.


The table below presents how management views our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, together with the percentage of total revenue represented by each revenue category:

(in ‘000)

 

    

Six Months Ended

June 30,

   

Years Ended

December 31,

 
     2021     2020     2020     2019  

Connectivity

   $ 84,048        72   $ 75,577        75   $ 158,748        74   $ 150,358        89

IoT Solutions

     31,992        28     25,463        25     55,012        26     18,794        11
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 116,040        100   $ 101,040        100   $ 213,760        100   $ 169,152        100

Period End Connections Count

     13.2 million       10.2 million       11.8 million       9.7 million  

Average Connections Count for the Period

     13.1 million       10.0 million       10.7 million       9.2 million  

Total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 increased by $15.0 million, or 15%, to $116.0 million from $101.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. Overall Connectivity growth of $8.5 million, which includes SIM revenue, was driven by the organic growth of our existing IoT customers of $12.9 million and new customers acquired of $0.4 million. These increases were offset partially by Non-Core Customers (customers lost from the integration of old acquisitions in 2014-17) by $3.1 million and the migration of customers from 2G and 3G technologies to LTE (“Long Term Evolution”) cellular technologies involving a one-time adjustment in price estimated at $1.7 million. IoT Solutions growth of $6.5 million was driven by the organic growth of our Connected Health IoT Solutions. Notably, new Connectivity customers relationships usually start small and often expand significantly in the first three to four years of the relationship. KORE grew its total number of connections from 10.2 million on June 30, 2020 to 13.2 million on June 30, 2021, mostly at existing customers, which resulted in the growth of KORE Connectivity revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2021 with respect to the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Within IoT Solutions, there was an increase in devices deployed and provided by KORE to its IoT Solutions customers, and a proportionate increase in IoT deployment services revenue associated with each device shipped. Further details are provided in Note 4 to KORE’s audited consolidated financial statements. Directionally, we expect the growth in IoT Solutions to continue to be driven primarily by an increase in device deployments although actual deployment volumes may vary from quarter to quarter.

Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $44.6 million, or 26%, to $213.8 million in 2020 from $169.2 million in 2019. Overall Connectivity growth of $8.4 million was driven by the organic growth of our existing IoT customers of $15.0 million, new customers acquired of $4.1 million and the addition of connectivity revenue from the acquisition of Integron in November 2019 of $7.4 million. These increases were offset partially by a decline of $11.2 million from Non-Core Customers (customers lost from the integration of old acquisitions in 2014-17) and the LTE cellular technologies involving a one-time adjustment in price (decline estimated at $6.9 million). IoT Solutions growth of $36.2 million was driven by the acquisition of Integron in November 2019 and the organic growth of our Connected Health IoT Solutions contributing $27.9 million and $8.3 million growth, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2020 over the year ended December 31, 2019.The organic growth of IoT Solutions was comprised of an increase in revenue based on the growth in devices provided and shipped by KORE to its IoT Solutions customers, and a proportionate increase in IoT deployment and device management services revenue associated with each device shipped. Further details are provided in Note 4 to KORE’s audited consolidated financial statements.


For the twelve months ended June 30, 2021, KORE’s DBNER was 113% compared to 103% in the twelve months ended June 30, 2020. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, KORE’s DBNER was 106% compared to 111% in the twelve months ended December 31, 2019.

Costs of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

 

(in ‘000)    For six months ended     For the years ended  
     June 30,      Change     December 31,      Change  
     2021      2020      Dollars      %     2020      2019      Dollars      %  

Cost of services

   $ 34,037      $ 31,918        2,119        7   $ 64,520      $ 57,621        6,899        12

Cost of products

     19,672        13,068        6,604        51     33,410        6,044        27,366        453
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

   $ 53,709      $ 44,986        8,723        19   $ 97,930      $ 63,665        34,265        54
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 increased $8.7 million, or 19%, to $53.7 million from $45.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The $2.1 million increase in cost of services for the six months ended June 30, 2021, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020, was driven by increased carrier costs associated with the growth in connectivity revenues offset by the $1.1 million settlement of a disputed amount owned to a Carrier from 2020. The $6.6 million increase in cost of products for the six months ended June 30, 2021, from the six months ended June 30, 2020, was primarily driven by the increase in the cost of devices associated with the growth in IoT Solutions. Notably, in the six months ended June 30, 2021, there was an increase in devices deployed by KORE to its IoT Solutions customers.

Total cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $34.3 million, or 54%, to $97.9 million from $63.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The $6.9 million increase in cost of services for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the prior year, was primarily driven by the increased carrier costs associated with the growth in connectivity revenues. The $27.4 million increase in the cost of products was driven by a $25.1 million increase in the cost of devices deployed by KORE at its IoT Solutions customers and a $2.3 million increase in SIM shipments due to the growth in connectivity revenues. In the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, there was an increase in devices deployed by KORE at its IoT Solutions customers. This increase was due to the acquisition of Integron which resulted in increased business volumes, as well as organic growth of KORE’s Connected Health IoT Solutions.


The table below presents how management views our costs of revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, exclusive of depreciation and amortization:

 

(in ‘000)    For six months ended     For the years ended  
     June 30,      Change     December 31,      Change  
     2021      2020      Dollars      %     2020      2019      Dollars      %  

Cost of connectivity

   $ 32,618      $ 30,500        2,118        7   $ 63,706      $ 56,139        7,567        13

Cost of IoT Solutions

     21,091        14,486        6,605        46     34,224        7,526        26,698        355
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

   $ 53,709      $ 44,986      $ 8,723        19   $ 97,930      $ 63,665        34,265        54
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 increased $8.7 million, or 19%, to $53.7 million from $45.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase in cost of connectivity for the six months ended June 30, 2021, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020, was driven by increased carrier costs associated with the growth in connectivity revenues offset by a $1.1 million settlement of a disputed amount owed to a Carrier from 2020. The increase in cost of IoT Solutions for the six months ended June 30, 2021, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020, was primarily driven by the increased cost of devices and labor associated with the growth in IoT Solutions. Notably, in the six months ending June 30, 2021, there was an increase in devices provided and shipped by KORE to its IoT Solutions customers. This resulted in an increase in the cost of devices provided and shipped, and a proportionate increase in IoT deployment and device management services revenue associated with each device shipped which also resulted in an increase in the labor and other costs of providing such IoT deployment and device management services.

Total cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $34.3 million, or 54%, to $97.9 million from $63.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in cost of connectivity for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the prior year, was primarily driven by the increased carrier costs associated with the growth in connectivity revenues. In the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, there was an increase in devices deployed by KORE to its IoT Solutions customers. This increase was due to the acquisition of Integron which resulted in increased business volumes, as well as organic growth of KORE’s Connected Health IoT Solutions. This increase in device shipments resulted in an increase in the cost of devices, and additionally, a proportionate increase in IoT deployment and device management services revenue associated with each device shipped which resulted in an increase in the labor and other costs of providing such IoT deployment and device management services.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(in ‘000    For six months ended     For the years ended  
     June 30,      Change     December 31,      Change  
     2021      2020      Dollars      %     2020      2019      Dollars      %  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 40,525      $ 32,115        8,410        26   $ 72,883      $ 65,298        7,585        12

Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses relate primarily to expenses for general management, sales and marketing, finance, audit and legal fees and general operating expenses. The increase in SG&A expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2021, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020, was primarily due to a decrease foreign currency gain of $1.5 million, an increase in salary and benefit related items of $3.0 million and costs associated with going public of $4.0 million. All other items decreased $0.1 million.

The increase in SG&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the prior year, was primarily due to the acquisition of Integron LLC in November 2019 contributing $9.0 million in additional expense. This increase was partially offset by decreases in marketing and travel expenses.

Depreciation and amortization

 

(in ‘000    For six months ended     For the years ended  
     June 30,      Change     December 31,      Change  
     2021      2020      Dollars     %     2020      2019      Dollars      %  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 25,507      $ 25,708        (201     (1 )%    $ 52,488      $ 48,131        4,357        9


There were no significant changes in depreciation and amortization for the six months ended June 30, 2021, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020.

The increase in depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the prior year, was primarily due to amortization on the intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Integron LLC in November 2019.

Intangible asset impairment loss

(in ‘000)

 

     For six months ended     For the years ended  
     June 30,      Change     December 31,     Change  
     2021      2020      Dollars      %     2020      2019     Dollars     %  

Intangible asset impairment loss

   $ —        $ —          —                 $ —        $ (3,892     (3,892     (100 )% 

The Company did not recognize an impairment event for the six months ended June 30, 2021 or June 30, 2020.

Intangible asset impairment loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 relates to a loss incurred due to a technology asset which was acquired in a prior acquisition being retired prior to the end of its anticipated useful life due to the expected sunsetting of 2G and 3G networks by certain carriers. The decrease in loss amount is due to the Company not recognizing an impairment event for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Other income (expense)

(in ‘000)

 

     For six months ended     For the years ended  
     June 30,     Change     December 31,     Change  
     2021     2020     Dollars      %     2020     2019     Dollars     %  

Interest expense including amortization of debt issuance costs, net

   $ (10,565   $ (13,084     2,519        (19 )%    $ (23,493   $ (24,785     1,292       (5 )% 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     2,383       (2,831     5,214        (184 )%      (7,485     235       (7,720     (3,285 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

   $ (8,182   $ (15,915     7,733        49   $ (30,978   $ (24,550     (6,428     (26 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The decrease in other expense for the six months ended June 30, 2021, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020, was due to a $2.5 million decrease in our interest expense which was a result of a reduction in LIBOR rates compared to the prior period (KORE’s term loans are indexed to LIBOR) plus a $5.2 million decrease in the expense related to the change in fair value of our warrant liability.

The increase in other expense for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the prior year, was primarily due to a $7.7 million increase in expense related to the change in fair value of our warrant liability. This increase was partially offset by a $1.3 million decrease in our interest expense which decreased because of a reduction in LIBOR rates compared to the prior year.


Income taxes

(in ‘000)

 

     For six months ended     For the years ended  
     June 30,     Change     December 31,     Change  
     2021     2020     Dollars     %     2020     2019     Dollars      %  

Income tax benefit

   $ (3,917   $ (3,858     (59     2   $ (5,318   $ (12,941     7,623        (59 )% 

The change to the income tax benefit for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily due to changes in the jurisdictional mix of earnings period over period.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we recognized an income tax benefit of $5.3 million and $12.9 million, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations.

The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily attributable to a federal and state deferred tax benefit of $4.8 million, a foreign deferred tax benefit of $1.5 million, a federal and state current income tax expense of $0.5 million, and a foreign current income tax expense of $0.5 million. This aggregate income tax benefit of $5.3 million includes $0.2 million of reserves provided for unrecognized tax benefits.

The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily attributable to a federal and state deferred tax benefit of $10.7 million, a foreign deferred tax benefit of $0.8 million, a federal and state current income tax benefit of $1.2 million, and a foreign current income tax benefit of $0.2 million. This aggregate income tax benefit of $12.9 million includes a reversal of $0.9 million of reserves provided for unrecognized tax benefits.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our liquidity requirements arise from our working capital needs, our obligations to make scheduled payments of interest on our indebtedness and our need to fund capital expenditures to support our current operations and to facilitate growth and expansion. We have financed our operations and expansion with a combination of debt and equity.

At June 30, 2021, we had total equity of $(2.2) million, net of an accumulated deficit of $(121.7) million. Our primary sources of liquidity consist of cash and cash equivalents totaling $8.3 million and a Revolving Credit Facility of $30.0 million of which $8.0 million was available and remaining for use for working capital and general business purposes. We believe this will be sufficient to provide working capital, make interest payments and make capital expenditures to support operations and facilitate growth and expansion for the next twelve months.

In addition to our indebtedness, certain of our equity instruments issued contain distributions preferences and other features that may require payments to the holders of those instruments. Our ability to pay dividends on our preferred and common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of agreements governing our indebtedness. Subject to the full terms and conditions under the agreements governing our indebtedness, we may be permitted to make dividends and distributions under such agreements if there is no event of default and certain pro-forma financial ratios (as defined by such agreements) are met.


Cash flows from operating activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, operating activities used $14.3 million and provided $12.0 million of cash, respectively. The increase in cash used by operating activities was primarily impacted by increases in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other receivables, inventories, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $10.8 million, $8.8 million, $3.9 million, and $2.8 million, respectively, as a result of Integron contributing an increase of $8.1 million in revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the same period in the prior year.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, operating activities provided $26.5 million and $14.3 million of cash flows, respectively. The increase in cash provided by operating activities resulted primarily from the growth of our overall business organically and because of the acquisition of Integron in November 2019. This growth in our business resulted in greater cash collections from customers which was offset by increased cash employee and vendor expenses. Cash paid for interest decreased by $2.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 due to a lower LIBOR interest rate. In the year ended December 31, 2020, we also had a net benefit from working capital management, and while accounts receivable and inventories increased to support the growth of the business, these were offset by increased vendor payables.

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash used in our investing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 was $6.0 million and $5.6 million, respectively, resulting primarily from capital expenditures during the period related to technology equipment, software licenses, and internally developed software.

Cash used in our investing activities in 2020 was $11.6 million, resulting primarily from capital expenditures during the period related to technology equipment, software licenses, and internally developed software.

Cash used in our investing activities in 2019 was $50.4 million, resulting from capital expenditures during the period related to technology equipment, software licenses, and internally developed software of $12.9 million and an additional $37.5 million related to the acquisition of lntegron LLC.

Cash flows from financing activities

Cash provided in our financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $18.4 million, primarily due to draw of our revolving credit facility of $22.0 million, offset partially by $1.6 million of term loan principal payments and $1.4 million equity finance fee payments.

Cash provided by our financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $4.5 million, primarily due to draw of our revolving credit facility of $21.7 million, offset partially by term loan principal payments of $1.6 million, revolving credit facility repayments of $15.0 million, and $0.4 million capital lease repayment.

Cash used in our financing activities in 2020 was $12.7 million, primarily due to repayment of revolving credit facility of $8.3 million, and $3.5 million of term loan principal payments.

Cash provided by our financing activities in 2019 was $37.0 million, primarily due to proceeds of $35.0 million received from a term loan to finance the acquisition of Integron, and $8.1 million from revolving credit facility. These were partially offset by $2.1 million of deferred financing fees from the incremental term loan issued in 2019, and by term loan principal payments of $2.9 million.

Future Liquidity and Capital Resource Requirements

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents along with expected cash flows from operating activities and additional funds available under our Revolving Credit Facility, will be sufficient over the next 12 months to provide working capital, cover interest payments on our debt facilities and fund growth initiatives, and capital expenditures.


As of June 30, 2021, the Company has a total of $27.4 million of supplier and carrier-related purchase commitments and capital and operating lease commitments and a total of $3.2 million of scheduled debt principal payments for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Additionally, the Company has a total of $11.8 million of supplier and carrier-related purchase commitments and capital and operating lease commitments for the years ended December 31, 2022 through 2025. We also have scheduled debt payments of $3.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2022 through 2024, with all outstanding principal due on December 24, 2024.

From 2021 to 2025, KORE expects to fund supplier and carrier-related purchase & lease commitments - all of which are costs of operating the business - entirely from cash inflows from its customers. We currently expect that the excess cash flows after paying the abovementioned contractual commitments, as well as other costs of business, such as payroll, costs incurred on suppliers and carrier spend (which is not currently committed contractually in addition to the committed spend), interest and taxes - will be sufficient to meet outstanding debt principal payments from 2021 to 2023.

The outstanding principal on our term loan is dependent on the future growth of KORE’s business, and the working capital needed to fund such growth, the abovementioned excess of customer inflows with respect to the outflows from the abovementioned expenses of the business, may or may not be sufficient to pay off the final balloon payment on the outstanding principle on December 24, 2024. In the event, the outstanding principal is not fully paid off by December 24, 2024, when the balloon payment is due, KORE expects to refinance this debt. KORE may consider refinancing the debt well in advance of December 24, 2024 and may do so to take advantage of favorable credit markets, to reduce interest rates and to extend the maturity.

Notably, additional capital may be needed to fund future Mergers & Acquisitions.

The amount of accumulated, but unpaid dividends at June 30, 2021 and 2020 is $102.3 million and $73.0 million, respectively, and at December 31, 2020 and 2019 is $87.3 million and $59.7 million, respectively. The Series A and Series A-1 preferred equity shares also contain features allowing the holders to redeem the shares with the Company for a prescribed redemption value at certain future dates or if the Company is sold. The Series A and Series A-1 shares are recorded at their current redemption value, totaling $166.5 million at June 30, 2021. The majority owner of the Company’s common shares is a holder of Series A-1 and the majority holder of Series B shares. The Series B shares may be redeemed at the option of the Company and are recorded at their redemption value of $95.5 million at June 30, 2021.

Key activities during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

 

   

The Company used $14.3 million and provided $12.0 million of cash flows from operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 

   

The Company’s investment activity used $4.8 million and $5.5 million to internally develop computer software (either through internal employees or third-party service providers) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 

   

The Company drew $22.0 and $21.7 million on and repaid $0.0 and $15.0 million of its revolving line of credit during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Key activities during the years 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

   

The Company generated $26.5 million and $14.3 million of cash flows from operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

   

The Company invested $10.1 million and $10.5 million to internally develop computer software (either through internal employees or third-party service providers) for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.


   

On November 12, 2019, the Company amended its term loan with UBS in order to raise an additional $35 million. Under the amended agreement, the maturity date of the term loan (December 21, 2024) and interest rate (LIBOR plus 5.5%) remained unchanged. However, the quarterly principal repayment changed to $0.8 million. The principal and quarterly interest are paid on the last business day of each quarter, except at maturity. The Company used the additional term loan to finance the Integron Acquisition. The Company also drew $8.1 million from its revolving credit facility primarily to finance the Integron Acquisition and to support its operations immediately following the acquisition.

 

   

On November 22, 2019, the Company completed the Integron Acquisition for cash consideration of $37.5 million and issuance of 4,118 shares of common stock.

 

   

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company repaid $8.3 million of its revolving credit facility.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP measures are useful in evaluating our operational performance. We use the following non-GAAP financial information to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that non-GAAP financial information, when taken collectively, may be helpful to investors in assessing our operating performance.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

“EBITDA” is defined as net income (loss) before other non-operating expense or income, income tax expense or benefit, and depreciation and amortization. “Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as EBITDA adjusted for unusual and other significant items that management views as distorting the operating results from period to period. Such adjustments may include stock-based compensation, integration and acquisition-related charges, tangible and intangible asset impairment charges, certain contingent liability reversals, transformation, and foreign currency transaction gains and losses. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are intended as supplemental measures of our performance that are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP. We believe that the use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provides an additional tool for investors to use in evaluating ongoing operating results and trends and in comparing the Company’s financial measures with those of comparable companies, which may present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors. However, you should be aware that when evaluating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA we may incur future expenses similar to those excluded when calculating these measures. In addition, our presentation of these measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Our computation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures computed by other companies, because all companies may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same fashion.

Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA on a supplemental basis. You should review the reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA below and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

The following table reconciles net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods shown:

 

(in 000’s)    For the six months
ended June 30,
 
     2021      2020  

Net loss

   $ (7,966    $ (13,826

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (3,917      (3,858


Interest expense

     10,565        13,084  

Depreciation and amortization

     25,507        25,708  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

     24,189        21,108  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities (non-cash)

     (2,383      2,831  

Transformation expense

     3,750        3,840  

Acquisition and integration-related restructuring costs

     4,518        2,397  

Stock-based compensation (non-cash)

     630        531  

Foreign currency loss (gain) (non-cash)

     77        (1,684

Other

     296        110  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 31,077      $ 29,133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Transformational expenses are related to the implementation of our strategic transformation plan, which include the costs of a re-write of our core technology platform, expenses incurred to design certain new IoT solutions and “go-to-market” capabilities.

Acquisition and integration-related restructuring costs for the quarters-ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 relate to legal, accounting, advisory, and other professional services costs associated with the Integron Acquisition and Integron’s integration into KORE, certain synergies related to our acquisitions, certain one-time severance costs associated with our transformation, and accounting and advisory fees related to the Business Combination. The Business Combination is the primary driver of the increase in acquisition and integration-related restructuring costs period over period.

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
 
(in 000’s)    2020      2019  

Net loss

   $ (35,201    $ (23,443

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (5,318      (12,941

Interest expense

     23,493        24,785  

Depreciation and amortization

     52,488        48,131  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

     35,462        36,532  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible asset impairment loss

     —          3,892  

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities (non-cash)

     7,485        (235

Transformation expense

     7,354        8,959  

Acquisition and integration-related restructuring costs

     5,709        6,475  

Contingent carrier liability reversal (non-cash)

     —          (3,984

Sales tax liability reversal (non-cash)

     —          (2,200

VAT liability reversal (non-cash)

     —          (1,456

Stock-based compensation (non-cash)

     1,161        1,682  

Other income tax liability reversal (non-cash)

     80        121  

Foreign currency loss (gain) (non-cash)

     233        1,440  

Other

     335        (341
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 57,819      $ 50,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA for 2019 does not include estimated pro forma Adjusted EBITDA of Integron for the portion of 2019 prior to its acquisition in November 2019, which is estimated by KORE based on Integron financial information available at the time of the acquisition to be approximately $7.5 million. Adjusted EBITDA in 2019 and 2020 does not include any estimated increase in the on-going cost base of KORE to reflect the costs associated with being a public company.


Intangible asset impairment loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 relates to impairment of certain software acquired in a business combination that we determined to be obsolete due to the expected sunsetting of 2G and 3G networks by certain carriers.

Transformation expenses decreased $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. Transformational expenses are related to the implementation of our strategic transformation plan, which include the costs of a re-write of our core technology platform, expenses incurred to design certain new IoT solutions and “go-to-market” capabilities.

Acquisition and integration-related restructuring costs for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 relate to legal, accounting, advisory, and other professional services costs associated with the Integron Acquisition and Integron’s integration into KORE, certain synergies related to our acquisitions and certain one-time severance costs associated with our transformation.

Contingent carrier liability reversal, sales tax liability reversal, VAT liability reversal, and other income tax liability reversal for the year ended December 31, 2019 relate primarily to the release of certain liability reserves.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Cash and cash equivalents are financial instruments that are potentially subject to concentrations of credit risk. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited in accounts at large financial institutions, and amounts may exceed federally insured limits. The Company believes it is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial strength of the depository institutions in which the cash and cash equivalents are held.

The Company has a total of $39.9 million of purchase and lease commitments payable in the six months ended June 30, 2021 that are not recorded as liabilities on the balance sheet as of June 30, 2021. Additionally, the Company has $0.4 million standby letter of credit and bank guarantees as of June 30, 2021. The Company has no other financial instruments or commitments with off-balance-sheet risk of loss.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our results of operations, liquidity and capital resources are based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in conformity with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, we believe that the following accounting policies are most critical to understanding our financial condition and historical and future results of operations:


Revenue Recognition

We derive revenues primarily from Connectivity and IoT Solutions. Connectivity arrangements provide customers with secure and reliable wireless connectivity to mobile and fixed devices through various mobile network carriers. Revenue from Connectivity consists of monthly recurring charges (“MRC’s”) and overage/usage charges, and contracts are generally short-term in nature (i.e., month-to-month arrangements). Customers generally may cancel with 30 days’ notice without substantive cost or fees. Revenue for MRC’s and overage/usage charges are recognized over time as the Company satisfies the performance obligation (generally starting when an enrolled device is activated on the Company’s platform). MRC’s are billed monthly in advance (generally in the last week of a month); any amounts billed for which the service has not been provided as of the balance sheet dates are reported as a contract liability and components of deferred revenue. Overage/usage charges are billed in arrears on a monthly cycle. Overage/usage charges are evaluated on a monthly basis, and any overage/usage charges determined by management as unlikely to be collected due to a customer disputing the charge or due to a concession are reserved. Reserved items are written off when deemed uncollectible or recognized as revenue if collected. Certain Connectivity customers also have the option to purchase products and/or equipment (e.g., subscriber identification module or “SIM” cards, routers, phones, or tablets) from us on an as needed basis. Product sales to Connectivity customers are recognized when control is transferred to the customer, which is typically upon shipment of the product.

IoT Solutions arrangements includes device solutions (including connectivity), deployment services, and/or technology-related professional services. We evaluate each IoT Solutions arrangement to determine the contract for accounting purposes. If a contract contains more than one performance obligation, we allocate consideration to each performance obligation based on the standalone selling prices of each performance obligation. Standalone selling prices are based on analyses performed by management based on readily observable prices or utilizing a cost-plus-margin approach if prices are not observable. Hardware, deployment services, and IoT Connectivity generally have readily observable prices. The standalone selling price of our warehouse management services (which is associated with our bill-and-hold inventory and determined to be immaterial as discussed below) was determined using a cost-plus-margin approach with the primary assumptions including Company profit objectives, internal cost structure, and current market trends. Device and other hardware sales in IoT Solutions arrangements are generally accounted for as separate contracts since the customer is not obligated to purchase additional services when committing to the purchase of any products. Such sales are typically recognized upon shipment to the customer. However, in certain contracts, the customer has requested us to hold the products ordered for later shipment to the customer’s remote location or to the customer’s end user as a part of a vendor managed inventory model. In these situations, we have concluded that transfer of control to the customer occurs prior to shipment. In these “bill-and-hold” arrangements, the right to invoice, transfer of legal title and transfer of the risk and rewards associated with the products occurs when we receive the hardware from a third party vendor and have deemed it to be functional. Additionally, the products are identified both physically and systematically as belonging to a specific customer, are usable by the customer, and are only shipped, used, or disposed as directed by the specific customer. Based on these factors, we recognize revenue on bill-and-hold hardware when the hardware is received by us and deemed functional.

Deployment services consist of us preparing hardware owned by a customer for use by a customer’s end user. Deployment and connectivity may both be included within a single IoT Solutions contract and are considered separate performance obligations. While consideration for deployment services is generally fixed when ordered by the client, consideration for IoT Connectivity is variable and solely related to the IoT Connectivity. Therefore, the fixed consideration is allocated to the deployment services and is recognized as revenue when the services are provided (i.e., when the related hardware is shipped to the customer). Connectivity within IoT Solutions contracts are recognized similar to the Connectivity as described above, since such contracts are generally short term in nature and variability is resolved each month as the services are provided.

Professional services are generally provided over a contract term of one to two months. Revenue is recognized over time on an input method basis (typically, based on hours completed to date and an estimate of total hours to complete the project).


Accounting for business combinations

We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at their respective fair values on the date of acquisition. We assign fair value of the consideration paid to the underlying net assets of the acquired business based on their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded to goodwill. Intangible assets are amortized over the expected life of the asset. We recognize acquisition-related expenses and restructuring costs separately from the business combination and expense as incurred. All changes in accounting for deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties after the measurement period are recognized as a component of provision for income taxes. We make significant assumptions and estimates in determining the preliminary estimated purchase price and the preliminary allocation of the estimated purchase in the consolidated financial statements. These preliminary estimates and assumptions are subject to change as we finalize the valuations. The final valuations may change significantly from the preliminary estimates. Fair value determinations and useful life estimates are based on, among other factors, estimates of expected future cash flows from revenues of the intangible assets acquired, estimates of appropriate discount rates used to calculate the present value of expected future cash flows, estimated useful lives of the intangible assets acquired, customer attrition rates, future changes in technology and brand awareness, and other factors. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based, in part, on historical experience, information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and future expectations. For these and other reasons, actual results may vary significantly from estimated results. During the preliminary purchase price measurement period, which may be up to one year from the business combination date, we will record adjustments to the provisional amounts recognized at the acquisition date to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date, with a corresponding offset to goodwill. After the preliminary purchase price measurement period, we will record adjustments to assets acquired or liabilities assumed subsequent to the purchase price measurement period in our operating results in the period in which the adjustments were determined.

Internal Use Software

Certain costs of platform and software applications developed for internal use are capitalized as intangible assets. Capitalization of costs begins when two criteria are met: (i) the preliminary project stage is completed (i.e., application development stage) and (ii) it is probable that the software will be completed and used for its intended function. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality. Costs incurred for maintenance, minor upgrades and enhancements are recorded under selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations as incurred. Costs related to preliminary project activities and postimplementation operating activities are also recorded under selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations as incurred. The Company amortizes the capitalized costs on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset. The average useful life for capitalized internal use computer software is between 3-5 years. Capitalized internal use computer software, net of accumulated amortization, was $23.9 million, $23.2 million and $19.8 million as of June 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, and was included in intangible assets.

Intangible Assets

Identifiable intangible assets acquired individually or as part of a group of other assets are initially recognized and measured at cost. The cost of a group of intangible assets acquired in a transaction, including those acquired in a business combination that meet the specified criteria for recognition apart from goodwill, is the sum of the individual assets acquired based on their acquisition date fair values. The cost incurred to enhance the service potential of an intangible asset is capitalized as a betterment.

Identifiable intangible assets comprise assets that have a definite life. Customer relationship intangibles are recognized on an accelerated basis and the other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.

As of June 30, 2021, June 30, 2020, and December 31, 2020, the Company determined that there were no indicators of impairment and did not recognize any impairment of its intangible assets. As of December 31, 2019, the Company determined that there was an indicator of impairment and recognized a $3.9 million impairment on its acquired computer software.


Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized but tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment, or one level below the operating segment. We operate in one operating segment, which is our only reporting unit.

We test for an indication of goodwill impairment on December 31st of each year or when indicators of impairment exist. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. We perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not the fair value of the reporting units is less than its carrying amount. Qualitative factors that we consider include macroeconomics conditions such as geographical location and fluctuations in foreign exchange, industry and market conditions, financial performance, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, unanticipated competition, entity-specific events and share price trends. If, based on the evaluation, we determine that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, then an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Under a quantitative test, we obtain a third-party valuation of the fair value of the reporting unit. Assumptions we use in the fair value calculation include revenue growth and profitability, terminal values, discount rates, and implied control premium. Impairments, if any, are recorded to the statement of operations in the period the impairment is recognized. As of June 30, 2021, June 30, 2020, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, the Company determined there were no indicators of impairment and did not recognize any impairment of its goodwill.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted rates. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred taxes is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

We recognize the financial statement effect of an uncertain income tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred income tax assets to an amount, which in the opinion of management is more likely than not to be realized.

Management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets. We consider factors such as the cumulative income or loss in recent years; reversal of deferred tax liabilities; projected future taxable income exclusive of temporary differences; the character of the income tax asset, including income tax positions; tax planning strategies and the period over which we expect the deferred tax assets to be recovered in the determination of the valuation allowance. In the event that actual results differ from these estimates or we adjust our estimates in the future, we may need to adjust our valuation allowance, which could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

Stock based compensation

Our share-based compensation plans consist of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan”), under which the board was prior competition of the Business Combination authorized to grant stock options to eligible employees, and directors of the Company. The Plan is more fully described in “Note 10—Share-Based Payment and Related Stock Option Plan”, in our audited consolidated financial statements included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.


We use the Black-Scholes valuation model to estimate the fair value of each option award on the date of grant, which uses assumptions for expected volatility, expected dividends, expected term, and the risk-free interest rate. We expense the fair value of the option awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period and have elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.

Recent accounting pronouncements

As an emerging growth company (“EGC”), the JOBS Act allows the Company to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are applicable to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act until such time the Company is no longer considered to be an EGC.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks in the ordinary course of business, including sensitivities as follows:

Interest Rate Risk

As of June 30, 2021, June 30, 2020, and December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $8.3 million, $19.0 million, and $10.3 million, respectively, and restricted cash of $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $0.4 million. Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of less than 90 days or the ability to redeem amounts on demand. Restricted cash consist primarily of cash deposits held with financial institutions for letters of credit and is not available for general corporate purposes. The cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, we have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. We estimate a 100 basis- point change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our interest income on an annualized basis.

We are subject to risk from fluctuations in the interest rates related to our long-term debt. The interest rates are based upon the applicable LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin for such loans or the lender’s base rate plus an applicable margin for such loans. Based on June 30, 2021 estimated LIBOR rates, we estimate a 100 basis point change in the LIBOR rate would have a $3.2 million impact on our interest expense on an annualized basis. Based on December 31, 2020 estimated LIBOR rates, we estimate a 100 basis- point change in the LIBOR rate would have a $3.1 million impact on our interest expense on an annualized basis.

Exchange Rate Risk

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, although we transact business in various foreign locations and currencies. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. As a result, their reported financial results could be significantly affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates upon translation to U.S. dollars. When the U.S. dollar strengthens against other currencies, the translated value of the foreign functional currency income and expense amounts results in lower net income (or lower net loss). When the U.S. dollar weakens, the translated value of the foreign functional currency income and expense amounts results in higher net income (or higher net loss). Our reported results are therefore adversely affected by a stronger U.S. dollar relative to major currencies worldwide when foreign operations are net profitable.

During the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, we recognized average net loss of $9.0 million per six month period from operations located outside the U.S., virtually all of which was originally accounted for in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Upon translation into U.S. dollars, such reported net loss would have increased or


decreased, assuming a hypothetical 10% change in weighted-average foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar, by approximately $0.9 million. Similarly, during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we recognized average net income of $2.7 million per year from operations located outside the U.S., virtually all of which was originally accounted for in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Upon translation into U.S. dollars, such reported net income would have increased or decreased, assuming a hypothetical 10% change in weighted- average foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar, by approximately $0.3 million

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of Pubco Common Stock following the consummation of the Business Combination and the PIPE Investment by:

 

   

each person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of shares of Pubco Common Stock;

 

   

each of Pubco’s current named executive officers and directors; and

 

   

all current executive officers and directors of Pubco as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

Unless otherwise indicated, Pubco believes that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the voting securities beneficially owned by them.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner)

   Number
of PubCo
Shares
     %  

CTAC Sponsor (our sponsor)(1)

     6,697,563        9.29

Entities affiliated with ABRY Partners LLC(2)(3)

     24,252,912        33.62

Dotmar Investments Limited(4)

     4,000,711        5.55

TDJ Company LLC (5)

     4,983,527        6.91

Directors and Executive Officers

     

Romil Bahl

     158,804        *  

Puneet Pamnani

     38,065        *  

Bryan Lubel

     18,171        *  

Cheemin Bo-Linn

     —          —    

Timothy M. Donahue

     —          —    

Chan W. Galbato

     —          —    

Robert P. MacInnis

     —          —    

Michael K. Palmer

     —          —    

Tomer Yosef-Or

     —          —    

All Pubco directors and executive officers as a group (9 individuals)

     40,149,753        100

 

*

Less than one percent

(1)

Sponsor is the recordholder of the shares reported herein. The Sponsor is controlled by a board of managers comprised of Stephen A. Feinberg and Frank W. Bruno. Messrs. Feinberg and Bruno, as members of the board of managers of the Sponsor, have the sole right to exercise voting power with respect to the common stock held of record by the Sponsor, and have the sole right to consent to the transfer of such shares of common stock. The business address of the Sponsor is 875 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

(2)

21,500,782 of the shares reported herein are owned directly by ABRY Partners VII, L.P. 1,240,202 of the shares reported herein are owned directly by ABRY Partners VII Co-Investment Fund, L.P. 24,316 of the shares reported herein are owned directly by ABRY Investment Partnership, L.P. 1,288,506 of the shares reported herein are owned directly by ABRY Senior Equity IV, L.P. 199,106 of the shares reported herein are owned directly by ABRY Senior Equity Co-Investment Fund IV, L.P.P.

(3)

ABRY Partners VII, L.P., ABRY Partners VII Co-Investment Fund, L.P., ABRY Investment Partnership, L.P., ABRY Senior Equity IV, L.P. and ABRY Senior Equity Co-Investment Fund IV, L.P. (collectively the “ABRY Funds”) are managed and/or controlled by ABRY Partners, LLC (“ABRY I”) and ABRY Partners II, LLC (“ABRY II”) and/or their respective affiliates. ABRY I and ABRY II are investment advisors registered with the SEC. Royce Yudkoff, as managing member of ABRY I and sole member of certain of its affiliates, has the right to exercise investment and voting power on behalf of ABRY Investment Partnership, L.P. Peggy Koenig and Jay Grossman, as equal members of


  ABRY II and of certain of its affiliates, have the right to exercise investment and voting power on behalf of the ABRY Funds. Each of the Messrs. Yudkoff, Messrs. Grossman and Mses. Koenig disclaims any beneficial ownership of the securities held by the ABRY Funds other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest he may have therein, directly or indirectly. The business address of ABRY is 888 Boylston Street, Suite 1600, Boston, Massachusetts.
(4)

Dotmar Investments Limited is the recordholder of the shares reported herein. Richard Burston, as Chairman of Dotmar Investments Limited, has the right to exercise investment and voting power on behalf of Dotmar Investments Limited. Richard Burston disclaims any beneficial ownership of the securities held by the Dotmar Investments Limited other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest he may have therein, directly or indirectly. The business address of Dotmar Investments Limited is First Floor, 7 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE2 3QA Channel Islands.

(5)

TDJ Company LLC is the recordholder of the shares reported herein. TDJ Company LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Terrdian CCPC. Terence Jarman, as President of Terrdian CCPC and Administrator of TDJ Company LLC, has the right to exercise investment and voting power on behalf of each of Terrdian CCPC and TDJ LLC. Mr. Jarman disclaims any beneficial ownership of the securities held by the TDJ Company LLC, other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest he may have therein, directly or indirectly. The business address of TDJ Company LLC is 10 High Point Rd, Toronto, Ontario M3B 2A4, Canada.

Directors and Executive Officers

The Company’s directors and executive officers after the consummation of the Business Combination, are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Management of Pubco Following the Business Combination” and that information is incorporated herein by reference. Additionally, interlocks and insider participation information regarding the Company’s executive officers is described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Management of Pubco Following the Business Combination—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and that information is incorporated herein by reference.

Executive Compensation

The executive compensation of Pubco’s executive officers is described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “2020 Summary Compensation Table” and that information is incorporated herein by reference.

Director Compensation

The compensation of Pubco’s directors is described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Director Compensation” and that information is incorporated herein by reference.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Certain relationships and related party transactions of Pubco are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” and are incorporated herein by reference.

Properties

Reference is made to the disclosure regarding legal proceedings in the section of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus titled “Information about KORE—Facilities”, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Legal Proceedings

Reference is made to the disclosure regarding legal proceedings in the section of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus titled “Information about KORE—Legal Proceedings”, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Shares of Pubco Common Stock and Pubco warrants began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols “KORE” and “KORE WS,” respectively, on October 1, 2021, in lieu of the shares, warrants and units of CTAC. Pubco has not paid any cash dividends on its shares of common stock to date. It is the present intention of


Pubco’s board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in Pubco’s business operations and, accordingly, Pubco’s board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon Pubco’s revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. The payment of any cash dividends is within the discretion of Pubco’s board of directors. Further, the ability of Pubco to declare dividends may be limited by the terms of financing or other agreements entered into by it or its subsidiaries from time to time.

Information regarding CTAC’s Class A common stock, CTAC’s Class B common stock, CTAC’S warrants and CTAC’s units and related stockholder matters are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Market Price and Dividend Information” and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth below under Item 3.02 of this Report concerning the issuance and sale by Pubco of certain unregistered securities, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Description of Registrant’s Securities

The description of Pubco’s securities is contained in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Description of Securities” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth in Item 1.01 of this Report under the section titled “Indemnification Agreements,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

Further information about the indemnification of Pubco’s directors and officers is set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Director and Officer Indemnification” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 3.02. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

The disclosure set forth in the “Introductory Note—PIPE Investment” above is incorporated into this Item 3.02 by reference.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, as amended, in order to increase the liquidity of the post-closing public company following completion of the business combination, certain preferred stockholders of the ultimate parent company of KORE (the “Electing Holders”), elected to receive payment consisting of 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock to be issued by Pubco at $10.00 per share, in lieu of receiving cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $40,000,000, which such Electing Holders otherwise would have been entitled to receive. Additionally, in order to facilitate this liquidity enhancing election, the Sponsor, agreed to contribute 600,000 CTAC Class A Ordinary Shares to CTAC, which shares were cancelled by CTAC in conjunction with the issuance by Pubco of an additional 600,000 shares of Pubco Common Stock to the Electing Holders pursuant to the terms and upon the conditions set forth in Merger Agreement, as amended.

In addition and in connection with the Merger Agreement, certain advisors of CTAC and KORE agreed separately to receive a portion of their fees totaling approximately $2,000,000 in the form of Pubco Common Stock at a price of $10.00 per share, resulting in the issuance of 200,000 additional shares of Pubco Common Stock.

Pubco issued the foregoing shares of common stock in transactions not involving an underwriter and not requiring registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) thereof.

Concurrently with the Closing, KORE Wireless, borrowed $95 million in exchange of senior unsecured exchangeable notes due 2028 (“Backstop Notes”) pursuant to an indenture, dated September 30, 2021, by and among Pubco, KORE Wireless and an affiliate of Fortress Credit Corp. (“Fortress”) (the “Indenture”). The Backstop Notes were issued at par, bearing interest at the rate of 5.50% per annum, and a maturity of seven years. The Backstop Notes are guaranteed by Pubco and may be exchangeable into Pubco Common Stock at $12.50 per share. At any time after the 2-year anniversary of the issuance of the Backstop Notes, Pubco may redeem the Backstop Notes for cash, force an exchange into shares of its common stock at $16.25 per share or settle with a combination of cash and an exchange. The Backstop Agreement contains a customary six-month lock up following the Closing, which prohibits Fortress from hedging the Backstop Notes by short selling Pubco’s Common Stock or hedging the notes via Pubco’s warrants or options.

Such description is qualified in its entirety by the text of the Indenture, which are included as Exhibit 10.4 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 3.03. Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.

The disclosure set forth under Item 5.03 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 5.01. Changes in Control of Registrant.

The disclosure set forth under the Introductory Note and in the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in Item 2.01 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 5.02. Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

Executive Officers and Directors

The disclosure set forth in the Sections entitled “Directors and Executive Officers” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in Item 2.01 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Awards Under the Incentive Plan

In connection with the Business Combination, our board of directors adopted the 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “Incentive Plan”).

Employees, consultants and directors of the Company and employees and consultants of its subsidiaries, are eligible to receive awards under the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan will be administered by the Company’s board of directors, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to one or more committees of the Company’s directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the “plan administrator”). The plan administrator has the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the Incentive Plan, to interpret the Incentive Plan and award agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal rules for the administration of the Incentive Plan as it deems advisable. The plan administrator also has the authority to determine which eligible service providers receive awards, grant awards and set the terms and conditions of all awards under the Incentive Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration provisions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the Incentive Plan.

An initial aggregate of 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock are available for issuance under the Incentive Plan. Shares of the Company’s common stock are available for issuance under the Incentive Plan. The aggregate share limit under the Incentive Plan will be subject to an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031 by a number of shares equal to the lesser of (i) a number equal to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Company common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) such smaller number of shares of Company common stock as is determined by the Company’s board of directors. Subject to the adjustment provisions set forth in the Incentive Plan, the maximum amount of compensation that may be paid to any single non-employee member of the Company’s board of directors in respect of any single fiscal year (including awards under the Incentive Plan, determined based on the fair market value of such award as of the grant date, as well as any retainer fees, but excluding any amounts paid in respect of a director’s first year of service with the Company, and excluding any special committee fees) may not exceed $750,000.

The foregoing description of the Incentive Plan contained in this Item 5.02 does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to such Incentive Plan, copies of which are included herewith as Exhibit 10.3.

Pursuant to the Incentive Plan, the plan administrator may grant to eligible recipients thereunder cash-based and/or equity-based awards pursuant to any form of award permitted under the Incentive Plan, which awards shall be subject to time-based vesting and/or performance-based vesting conditions as determined in the discretion of the plan administrator.


Item 5.03. Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.

On September 29, 2021 and in connection with the Business Combination, Pubco amended and restated its certificate of incorporation, effective as of the Closing (as amended and restated, the “A&R Charter”), and amended and restated its bylaws (as amended, the “A&R Bylaws”), effective as of the Closing.

The material terms of each of the A&R Charter and the A&R Bylaws and the general effect upon the rights of holders of Pubco’s capital stock are discussed in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the sections titled “Proposal No. 3(A)-(D) —The Advisory Organizational Document Proposal”, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Copies of the A&R Charter and the A&R Bylaws are included as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 to this Report, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 5.06. Change in Shell Company Status.

As a result of the Business Combination, Pubco ceased being a shell company. Reference is made to the disclosure in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the sections titled “Proposal No. 1—The Business Combination Proposal”, which is incorporated herein by reference. Further, the information set forth in the Introductory Note and under Item 2.01 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(a) Financial statements of businesses acquired.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of KORE as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 are set forth in Exhibit 99.2 hereto and are incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Pro forma financial information.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information of KORE as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 is set forth in Exhibit 99.3 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference.

(d) Exhibits.


Exhibit

No.
  

Description

2.1†    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 12, 2021, by and among the Registrant, King Corp Merger Sub Inc., King LLC Merger Sub, LLC, and Maple Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-255121) filed on August 10, 2021).
2.2†    Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 27, 2021, by and among the Registrant, King Pubco, Inc., King Corp Merger Sub Inc., King LLC Merger Sub, LLC and Maple Holdings Inc.
2.3†    Amendment No. 2 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 21, 2021, by and among the Registrant, King Pubco, Inc., King Corp Merger Sub Inc., King LLC Merger Sub, LLC and Maple Holdings Inc.
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
3.2    Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.
4.1†    Warrant Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2020, by and between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and CTAC.
4.2    Assignment and Assumption Warrant Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2020, by and among Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, CTAC and the Registrant.
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.2    Investor Registration Rights Agreement, by and among the Company, and the holders party thereto.
10.3+    Equity Awards Incentive Plan.
10.4    Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2021, by and among the Company, KORE Wireless Group, Inc. and Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP.
99.1    Press Release dated October 1, 2021.
99.2    The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of KORE as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.
99.3    The unaudited pro forma combined financial information of KORE as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020.
104    Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document).

 

The annexes, schedules, and certain exhibits to this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted annex, schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.

+

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

    KORE Group Holdings, Inc.
Date: October 6, 2021     By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

    Name:   Romil Bahl
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

KING PUBCO, INC.

King Pubco, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

  1.

The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 5, 2021 (the “Original Certificate of Incorporation”). The name under which the Original Certificate of Incorporation was filed is “King Pubco, Inc.”

 

  2.

An amendment to the Original Certificate of Incorporation which amended the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “DGCL”), and such amendment to the Original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 28, 2021 (the “First Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation”). The name under which the First Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation was filed is “King Pubco, Inc.”

 

  3.

This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “A&R Certificate of Incorporation”) was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 DGCL.

 

  4.

This A&R Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective upon filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

 

  5.

The Original Certificate of Incorporation, as previously amended by the First Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation, is being amended and restated in connection with the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 12, 2021, as amended on July 27, 2021 and as further amended on September 21, 2021, by and among the Corporation, Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., King Corp Merger Sub, Inc., King LLC Merger Sub, LLC and Maple Holdings, Inc.

 

  6.

This A&R Certificate of Incorporation hereby amends and restates the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation, as previously amended by the First Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation, to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation is KORE Group Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

1


ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19801, and the name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) as it now exists or may hereafter be amended and supplemented.

ARTICLE IV

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 350,000,000. The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 315,000,000, having a par value of $0.0001 per share, and the total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 35,000,000, having a par value of $0.0001 per share.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL STOCK

The designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation are as follows:

 

  A.

COMMON STOCK.

1. General. The voting, dividend, liquidation and other rights and powers of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock as may be designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) and outstanding from time to time.

2. Voting. Except as otherwise provided herein or expressly required by law, each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to vote on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders and shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter, including the election or removal of directors. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation (as defined below)) that relates solely to the rights, powers, preferences (or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof) or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

2


Subject to the rights of any holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any Common Stock or the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is expressly required pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation).

3. Dividends and Distributions. Subject to applicable law and the rights and preferences of any holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock,, dividends and distributions may be declared and paid ratably on the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are legally available for this purpose at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.

4. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. Subject to applicable law and the rights and preferences of any holders of any shares of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the distribution of assets of the Corporation upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

5. Transfer Rights. Subject to applicable law and the transfer restrictions set forth in Article VII of the bylaws of the Corporation (as such Bylaws may be amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”), shares of Common Stock and the rights and obligations associated therewith shall be fully transferable to any transferee.

 

  B.

PREFERRED STOCK

Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series to have such terms as stated or expressed herein, and in connection with the creation of any such series, by adopting a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of the shares thereof and by filing a certificate of designation relating thereto in accordance with the DGCL (a “Certificate of Designation”), to determine and fix the number of shares of such series and such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including without limitation thereof, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the creation and issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law and this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation). Except as otherwise required by law, holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation).

 

3


The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE VI

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation it is further provided that:

A. The directors of the Corporation shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office into three classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one third of the total number of directors constituting the whole Board. The initial Class I directors shall serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of the stockholders following the filing and effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”); the initial Class II directors shall serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Time; and the initial Class III directors shall serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting following the Effective Time. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation. Effective as of the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Effective Time, the Board will no longer be classified under Section 141(d) of the DGCL and the directors shall no longer be divided into three classes.

B. Except as otherwise expressly provided by the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Bylaws. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director.

C. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

4


D. Except as otherwise provided by law, subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, and subject to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, dated September 30, 2021, by and among the Corporation, Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Sponsor”), the ABRY Entities (as defined therein) and the other parties thereto (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Investor Rights Agreement”), any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, retirement, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (other than any directors elected by the separate vote of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock), and shall not be filled by the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided in the Investor Rights Agreements, any director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office until the expiration of the term of the class to which such director shall have been appointed or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal. There shall be no limit on the number of terms a director may serve on the Board of Directors.

E. Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VI, the number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to paragraph B of this Article VI, and the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors shall be automatically adjusted accordingly. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Designation(s) in respect of one or more series of Preferred Stock, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such Certificate of Designation(s), the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

F. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote with respect thereto to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Investor Rights Agreement. The stockholders of the Corporation shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation in respect of one or more series of Preferred Stock) or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the adoption, amendment or repeal of

 

5


the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders of the Corporation shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors; provided, further, that no Bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the Board of Directors that would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted.

G. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

ARTICLE VII

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

A. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, and shall not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable Certificate of Designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant series of Preferred Stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

B. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called for any purpose or purposes, at any time only by or at the direction of the majority of the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or President, in each case, in accordance with the Bylaws, and shall not be called by any other person or persons. Any such special meeting so called may be postponed, rescheduled or cancelled by the Board of Directors or other person calling the meeting.

C. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of other business proposed to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes identified in the notice of meeting.

ARTICLE VIII

LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

No director of the Corporation shall have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or hereafter may be amended. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article

 

6


VII, or the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption. If the DGCL is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VII to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

ARTICLE IX

BUSINESS COMBINATION

The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination, at any point in time at which the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three (3) years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

A. Prior to such time, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, or

B. Upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or

C. At or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation that is not owned by the interested stockholder, or

D. The stockholder became an interested stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divested itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceased to be an interested stockholder and (ii) was not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a business combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, an interested stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership.

E. For purposes of this Article IX, (i) “interested stockholder” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three (3) year period

 

7


immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder or (iii) the affiliates and associates of any such person described in clauses (i) and (ii); provided, however, that “interested stockholder” shall not include any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation; provided, that such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of (x) further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person or (y) an acquisition of a de minimis number of such additional shares. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; (ii) “business combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means (a) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (A) with the interested stockholder, or (B) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation, Article IX is not applicable to the surviving entity, (b) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority- owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation; (c) any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (E) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this subsection (c) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments), (d) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary that is owned

 

8


by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder, and (e) any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (a)-(d) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority- owned subsidiary.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION

A. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, indemnify and hold harmless any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and ERISA excise taxes), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any Proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

B. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, indemnify and hold harmless any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or employee benefit plan, against reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes, damages, claims and penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any Proceeding as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

9


C. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article X. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

D. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in this Article X shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law.

E. Any repeal or modification of this Article X by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation (collectively, the “Covered Persons”) existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

F. Notwithstanding that a Covered Person may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other persons (collectively, the “Other Indemnitors”), with respect to the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance set forth herein, the Corporation: (i) shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Covered Persons are primary and any obligation of the Other Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Covered Persons are secondary); and (ii) shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Covered Persons and shall be liable for the full amount of all liabilities, without regard to any rights Covered Persons may have against any of the Other Indemnitors. No advancement or payment by the Other Indemnitors on behalf of Covered Persons with respect to any claim for which Covered Persons have sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the immediately preceding sentence, and the Other Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Covered Persons against the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the obligations of the Corporation under this Article X shall only apply to Covered Persons in their capacity as Covered Persons.

 

10


ARTICLE XI

COMPETITION AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

A. In recognition and anticipation that (a) certain directors, principals, officers, employees and/or other representatives of the Sponsor and the ABRY Entities (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) and their respective Affiliates (as defined below) may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, (b) the Sponsor, the ABRY Entities and their respective Affiliates, including (i) any portfolio company in which any of them or any of their respective investment fund Affiliates or managed accounts have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (ii) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (c) members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Corporation (“Non-Employee Directors”) and their respective Affiliates, including (i) any portfolio company in which they or any of their respective investment fund Affiliates or managed accounts have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (ii) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article XI are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of Sponsor, the ABRY Entities, Non-Employee Director or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

B. None (i) the Sponsor, (ii) the ABRY Entities or (iii) any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Corporation in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her Affiliates (other than the Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or their respective officers or employees) (the Persons (as defined below) identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “Identified Persons” and, individually, as an “Identified Person”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any fiduciary duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (A) engaging in and possessing interests in other business ventures of every type and description, including those engaged in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries now engages or proposes to engage or (B) competing with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, on its own account, or in partnership with, or as an employee, officer, director or shareholder of any other Person (other than the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries), and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the fullest extent permitted from time to time by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section C of Article XI. Subject to Section C of Article XI, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate or other business opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or any of its or his or her Affiliates, and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such transaction or matter to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, as the case may be and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to

 

11


any subsidiary of the Corporation for breach of any duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) as a stockholder or director of the Corporation by reason of the fact that such Identified Person, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, herself or himself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not present such opportunity to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (or its Affiliates).

C. The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of this Corporation) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and the provisions of Section (B) of this Article XII shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

D. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article XI, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (a) the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (b) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (c) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

E. For purposes of this Article XI, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean (a) in respect of the Sponsor, (x) any entity that is owned or controlled by (1) Stephen A. Feinberg and/or Cerberus Executive, LLC or (2) the funds or accounts managed, directly or indirectly, by Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“CCM”) or Stephen A. Feinberg, (y) any funds or accounts managed, directly or indirectly, by CCM or Stephen A. Feinberg (the “Cerberus Funds”), and (z) any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Sponsor, CCM, or the Cerberus Funds, controls the Sponsor, CCM, or the Cerberus Funds, or is under common control with the Sponsor, CCM, or the Cerberus Funds and shall include any principal, member, director, partners, stockholders, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (b) in respect of the ABRY Entities, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the ABRY Entities, controls the ABRY Entities or is under common control with the ABRY Entities and shall include any principal, member, director, partners, stockholders, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (c) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and (d) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; and (ii) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.

F. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article XI

 

12


ARTICLE XII

EXCLUSIVE FORUM

A. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery (the “Chancery Court”) of the State of Delaware (or, in the event that the Chancery Court declines or does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or, in the event that the federal district court for the District of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, other state courts of the State of Delaware) and any appellate court thereof shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or to the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action, suit or proceeding arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Bylaws or this Certificate of Incorporation (as either may be amended from time to time), (iv) any action, suit or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (v) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or stockholder governed by the internal affairs doctrine. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of the immediately preceding sentence is filed in a court other than the courts in the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence and (y) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.

B. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Article XII(A) shall not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act of 1993, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

C. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this Article XII.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

A. The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change, add or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force that may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL; and notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws to the contrary, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, prior to the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Effective Time, the following provisions in this Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class: Article V(B) (Preferred Stock), Article VI (Board of Directors), Article VII (Meeting of Stockholders; Action by Written Consent), Article VII (Limitation of Director Liability), Article IX (Business Combination), Article X (Indemnification), Article XI (Competition and Corporate Opportunities), Article XII (Forum Selection), and this Article XIII (Miscellaneous).

 

13


B. If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer as this 30th day of September, 2021.

 

KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

Name:   Romil Bahl
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Kore Group Holdings, Inc.]

Exhibit 3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws

of

KORE Group Holdings, Inc.

(a Delaware corporation)

 


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

Article I - Corporate Offices

     1  

Section 1.1

  Registered Office      1  

Section 1.2

  Other Offices      1  

Article II - Meetings of Stockholders

     1  

Section 2.1

  Place of Meetings      1  

Section 2.2

  Annual Meeting      1  

Section 2.3

  Special Meeting      1  

Section 2.4

  Notice of Business to be Brought before a Meeting      2  

Section 2.5

  Notice of Nominations for Election to the Board of Directors      5  

Section 2.6

  Additional Requirements for Valid Nomination of Candidates to Serve as Director and, if Elected, to be Seated as Directors      7  

Section 2.7

  Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings      8  

Section 2.8

  Quorum      9  

Section 2.9

  Adjourned Meeting; Notice      9  

Section 2.10

  Conduct of Business      9  

Section 2.11

  Voting      10  

Section 2.12

  Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes      10  

Section 2.13

  Proxies      11  

Section 2.14

  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote      11  

Section 2.15

  Inspectors of Election      12  

Section 2.16

  Delivery to the Corporation      12  

Article III - Directors

     12  

Section 3.1

  Powers      12  

Section 3.2

  Number of Directors      13  

Section 3.3

  Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors      13  

Section 3.4

  Resignation and Vacancies      13  

Section 3.5

  Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone      13  

Section 3.6

  Regular Meetings      13  

Section 3.7

  Special Meetings; Notice      14  

Section 3.8

  Quorum      14  

Section 3.9

  Board Action without a Meeting      14  

Section 3.10

  Fees and Compensation of Directors      15  

Article IV - Committees

     15  

Section 4.1

  Committees of Directors      15  

Section 4.2

  Meetings and Actions of Committees      15  

Section 4.3

  Subcommittees      16  

Article V - Officers

     16  

Section 5.1

  Officers      16  

Section 5.2

  Appointment of Officers      16  

Section 5.3

  Subordinate Officers      16  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 5.4

  Removal and Resignation of Officers      16  

Section 5.5

  Vacancies in Offices      16  

Section 5.6

  Representation of Shares of Other Corporations      16  

Section 5.7

  Authority and Duties of Officers      17  

Section 5.8

  Compensation      17  

Article VI - Records

     17  

Article VII - General Matters

     17  

Section 7.1

  Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments      17  

Section 7.2

  Stock Certificates      18  

Section 7.3

  Special Designation of Certificates      18  

Section 7.4

  Lost Certificates      18  

Section 7.5

  Shares Without Certificates      19  

Section 7.6

  Construction; Definitions      19  

Section 7.7

  Dividends      19  

Section 7.8

  Fiscal Year      19  

Section 7.9

  Seal      19  

Section 7.10

  Transfer of Stock      19  

Section 7.11

  Stock Transfer Agreements      19  

Section 7.12

  Registered Stockholders      20  

Section 7.13

  Waiver of Notice      20  

Article VIII - Notice

     20  

Section 8.1

  Delivery of Notice; Notice by Electronic Transmission      20  

Article IX - Indemnification

     21  

Section 9.1

  Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation      21  

Section 9.2

  Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation      21  

Section 9.3

  Authorization of Indemnification      22  

Section 9.4

  Good Faith Defined      22  

Section 9.5

  Indemnification by a Court      22  

Section 9.6

  Expenses Payable in Advance      23  

Section 9.7

  Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses      23  

Section 9.8

  Insurance      23  

Section 9.9

  Certain Definitions      23  

Section 9.10

  Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses      24  

Section 9.11

  Limitation on Indemnification      24  

Section 9.12

  Indemnification of Employees and Agents      24  

Section 9.13

  Primacy of Indemnification      24  

Section 9.14

  Amendments      25  

Article X - Amendments

     25  

Article XI - Definitions

     25  

 

ii


Amended and Restated Bylaws

of

KORE Group Holdings, Inc.

 

 

Article I - Corporate Offices

Section 1.1 Registered Office.

The address of the registered office of KORE Group Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of its registered agent at such address, shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

Section 1.2 Other Offices.

The Corporation may have additional offices at any place or places, within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Corporation’s board of directors (the “Board”) may from time to time establish or as the business of the Corporation may require.

Article II - Meetings of Stockholders

Section 2.1 Place of Meetings.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware, designated from time to time by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

Section 2.2 Annual Meeting.

The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws may be transacted. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.3 Special Meeting.

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called, postponed, rescheduled or cancelled only by such persons and only in such manner as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

No business may be transacted at any special meeting of stockholders other than the business specified in the notice of such meeting.


Section 2.4 Notice of Business to be Brought before a Meeting.

(i) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in a notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) if not specified in a notice of meeting, otherwise brought before the meeting by the Board or the Chairperson of the Board or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder present in person who (1) (A) was a record owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) has complied with this Section 2.4 in all applicable respects or (2) properly made such proposal in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “Exchange Act”). The foregoing clause (c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. For purposes of this Section 2.4, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the annual meeting of the Corporation, or, if the proposing stockholder is not an individual, a qualified representative of such proposing stockholder, appear at such annual meeting. A “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or any other person authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Section 2.5 and Section 2.6.

(ii) Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation and (b) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not later than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made by the Corporation (such notice within such time periods, “Timely Notice”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

(iii) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(a) As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (1) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records); and (2) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) are referred to as “Stockholder Information”);

 

2


(b) As to each Proposing Person, (1) the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any “derivative security” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act) that constitutes a “call equivalent position” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) (“Synthetic Equity Position”) and that is, directly or indirectly, held or maintained by such Proposing Person with respect to any shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation; provided that, for the purposes of the definition of “Synthetic Equity Position,” the term “derivative security” shall also include any security or instrument that would not otherwise constitute a “derivative security” as a result of any feature that would make any conversion, exercise or similar right or privilege of such security or instrument becoming determinable only at some future date or upon the happening of a future occurrence, in which case the determination of the amount of securities into which such security or instrument would be convertible or exercisable shall be made assuming that such security or instrument is immediately convertible or exercisable at the time of such determination; and, provided, further, that any Proposing Person satisfying the requirements of Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (other than a Proposing Person that so satisfies Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act solely by reason of Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E)) shall not be deemed to hold or maintain the notional amount of any securities that underlie a Synthetic Equity Position held by such Proposing Person as a hedge with respect to a bona fide derivatives trade or position of such Proposing Person arising in the ordinary course of such Proposing Person’s business as a derivatives dealer, (2) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (3) any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (4) any other material relationship between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation, on the other hand, (5) any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement of such Proposing Person with the Corporation or any affiliate of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (6) a representation that such Proposing Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal and (7) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (1) through (7) are referred to as “Disclosable Interests”); provided, however, that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and

 

3


(c) As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (2) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), (3) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other record or beneficial holder(s) or persons(s) who have a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation or any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and (4) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that the disclosures required by this paragraph (c) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, and (iii) any participant (as defined in paragraphs (a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such stockholder in such solicitation.

(iv) A Proposing Person shall update and supplement its notice to the Corporation of its intent to propose business at an annual meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five business days after the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph or any other Section of these bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any proposal or to submit any new proposal, including by changing or adding matters, business or resolutions proposed to be brought before a meeting of the stockholders.

(v) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting that is not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4. The Board or chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, if the Proposing Person (or a qualified representative of the Proposing Person) does not appear at the annual meeting to present the proposed business, such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such matter may have been received by the Corporation.

 

4


(vi) This Section 2.4 is expressly intended to apply to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders other than any proposal made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Corporation’s proxy statement. In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(vii) For purposes of these bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service, in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or by such other means as is reasonably designed to inform the public or securityholders of the Corporation in general of such information including, without limitation, posting on the Corporation’s investor relations website.

Section 2.5 Notice of Nominations for Election to the Board of Directors.

(i) Subject in all respects to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but only if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting) may be made at such meeting only (x) by or at the direction of the Board, including by any committee or persons authorized to do so by the Board or these bylaws, (y) as provided in the Investor Rights Agreement or (z) by a stockholder present in person (A) who was a record owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) has complied with this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 as to such notice and nomination. For purposes of this Section 2.5, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the meeting of the Corporation, or a qualified representative of such stockholder, appear at such meeting. A “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or any other person authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Except as may be otherwise provided by the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock with respect to the rights of holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the foregoing clause (y) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting or special meeting.

(ii) Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation, (b) provide the information, agreements and questionnaires with respect to such stockholder and its candidate for nomination as required to be set forth by this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 and (c) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6.

 

5


(iii) Without qualification, if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling a special meeting in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, then for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at a special meeting, the stockholder must (a) provide timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (b) provide the information with respect to such stockholder and its candidate for nomination as required by this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 and (c) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the 90th day prior to such special meeting or, if later, the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4) of the date of such special meeting was first made.

(iv) In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(v) In no event may a Nominating Person provide Timely Notice with respect to a greater number of director candidates than are subject to election by shareholders at the applicable meeting. If the Corporation shall, subsequent to such notice, increase the number of directors subject to election at the meeting, such notice as to any additional nominees shall be due on the later of (a) the conclusion of the time period for Timely Notice, (b) the date set forth in Section 2.5(ii)(b), or (c) the tenth day following the date of public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4) of such increase.

(vi) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(a) As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(a), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(a));

(b) As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(b), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(b) and the disclosure with respect to the business to be brought before the meeting in Section 2.4(iii)(b) shall be made with respect to the election of directors at the meeting); and

(c) As to each candidate whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (1) all information with respect to such candidate for nomination that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 if such candidate for nomination were a Nominating Person, (2) all information relating to such candidate for nomination that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such candidate’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (3) a description of any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each candidate for nomination or his or her

 

6


respective associates or any other participants in such solicitation, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the candidate for nomination were a director or executive officer of such registrant (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (1) through (3) are referred to as “Nominee Information”), and (4) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.6(i).

(vii) For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall mean (a) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, and (c) any other participant in such solicitation.

(viii) A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five business days after the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph or any other Section of these bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any nomination or to submit any new nomination.

(ix) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Nominating Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

Section 2.6 Additional Requirements for Valid Nomination of Candidates to Serve as Director and, if Elected, to be Seated as Directors.

(i) To be eligible to be a candidate for election as a director of the Corporation at an annual or special meeting, a candidate must be nominated in the manner prescribed in Section 2.5 and the candidate for nomination, whether nominated by the Board or by a stockholder of record, must have previously delivered (in accordance with the time period prescribed for delivery in a notice to such candidate given by or on behalf of the Board), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (a) a completed written questionnaire (in a form provided by the Corporation) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such proposed nominee, and such additional information with respect to such proposed nominee as would be required to be provided by the Corporation pursuant to Schedule 14A if such proposed nominee were a participant in the solicitation of proxies by the Corporation in connection with such annual or special meeting and (b) a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the Corporation) that such candidate for nomination (1) is not and, if elected as a director during his or her term of office, will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given and will not give any commitment or

 

7


assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (2) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation or reimbursement for service as a director that has not been disclosed therein or to the Corporation, (3) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any candidate for nomination, the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide to such candidate for nomination all such policies and guidelines then in effect), (4) if elected as director of the Corporation, intends to serve the entire term until the next meeting at which such candidate would face re-election and (5) consents to being named as a nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-4(d) under the Exchange Act and any associated proxy card of the Corporation and agrees to serve if elected as a director.

(ii) The Board may also require any proposed candidate for nomination as a Director to furnish such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Board in writing prior to the meeting of stockholders at which such candidate’s nomination is to be acted upon in order for the Board to determine the eligibility of such candidate for nomination to be an independent director of the Corporation in accordance with the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines.

(iii) No candidate shall be eligible for nomination as a director of the Corporation unless such candidate for nomination and the Nominating Person seeking to place such candidate’s name in nomination has complied with Section 2.5 and this Section 2.6, as applicable. The Board or chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with Section 2.5 and this Section 2.6, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting, the defective nomination shall be disregarded and any ballots cast for the candidate in question (but in the case of any form of ballot listing other qualified nominees, only the ballots cast for the nominee in question) shall be void and of no force or effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 2.5, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present the nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination may have been received by the Corporation.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no candidate for nomination shall be eligible to be seated as a director of the Corporation unless validly nominated and elected in accordance with Section 2.5 and this Section 2.6.

Section 2.7 Notice of Stockholders Meetings.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and the business transacted at such meeting shall be limited to the matters so stated in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto). If such notice is for a stockholders meeting other than an annual meeting, it shall in addition state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and the

 

8


business transacted at such meeting shall be limited to the matters so stated in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto). Any meeting of stockholders as to which notice has been given may be postponed, and any meeting of stockholders as to which notice has been given may be cancelled, by the Board upon public announcement given before the date previously scheduled for such meeting.

Section 2.8 Quorum.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the person presiding over the meeting or (ii) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to recess the meeting or adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these bylaws until a quorum is present or represented. At any recessed or adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

Section 2.9 Adjourned Meeting; Notice.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At any adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If, after the adjournment, a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 2.10 Conduct of Business.

The chairperson of each annual and special meeting shall be the Chairperson of the Board or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer (if he or she shall be a director) or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chief Executive Officer or if the Chief Executive Officer is not a director, the President (if he or she shall be a director) or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President or if the President is not a director, such other person as shall be appointed by the Board. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairperson of the meeting. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with these Bylaws or such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairperson of the meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn

 

9


the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures (which need not be in writing) and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of the chairperson of the meeting, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairperson of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present (including, without limitation, rules and procedures for removal of disruptive persons from the meeting); (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairperson of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The secretary of each annual and special meeting of stockholders shall be the Secretary or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary so appointed to act by the chairperson of the meeting. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 2.11 Voting.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws or the DGCL, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors pursuant to the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock and the Investor Rights Agreement, at all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, each other matter presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting at which a quorum is present shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the votes cast (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) on such matter.

Section 2.12 Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

10


In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 2.13 Proxies.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. Proxies need not be filed with the Secretary until the meeting is called to order, but shall be filed with the Secretary before being voted. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, either of the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority.

Section 2.14 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.

The Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 2.14 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

11


Section 2.15 Inspectors of Election.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Corporation may and shall if required by law, appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If any person appointed as inspector or any alternate fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the person presiding over the meeting shall appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting and the validity of any proxies and ballots;

(ii) count all votes or ballots;

(iii) count and tabulate all votes;

(iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspector(s); and

(v) certify its or their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and its or their count of all votes and ballots.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspection with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. The inspectors of election may appoint such persons to assist them in performing their duties as they determine. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election. Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors.

Section 2.16 Delivery to the Corporation.

Whenever this Article II requires one or more persons (including a record or beneficial owner of stock) to deliver a document or information to the Corporation or any officer, employee or agent thereof (including any notice, request, questionnaire, revocation, representation or other document or agreement), such document or information shall be in writing exclusively (and not in an electronic transmission) and shall be delivered exclusively by hand (including, without limitation, overnight courier service) or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and the Corporation shall not be required to accept delivery of any document not in such written form or so delivered.

Article III - Directors

Section 3.1 Powers.

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

 

12


Section 3.2 Number of Directors.

Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Investor Rights Agreement or any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock, the total number of directors constituting the Board shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

Section 3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, and subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship, shall hold office until the expiration of the term of the class, if any, for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders. The Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe qualifications for directors.

Section 3.4 Resignation and Vacancies.

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or upon the happening of an event specified therein, and if no time or event is specified, at the time of its receipt. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date or upon the happening of an event to occur on a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall (subject to the Investor Rights Agreement) have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in Section 3.3.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of any director, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Section 3.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Investor Rights Agreement or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 3.6 Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held within or outside the State of Delaware and at such time and at such place as which has been designated by the Board and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board.

 

13


Section 3.7 Special Meetings; Notice.

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be held within or outside the State of Delaware and called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or a majority of the total number of directors constituting the Board.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile or electronic mail; or

(iv) sent by other means of electronic transmission,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, or other address for electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or electronic mail, or (iii) sent by other means of electronic transmission, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting, provided that in the case of notices delivered pursuant to subsections (i) and (ii), a copy of such notice is also sent by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. If the notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be deposited in the U.S. mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

Section 3.8 Quorum.

At all meetings of the Board, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

Section 3.9 Board Action without a Meeting.

Unless otherwise restricted by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, unanimously consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board, or the committee thereof, in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained. Such action by written consent or consent by electronic transmission shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board.

 

14


Section 3.10 Fees and Compensation of Directors.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Article IV - Committees

Section 4.1 Committees of Directors.

Subject to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist, of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

Section 4.2 Meetings and Actions of Committees.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings; meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

(iv) Section 3.9 (board action without a meeting); and

(v) Section 7.13 (waiver of notice),

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board or the chairperson of the applicable committee; and

(iii) the Board may adopt rules for the governance of any committee to override the provisions that would otherwise apply to the committee pursuant to this Section 4.2, provided that such rules do not violate the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law.

 

15


Section 4.3 Subcommittees.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, the resolutions of the Board designating the committee or the charter of such committee adopted by the Board, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

Article V - Officers

Section 5.1 Officers.

The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer, a President and a Secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. No officer need be a stockholder or director of the Corporation.

Section 5.2 Appointment of Officers.

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws.

Section 5.3 Subordinate Officers.

The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

Section 5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers.

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

Section 5.5 Vacancies in Offices.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled as provided in Section 5.2 or Section 5.3, as applicable.

Section 5.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations.

 

16


The Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or voting securities of any other corporation or other person standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

Section 5.7 Authority and Duties of Officers.

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be provided herein or designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

Section 5.8 Compensation.

The compensation of the officers of the Corporation for their services as such shall be fixed from time to time by or at the direction of the Board. An officer of the Corporation shall not be prevented from receiving compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the Corporation.

Article VI - Records

A stock ledger consisting of one or more records in which the names of all of the Corporation’s stockholders of record, the address and number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder, and all issuances and transfers of stock of the corporation are recorded in accordance with Section 224 of the DGCL shall be administered by or on behalf of the Corporation. Any records administered by or on behalf of the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device, or method, or one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time and, with respect to the stock ledger, that the records so kept (i) can be used to prepare the list of stockholders specified in Sections 219 and 220 of the DGCL, (ii) record the information specified in Sections 156, 159, 217(a) and 218 of the DGCL, and (iii) record transfers of stock as governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State of Delaware.    

Article VII - General Matters

Section 7.1 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments.

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

17


Section 7.2 Stock Certificates.

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board by resolution may provide that some or all of the shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, any two officers authorized to sign stock certificates representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. The Chairperson or Vice Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation shall (in each case) be specifically authorized to sign stock certificates. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

Section 7.3 Special Designation of Certificates.

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or on the back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock (or, in the case of uncertificated shares, set forth in a notice provided pursuant to Section 151 of the DGCL); provided, however, that except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face of back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock (or, in the case of any uncertificated shares, included in the aforementioned notice) a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 7.4 Lost Certificates.

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may, in addition to any other requirements as may be imposed by the Corporation, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

18


Section 7.5 Shares Without Certificates.

The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

Section 7.6 Construction; Definitions.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular.

Section 7.7 Dividends.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL or (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

Section 7.8 Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

Section 7.9 Seal.

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

Section 7.10 Transfer of Stock.

Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the persons from and to whom it was transferred.

Section 7.11 Stock Transfer Agreements.

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

19


Section 7.12 Registered Stockholders.

The Corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner; and

(ii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.13 Waiver of Notice.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

Article VIII - Notice

Section 8.1 Delivery of Notice; Notice by Electronic Transmission.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these bylaws may be given in writing directed to the stockholder’s mailing address (or by electronic transmission directed to the stockholder’s electronic mail address, as applicable) as it appears on the records of the Corporation and shall be given (i) if mailed, when the notice is deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, (ii) if delivered by courier service, the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholder’s address or (iii) if given by electronic mail, when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail. A notice by electronic mail must include a prominent legend that the communication is an important notice regarding the Corporation.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice or electronic transmission to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, the Corporation may give a notice by electronic mail in accordance with the first paragraph of this section without obtaining the consent required by this paragraph.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

20


(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (a) such posting and (b) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iii) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a notice may not be given by an electronic transmission from and after the time that (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by such electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation and (2) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice, provided, however, the inadvertent failure to discover such inability shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

Article IX - Indemnification

Section 9.1 Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation.

Subject to Section 9.3, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 9.2 Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation.

Subject to Section 9.3, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer

 

21


of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 9.3 Authorization of Indemnification.

Any indemnification under this Article IX (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

Section 9.4 Good Faith Defined.

For purposes of any determination under Section 9.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The provisions of this Section 9.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or 9.2, as the case may be.

Section 9.5 Indemnification by a Court.

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 9.1 or 9.2. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or

 

22


officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Article IX shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

Section 9.6 Expenses Payable in Advance.

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IX. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

Section 9.7 Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 9.1 or 9.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article IX shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise and the rights of directors, officers and other persons to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any Bylaw or any separate indemnification agreement between the Corporation and any such director, officer or other person.

Section 9.8 Insurance.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article IX.

Section 9.9 Certain Definitions.

For purposes of this Article IX, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the

 

23


request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article IX shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. For purposes of this Article IX, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article IX.

Section 9.10 Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 9.11 Limitation on Indemnification.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article IX to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 9.5), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of the Corporation.

Section 9.12 Indemnification of Employees and Agents.

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article IX to directors and officers of the Corporation.

Section 9.13 Primacy of Indemnification.

Notwithstanding that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation (collectively, the “Covered Persons”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more other persons (collectively, the “Other Indemnitors”), with respect to the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance set forth herein, the Corporation: (i) shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Covered Persons are primary and any obligation of the Other Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Covered Persons are secondary); (ii) shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Covered Persons and shall be liable for the full amount of all liabilities, without regard to any rights Covered Persons may have against any of the Other Indemnitors; and (iii) irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Other Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Other Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. No advancement or payment

 

24


by the Other Indemnitors on behalf of Covered Persons with respect to any claim for which Covered Persons have sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the immediately preceding sentence, and the Other Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Covered Persons against the Corporation and each such person agree that the Other Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 9.13. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the obligations of the Corporation under this Section 9.13 shall only apply to Covered Persons in their capacity as Covered Persons.

Section 9.14 Amendments. Any repeal or amendment of this Article IX by the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in applicable law, or the adoption of any other provision of these bylaws inconsistent with this Article IX, will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in applicable law permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights to Indemnitees on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and will not in any way diminish or adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision; provided, however, that amendments or repeals of this Article IX shall require the affirmative vote of the stockholders holding at least 66.7% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 9.15 Contract Rights. The rights provided to Covered Persons pursuant to this Article IX shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a director, officer, agent or employee and shall inure to the benefit of the Covered Person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

Section 9.16 Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Article IX shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article IX shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article IX (including, without limitation, each such portion of this Article IX containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

Article X - Amendments

The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that prior to the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Effective Time (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), such action by stockholders shall require, in addition to any other vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation with the power to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Article XI - Definitions

As used in these bylaws, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

25


An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

An “electronic mail” means an electronic transmission directed to a unique electronic mail address (which electronic mail shall be deemed to include any files attached thereto and any information hyperlinked to a website if such electronic mail includes the contact information of an officer or agent of the Corporation who is available to assist with accessing such files and information).

An “electronic mail address” means a destination, commonly expressed as a string of characters, consisting of a unique user name or mailbox (commonly referred to as the “local part” of the address) and a reference to an internet domain (commonly referred to as the “domain part” of the address), whether or not displayed, to which electronic mail can be sent or delivered.

The term “person” means any individual, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture, unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

26

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION VERSION

ASSIGNMENT, ASSUMPTION AND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

This Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of September 30, 2021, by and among Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), KORE Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Pubco”), and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation (the “Warrant Agent”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Warrant Agent are parties to that certain Warrant Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2019, and filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on October 26, 2020 (the “Existing Warrant Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Existing Warrant Agreement);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Existing Warrant Agreement, the Company issued (a) 272,779 warrants to the Sponsor (collectively, the “Private Placement Warrants”) to purchase shares of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), simultaneously with the closing of the Offering, with each Private Placement Warrant being exercisable for one Ordinary Share and with an exercise price of $11.50 per share and (b) 9,583,333 warrants to public investors in the Offering (collectively, the “Public Warrants”) to purchase Ordinary Shares, with each whole Public Warrant being exercisable for one Ordinary Share and with an exercise price of $11.50 per share;

WHEREAS, on March 12, 2021, an Agreement and Plan of Merger, (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Merger Agreement”), was entered into by and among the Company, Pubco, Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC (the “Sponsor”), King Corp Merger Sub, Inc. (“Corp Merger Sub”), a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Sponsor, King LLC Merger Sub, LLC (“LLC Merger Sub”), a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco, and Maple Holdings Inc. (“KORE”), a Delaware corporation;

WHEREAS, the Merger Agreement provides, among other things, that (i) on the day immediately prior to the Closing Date (as defined in the Merger Agreement), the Company will merge with and into LLC Merger Sub (the “Pubco Merger”), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Pubco Merger and Pubco as parent of the surviving entity, (ii) on the Closing Date and immediately prior to the First Merger (as defined below), Sponsor will contribute 100% of its equity interests in Corp Merger Sub to Pubco (the “Corp Merger Sub Contribution”), as a result of which Corp Merger Sub will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco, (iii) following the Corp Merger Sub Contribution, Corp Merger Sub will merge with and into KORE (the “First Merger”), with KORE being the surviving corporation of the First Merger, (iv) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, KORE will merge with and into LLC Merger Sub (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, being collectively referred to as the “Mergers”), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Second Merger and Pubco being the sole member of LLC Merger Sub, and (v) each Company Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Pubco Merger will automatically become a Pubco Warrant exercisable (where a whole Pubco Warrant) for one share of Pubco Common Stock at the same exercise price per share and on the same terms in effect immediately prior to the Pubco Merger, and the rights and obligations of the Company under the Warrant Agreement will be irrevocably assigned and assumed by Pubco;


WHEREAS, all of the Warrants are governed by the Existing Warrant Agreement;

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the Company desires to assign all of its right, title and interest in the Existing Warrant Agreement to Pubco and Pubco wishes to accept such assignment; and

WHEREAS, Section 9.8 of the Existing Warrant Agreement provides that the Company and the Warrant Agent may amend the Existing Warrant Agreement without the consent of any Registered Holders for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained therein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Existing Warrant Agreement as the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and the Warrant Agent deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Registered Holders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Assignment and Assumption; Consent.

1.1 Assignment and Assumption. The Company hereby assigns to Pubco all of the Company’s right, title and interest in and to the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) as of the Pubco Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement). Pubco hereby assumes, and agrees to pay, perform, satisfy and discharge in full, as the same become due, all of the Company’s liabilities and obligations under the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) arising from and after the Pubco Merger Effective Time.

1.2 Consent. The Warrant Agent hereby consents to the assignment of the Existing Warrant Agreement by the Company to Pubco pursuant to Section 1.1 hereof effective as of the Pubco Merger Effective Time, and the assumption of the Existing Warrant Agreement by Pubco from the Company pursuant to Section 1.1 hereof effective as of the Purchaser Merger Effective Time, and to the continuation of the Existing Warrant Agreement in full force and effect from and after the Pubco Merger Effective Time, subject at all times to the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) and to all of the provisions, covenants, agreements, terms and conditions of the Existing Warrant Agreement and this Agreement.

2. Amendment of Existing Warrant Agreement. The Company and the Warrant Agent hereby amend the Existing Warrant Agreement as provided in this Section 2, effective as of the Purchaser Merger Effective Time, and acknowledge and agree that the amendments to the Existing Warrant Agreement set forth in this Section 2 are necessary or desirable and that such amendments do not adversely affect the interests of the Registered Holders:

2.1 Preamble. The preamble on page one of the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp.” and replacing it with “KORE Group Holdings, Inc.”. As a result thereof, all references to the “Company” in the Existing Warrant Agreement shall be references to KORE Group Holdings, Inc., rather than Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp.

 

2


2.2 Recitals. The recitals of the Existing Warrant Agreement are hereby deleted and replaced in their entirety as follows:

“WHEREAS, Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp.(“CTAC”) and the Warrant Agent are parties to that certain Warrant Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2019, and filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on October 26, 2020 (the “Existing Warrant Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Existing Warrant Agreement);

WHEREAS, on October 26, 2020, CTAC consummated its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of units of CTAC’s equity securities, each such unit comprised of one Ordinary Share and one-third of one Public Warrant (as defined below) (the “Units”) and, in connection therewith, has determined to issue and deliver up to 10,000,000 redeemable warrants (including up to 1,500,000 redeemable warrants subject to the Over-allotment Option) to public investors in the Offering. Each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share of CTAC, par value $0.0001 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), for $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. Only whole Warrants are exercisable. A holder of the Public Warrants will not be able to exercise any fraction of a Warrant;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Existing Warrant Agreement, CTAC issued (a) up to 291,666 warrants to the Sponsor (collectively, the “Private Placement Warrants” ”) to purchase shares of CTAC’s Ordinary Shares, simultaneously with the closing of the Offering, with each Private Placement Warrant being exercisable for one Ordinary Share and with an exercise price of $11.50 per share and (b) up to 11,500,000 warrants to public investors in the Offering (collectively, the “Public Warrants” ” and, together with the Private Placement Warrants, the “Warrants”) to purchase Ordinary Shares, with each whole Public Warrant being exercisable for one Ordinary Share and with an exercise price of $11.50 per share;

WHEREAS, on March 12, 2021, an Agreement and Plan of Merger, (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Merger Agreement”), was entered into by and among the CTAC, Company, Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC (the “Sponsor”), King Corp Merger Sub, Inc. (“Corp Merger Sub”), a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Sponsor, King LLC Merger Sub, LLC (“LLC Merger Sub”), a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco, and Maple Holdings Inc. (“KORE”), a Delaware corporation;

WHEREAS, the Merger Agreement provide, among other things, that (i) on the day immediately prior to the Closing Date (as defined in the Merger Agreement), CTAC will merge with and into LLC Merger Sub (the “Pubco Merger”), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Pubco Merger and Pubco as parent of the surviving entity, (ii) on the Closing Date and immediately prior to the First Merger (as defined below), Sponsor will contribute 100% of its equity interests in Corp Merger Sub to Pubco (the “Corp Merger Sub Contribution”), as a result of which Corp Merger Sub will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, (iii) following the Corp Merger Sub Contribution, Corp Merger Sub will merge with and into KORE

 

3


(the “First Merger”), with KORE being the surviving corporation of the First Merger, (iv) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, KORE will merge with and into LLC Merger Sub (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, being collectively referred to as the “Mergers”), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Second Merger and Pubco being the sole member of LLC Merger Sub, and (v) each CTAC Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Pubco Merger will automatically become a Pubco Warrant exercisable (where a whole Pubco Warrant) for one share of Pubco Common Stock at the same exercise price per share and on the same terms in effect immediately prior to the Pubco Merger, and the rights and obligations of CTAC under the Warrant Agreement will be irrevocably assigned and assumed by the Company;

WHEREAS, all of the Warrants are governed by the Existing Warrant Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Warrant Assumption Agreement and Section 4.4 of this Agreement, effective as of the Pubco Merger Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement), each of the issued and outstanding CTAC Warrants were no longer exercisable for Ordinary Shares but instead became exercisable (subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement) for Company’s Common Stock (each a “Warrant” and collectively, the “Warrants”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, redemption and exercise of the Warrants;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent, and the holders of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:”

2.3 Reference Common Stock. All references to “Ordinary Share” in the Existing Warrant Agreement and all Exhibits to the Existing Warrant Agreement shall mean to the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company “Common Stock”.

2.4 Detachability of Warrants. Section 2.4 of the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]”

 

4


2.5 No Fractional Warrants Other Than as Part of Units. Section 2.5 of the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

No Fractional Warrants. The Company shall not issue fractional Warrants. If a holder of Warrants would be entitled to receive a fractional Warrant, the Company shall round down to the nearest whole number the number of Warrants to be issued to such holder.”

2.6 Duration of Warrants. Section 3.2 of the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“A Warrant may be exercised only during the period commencing on the date that is thirty (30) days after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Business Combination”), and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the earlier to occur of: (x) the date that is five (5) years after the date on which the Business Combination is completed, (y) the liquidation of the Company, or (z) the Redemption Date (as defined below) as provided in Section 6.2 hereof (the “Expiration Date”); provided, however, that the exercise of any Warrant shall be subject to the satisfaction of any applicable conditions, as set forth in subsection 3.3.2 below with respect to an effective registration statement. Except with respect to the right to receive the Redemption Price (as defined below) in the event of a redemption (as set forth in Section 6 hereof), each outstanding Warrant not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Expiration Date; provided, that the Company shall provide at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of any such extension to Registered Holders of the Warrants and, provided further that any such extension shall be identical in duration among all the Warrants.”

2.7 Duration of Warrants. Section 3.2 of the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

2.8 Redemption Fair Market Value. The Redemption Fair Market Value table set forth on Section 6.2 of the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

     Redemption Fair Market Value of Common Stock (period to expiration of warrants)  

Redemption Date

   USD$ 10.00        11.00        12.00        13.00        14.00        15.00        16.00        17.00        ³ 18.00  

60 months

     0.261        0.280        0.297        0.311        0.324        0.337        0.348        0.358        0.361  

57 months

     0.257        0.277        0.294        0.310        0.324        0.337        0.348        0.358        0.361  

54 months

     0.252        0.272        0.291        0.307        0.322        0.335        0.347        0.357        0.361  

51 months

     0.246        0.268        0.287        0.304        0.320        0.333        0.346        0.357        0.361  

48 months

     0.241        0.263        0.283        0.301        0.317        0.332        0.344        0.356        0.361  

45 months

     0.235        0.258        0.279        0.298        0.315        0.330        0.343        0.356        0.361  

42 months

     0.228        0.252        0.274        0.294        0.312        0.328        0.342        0.355        0.361  

39 months

     0.221        0.246        0.269        0.290        0.309        0.325        0.340        0.354        0.361  

36 months

     0.213        0.239        0.263        0.285        0.305        0.323        0.339        0.353        0.361  

33 months

     0.205        0.232        0.257        0.280        0.301        0.320        0.337        0.352        0.361  

30 months

     0.196        0.224        0.250        0.274        0.297        0.316        0.335        0.351        0.361  

27 months

     0.185        0.214        0.242        0.268        0.291        0.313        0.332        0.350        0.361  

24 months

     0.173        0.204        0.233        0.260        0.285        0.308        0.329        0.348        0.361  

21 months

     0.161        0.193        0.223        0.252        0.279        0.304        0.326        0.347        0.361  

18 months

     0.146        0.179        0.211        0.242        0.271        0.298        0.322        0.345        0.361  

15 months

     0.130        0.164        0.197        0.230        0.262        0.291        0.317        0.342        0.361  

12 months

     0.111        0.146        0.181        0.216        0.250        0.282        0.312        0.339        0.361  

9 months

     0.090        0.125        0.162        0.199        0.237        0.272        0.305        0.336        0.361  

6 months

     0.065        0.099        0.137        0.178        0.219        0.259        0.296        0.331        0.361  

3 months

     0.034        0.065        0.104        0.150        0.197        0.243        0.286        0.326        0.361  

0 months

     —          —          0.042        0.115        0.179        0.233        0.281        0.323        0.361  

 

5


2.9 Notices. Section 9.2 of the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby amended in part to change the delivery of notices to the Company to the following:

“KORE Wireless Group Inc.

3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300

Alpharetta, GA 30022

Attention: Romil Bahl (President & CEO)

Puneet Pamnani (Executive VP and CFO)

Email: RBahl@korewireless.com

PPamnani@korewireless.com

2.10 Exhibit A to the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Exhibit A in its entirety and replacing it with new Exhibit A attached hereto.

2.11 Exhibit B to the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Exhibit B in its entirety and replacing it with new Exhibit B attached hereto.

3. Miscellaneous Provisions.

3.1 Effectiveness of Warrant. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the effectiveness of this Agreement shall be expressly subject to the occurrence of the Transactions and shall automatically be terminated and shall be null and void if the Merger Agreement shall be terminated for any reason.

3.2 Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

3.3 Severability. This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

3.4 Applicable Law. The validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The parties hereby agree that any action, proceeding or claim against a party arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. Each of the parties hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

3.5 Examination of the Warrant Agreement. A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, for inspection by the Registered Holder of any Warrant. The Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit his Warrant for inspection by it.

 

6


3.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Signatures to this Agreement transmitted by electronic mail in PDF form, or by any other electronic means designed to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document (including DocuSign), will be deemed to have the same effect as physical delivery of the paper document bearing the original signatures.

3.7 Effect of Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

3.8 Reference to and Effect on Agreements; Entire Agreement.

3.8.1 Any references to “this Agreement” in the Existing Warrant Agreement will mean the Existing Warrant Agreement as amended by this Agreement. Except as specifically amended by this Agreement, the provisions of the Existing Warrant Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

3.8.2 This Agreement and the Existing Warrant Agreement, as modified by this Agreement, constitutes the entire understanding of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, arrangements, promises and commitments, whether written or oral, express or implied, relating to the subject matter hereof, and all such prior agreements, understandings, arrangements, promises and commitments are hereby canceled and terminated.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Michael Palmer

Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:   Authorized Signatory
KING PUBCO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael Palmer

Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:   Authorized Signatory
CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Douglas Reed

Name:   Douglas Reed
Title:   Vice President of Account Administration

 

[Signature Page to Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

[Form of Warrant Certificate]

[FACE]

Number

WARRANTS

THIS WARRANT SHALL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO

THE EXPIRATION OF THE EXERCISE PERIOD PROVIDED FOR

IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT DESCRIBED BELOW

KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

Incorporated Under the Laws of Delaware

CUSIP:    

Warrant Certificate

This Warrant Certificate certifies that                 , or registered assigns, is the registered holder of                  warrant(s) evidenced hereby (the “Warrants” and each, a “Warrant”) to purchase common stock, $0.0001 par value (“Common Stock”), of KORE Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). Each Warrant entitles the holder, upon exercise during the period set forth in the Warrant Agreement referred to below, to receive from the Company that number of shares of fully paid and non-assessable Common Stock as set forth below, at the exercise price (the “Exercise Price”) as determined pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, payable in lawful money (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) of the United States of America upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Exercise Price at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent referred to below, subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.

Each whole Warrant is initially exercisable for one share of fully paid and non-assessable Common Stock. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of any Warrant. If, upon the exercise of Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share of Common Stock, the Company will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Warrant holder. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

The initial Exercise Price per one share of Common Stock for any Warrant is equal to $11.50 per share. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.


Subject to the conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, the Warrants may be exercised only during the Exercise Period and to the extent not exercised by the end of such Exercise Period, such Warrants shall become void.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Warrant Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent, as such term is used in the Warrant Agreement. This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.


KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, AS WARRANT AGENT
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement to Warrant Agreement]


[Form of Warrant Certificate]

[Reverse]

The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly authorized issue of Warrants entitling the holder on exercise to receive                  shares of Common Stock and are issued or to be issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement dated as of October 26, 2020, amended by the Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2021 (as amended, the “Warrant Agreement”), duly executed and delivered by the Company to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent (the “Warrant Agent”), which Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the holders (the words “holders” or “holder” meaning the Registered Holders or Registered Holder, respectively) of the Warrants. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the Company. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.

Warrants may be exercised at any time during the Exercise Period set forth in the Warrant Agreement. The holder of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate may exercise them by surrendering this Warrant Certificate, with the form of Election to Purchase set forth hereon properly completed and executed, together with payment of the Exercise Price as specified in the Warrant Agreement (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) at the principal corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent. In the event that upon any exercise of Warrants evidenced hereby the number of Warrants exercised shall be less than the total number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall be issued to the holder hereof or his, her or its assignee, a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the number of Warrants not exercised.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Warrant Certificate or the Warrant Agreement, no Warrant may be exercised unless at the time of exercise (i) a registration statement covering the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise is effective under the Securities Act and (ii) a prospectus thereunder relating to the shares of Common Stock is current, except through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement.

The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted. If, upon exercise of a Warrant, the holder thereof would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share of Common Stock, the Company shall, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the holder of the Warrant.

Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the principal corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent by the Registered Holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.


Upon due presentation for registration of transfer of this Warrant Certificate at the office of the Warrant Agent a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee(s) in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder(s) hereof as the absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise hereof, of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Neither the Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights of a shareholder of the Company.


Election to Purchase

(To Be Executed Upon Exercise of Warrant)

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, to receive                  shares of Common Stock and herewith tenders payment for such shares of Common Stock to the order of KORE Group Holdings, INC. (the “Company”) in the amount of $                 in accordance with the terms hereof. The undersigned requests that a certificate for such shares of Common Stock be registered in the name of                 , whose address is and that such shares of Common Stock be delivered to whose address is                 . If said number of shares of Common Stock is less than all of the shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such shares of Common Stock be registered in the name of                 , whose address is                  and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to                 , whose address is                 .

In the event that the Warrant has been called for redemption by the Company pursuant to Section 6 of the Warrant Agreement and the Company has required cashless exercise pursuant to Section 6.3 of the Warrant Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(b) and Section 6.3 of the Warrant Agreement.

In the event that the Warrant is to be exercised on a “cashless” basis pursuant to Section 7.4 of the Warrant Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with Section 7.4 of the Warrant Agreement.

In the event that the Warrant may be exercised, to the extent allowed by the Warrant Agreement, through cashless exercise (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that this Warrant is exercisable for would be determined in accordance with the relevant section of the Warrant Agreement which allows for such cashless exercise and (ii) the holder hereof shall complete the following: The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, through the cashless exercise provisions of the Warrant Agreement, to receive shares of Common Stock. If said number of shares is less than all of the shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder (after giving effect to the cashless exercise), the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such shares of Common Stock be registered in the name of                 , whose address is                  and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to                 , whose address is                 .

[Signature Page Follows]


Date:                 , 20    

 

(Signature)

(Address)

 

(Tax Identification Number)

 

Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15 (OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED).


EXHIBIT B

LEGEND

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. IN ADDITION, SUBJECT TO ANY ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFER DESCRIBED IN THE LETTER AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG KORE WIRELESS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC (THE “COMPANY”), CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS, LLC AND THE OTHER PARTIES THERETO.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO LOCKUP PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF KORE WIRELESS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER [17], 2021 (AS IT MAY BE AMENDED OR AMENDED AND RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF DURING THE TERM OF THE LOCKUP.”

NO. [                ] WARRANT

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION VERSION

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of September 30, 2021, by and between KORE Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and [•] (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly held corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of such corporations;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Corporation will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Corporation and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. The certification of incorporation of the Corporation (the “Charter”) provides for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Corporation. The Charter provides that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Corporation and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification, hold harmless, exoneration, advancement and reimbursement rights;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Corporation’s shareholders and that the Corporation should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Corporation contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, hold harmless, exonerate and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Corporation free from undue concern that they will not be so protected against liabilities;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter of the Corporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Corporation desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Corporation on the condition that he or she be so indemnified.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Corporation and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 


1. SERVICES TO THE CORPORATION

In consideration of the Corporation’s covenants and obligations hereunder, Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve as an officer, director, advisor, key employee or in any other capacity of the Corporation, as applicable, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or retained or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or until Indemnitee is removed. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director, officer, advisor, key employee or in any other capacity of the Corporation, as provided in Section 17. This Agreement, however, shall not impose any obligation on Indemnitee or the Corporation to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Corporation beyond any period otherwise required by law or by other agreements or commitments of the parties, if any.

2. DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement:

(a) References to “agent” shall mean any person who is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation or other person authorized by the Corporation to act for the Corporation, to include such person serving in such capacity as a director, officer, employee, advisor, fiduciary or other official of another corporation, partnership, limited liability Corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation.

(b) The terms “Beneficial Owner” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof.

(c) “Delaware Court” shall mean the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

(d) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Shares by Third Party. Other than an affiliate of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC or ABRY Partners LLC (collectively, the “Sponsors”), any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, unless (1) the change in the relative Beneficial Ownership of the Corporation’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, or (2) such acquisition was approved in advance by the Continuing Directors and such acquisition would not constitute a Change in Control under part (iii) of this definition;

(ii) Change in Board of Directors. Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board, and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date hereof or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (collectively, the “Continuing Directors”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

 

- 2 -


(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination, involving the Corporation and one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination: (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 51% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (2) other than an affiliate of the Sponsors, no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 15% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the surviving corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination; and (3) at least a majority of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were Continuing Directors at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination;

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation of the Corporation or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, other than factoring the Corporation’s current receivables or escrows due (or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions); or

(v) Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Corporation is then subject to such reporting requirement.

(e) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Corporation or of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation.

(f) “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

- 3 -


(g) “Enterprise” shall mean the Corporation and any other corporation, constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which the Corporation (or any of its wholly owned subsidiaries) is a party, limited liability Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent.

(h) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(i) “Expenses” shall include all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, fees of private investigators and professional advisors, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, fax transmission charges, secretarial services and all other disbursements, obligations or expenses in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settlement or appeal of, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding, including reasonable compensation for time spent by the Indemnitee for which he or she is not otherwise compensated by the Corporation or any third party. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the principal, premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(j) References to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed on Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan.

(k) References to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Agreement.

(l) “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm or a member of a law firm with significant experience in matters of corporate law and that neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Corporation or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements); or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

- 4 -


(m) The term “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof; provided, however, that “Person” shall exclude: (i) the Corporation; (ii) any Subsidiaries of the Corporation; (iii) any employment benefit plan of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary of the Corporation or of any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Corporation; and (iv) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary of the Corporation or of a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Corporation.

(n) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative or related nature, in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, by reason of any action (or failure to act) taken by him or her or of any action (or failure to act) on his or her part while acting as a director or officer of the Corporation, or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(o) The term “Subsidiary,” with respect to any Person, shall mean any corporation, limited liability Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by that Person.

(p) The phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to: (a) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provision of applicable Delaware law that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of applicable Delaware law, and (b) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of applicable Delaware law adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

3. INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness, deponent or otherwise) in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually, and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter

 

- 5 -


therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful; provided, in no event shall Indemnitee be entitled to be indemnified, held harmless or advanced any amounts hereunder in respect of any Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (if any) that Indemnitee may incur by reason of his or her own actual fraud or intentional misconduct. Indemnitee shall not be found to have committed actual fraud or intentional misconduct for any purpose of this Agreement unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.

4. INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness, deponent or otherwise) in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation. No indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Corporation, unless and only to the extent that any court in which the Proceeding was brought or the Delaware Court shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, to be held harmless or to exoneration.

5. INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO IS WHOLLY OR PARTLY SUCCESSFUL

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, but subject to Section 27, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, the Corporation also shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred in connection with a claim, issue or matter related to any claim, issue, or matter on which Indemnitee was successful. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

- 6 -


6. INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, but subject to Section 27, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness or deponent in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party or threatened to be made a party, he or she shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

7. ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS AND EXONERATION RIGHTS

Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4 or 5, but subject to Section 27, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding. No indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration rights shall be available under this Section 7 on account of Indemnitee’s conduct which constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders or is an act or omission not in good faith or which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.

8. CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

(a) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification, hold harmless and/or exoneration rights provided for in this Agreement are unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part for any reason whatsoever, the Corporation, in lieu of indemnifying, holding harmless or exonerating Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Corporation hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.

(b) The Corporation shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Corporation is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(c) The Corporation hereby agrees to fully indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Corporation other than Indemnitee who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall seek payments or advances from the Corporation only to the extent that such payments or advances are unavailable from any insurance policy of the Corporation covering Indemnitee.

 

- 7 -


9. EXCLUSIONS

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, but subject to Section 27, the Corporation shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification, advance Expenses, hold harmless or exoneration payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been received by or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity or advancement provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount actually received under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, other indemnity or advancement provision or otherwise;

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Corporation within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (or any successor rule) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) except as otherwise provided in Sections 14(f) and (g) hereof, prior to a Change in Control, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Corporation or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Corporation provides the indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration payment, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under applicable law.

10. ADVANCES OF EXPENSES; DEFENSE OF CLAIM

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, but subject to Section 27, and to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Corporation shall pay the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee (or reasonably expected by Indemnitee to be incurred by Indemnitee within three months) in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, prior to the final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to be indemnified, held harmless or exonerated under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing a Proceeding to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Corporation to support the advances claimed. To the fullest extent required by applicable law, such payments of Expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon the Corporation’s receipt of an undertaking, by or on behalf of Indemnitee, to repay the advanced amounts to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Agreement, the Charter, applicable law or otherwise. If it shall be determined

 

- 8 -


by a final judgment or other final adjudication that Indemnitee was not so entitled to indemnification, any advancement shall be returned to the Corporation (without interest) by the Indemnitee. This Section 10(a) shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which an indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration payment is excluded pursuant to Section 9, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 9(b) prior to a final determination that Indemnitee is liable therefor.

(b) The Corporation will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(c) The Corporation shall not settle any action, claim or Proceeding (in whole or in part) which would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

11. PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFICATION AND APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION

(a) Indemnitee agrees to notify promptly the Corporation in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding, claim, issue or matter therein which may be subject to indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration rights, or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Corporation shall not relieve the Corporation of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement, or otherwise.

(b) Indemnitee may deliver to the Corporation a written application to indemnify, hold harmless or exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with this Agreement. Such application(s) may be delivered from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion. Following such a written application for indemnification by Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined according to Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

12. PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION

(a) A determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods, which shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, (iii) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if such directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (iv) by vote of the shareholders by ordinary resolution. The Corporation promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing with respect to any determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation

 

- 9 -


or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Corporation (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Corporation hereby agrees to indemnify and to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 12(b). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Corporation advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and certifying that the Independent Counsel so selected meets the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement. If the Independent Counsel is selected by the Board, the Corporation shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and certifying that the Independent Counsel so selected meets the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement. In either event, Indemnitee or the Corporation, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to the Corporation or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(b) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Corporation or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Corporation or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Delaware Court, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 12(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(c) The Corporation agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify and hold harmless such Independent Counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

- 10 -


13. PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(b) of this Agreement, and the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including by the Disinterested Directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including by the Disinterested Directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 12 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a final judicial determination that any or all such indemnification is expressly prohibited under applicable law; provided, however, that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors, manager or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, trustee, general partner, manager or managing member, or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, trustee, general partner, manager or managing member, by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, trustee, general partner, manager or managing member. The provisions of this Section 13(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

- 11 -


(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, trustee, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

14. REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, is not timely made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Sections 5, 6, 7 or the last sentence of Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefor, (v) a contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (vi) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vii) payment to Indemnitee pursuant to any hold harmless or exoneration rights under this Agreement or otherwise is not made in accordance with this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefor, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court to such indemnification, hold harmless, exoneration, contribution or advancement rights. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association. Except as set forth herein, the Commercial Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association shall apply to any such arbitration. The Corporation shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.

(c) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to be indemnified, held harmless, exonerated to receive advancement of Expenses under this Agreement and the Corporation shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, held harmless, exonerated and to receive advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Corporation may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 14, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Corporation for any advances pursuant to Section 10 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

- 12 -


(d) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(e) The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(f) The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after the Corporation’s receipt of such written request) pay to Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee: (i) to enforce his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement or any other indemnification, hold harmless, exoneration, advancement or contribution agreement or provision of the Charter now or hereafter in effect; or (ii) for recovery or advances under any insurance policy maintained by any person for the benefit of Indemnitee, regardless of the outcome and whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration right, advancement, contribution or insurance recovery, as the case may be (unless such judicial proceeding or arbitration was not brought by Indemnitee in good faith).

(g) Interest shall be paid by the Corporation to Indemnitee at the legal rate under New York law for amounts which the Corporation indemnifies, holds harmless or exonerates, or advances, or is obliged to indemnify, hold harmless or exonerate or advance for the period commencing with the date on which Indemnitee requests indemnification, to be held harmless, exonerated, contribution, reimbursement or advancement of any Expenses and ending with the date on which such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Corporation.

15. SECURITY

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, but subject to Section 27, to the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Corporation may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Corporation’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

 

- 13 -


16. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; SUBROGATION; PRIORITY OF OBLIGATIONS

(a) The rights of Indemnitee as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, any agreement, a vote of shareholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any Proceeding (regardless of when such Proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) or claim, issue or matter therein arising out of, or related to, any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration rights or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Charter or this Agreement, then this Agreement (without any further action by the parties hereto) shall automatically be deemed to be amended to require that the Corporation indemnifies the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) The Charter permits the Corporation to purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection or make other arrangements including, but not limited to, providing a trust fund, letter of credit, or surety bond (“Indemnification Arrangements”) on behalf of Indemnitee against any liability asserted against him or her or incurred by or on behalf of him or in such capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement and the Charter. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such Indemnification Arrangement shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Corporation or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Corporation and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Corporation or the other party or parties thereto under any such Indemnification Arrangement.

(c) To the extent that the Corporation maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, trustees, partners, managers, managing members, fiduciaries, employees or agents of the Corporation or of any other Enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Corporation, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, trustee, partner, managers, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Corporation receives notice from any source of a Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness, deponent or otherwise), the Corporation has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Corporation shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Corporation shall thereafter use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

- 14 -


(d) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Corporation to bring suit to enforce such rights. No such payment by the Corporation shall be deemed to relieve any insurer of its obligations.

(e) The Corporation’s obligation to indemnify, hold harmless, exonerate or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration payments or advancement of expenses from such Enterprise. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, but subject to Section 27, (i) Indemnitee shall have no obligation to reduce, offset, allocate, pursue or apportion any indemnification, hold harmless, exoneration, advancement, contribution or insurance coverage among multiple parties possessing such duties to Indemnitee prior to the Corporation’s satisfaction and performance of all its obligations under this Agreement, and (ii) the Corporation shall perform fully its obligations under this Agreement without regard to whether Indemnitee holds, may pursue or has pursued any indemnification, advancement, hold harmless, exoneration, contribution or insurance coverage rights against any person or entity other than the Corporation.

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the Corporation is the primary indemnitor, and any indemnification or advancement obligation of the Sponsors or their affiliates or members or any other Person is secondary.

17. DURATION OF AGREEMENT

All agreements and obligations of the Corporation contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee serves as a director or officer of the Corporation or as a director, officer, trustee, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other Enterprise which Indemnitee serves at the request of the Corporation and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement) by reason of his or her Corporate Status, whether or not he or she is acting in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement can be provided under this Agreement.

18. SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable

 

- 15 -


law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

19. ENFORCEMENT AND BINDING EFFECT

(a) The Corporation expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Corporation, and the Corporation acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director, officer or key employee of the Corporation.

(b) Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Charter of the Corporation as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c) The indemnification, hold harmless, exoneration and advancement of expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Corporation), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or a director, officer, trustee, general partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise at the Corporation’s request, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

(d) The Corporation shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(e) The Corporation and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, enforce this Agreement by seeking, among other things, injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he or she may be entitled. The Corporation and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions

 

- 16 -


and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Corporation acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court of competent jurisdiction, and the Corporation hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking to the fullest extent permitted by law.

20. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

21. NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third (3rd) business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide in writing to the Corporation.

(b) If to the Corporation, to:

KORE Group Holdings, Inc.

3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300 Alpharetta, GA 30022

Attn: Romil Bahl

Email: RBahl@korewireless.com

With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

NY, NY 10022

Attn: Joshua Korff

Email: jkorff@kirkland.com

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee in writing by the Corporation.

22. APPLICABLE LAW AND CONSENT TO JURISDICTION

This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally: (a) agree that any action or proceeding

 

- 17 -


arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country; (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement; (c) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court; and (d) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum, or is subject (in whole or in part) to a jury trial. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the parties hereby agree that the mailing of process and other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in the manner provided by Section 21 or in such other manner as may be permitted by law, shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

23. IDENTICAL COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

24. MISCELLANEOUS

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

25. PERIOD OF LIMITATIONS

No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Corporation against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Corporation shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern.

26. ADDITIONAL ACTS

If for the validation of any of the provisions in this Agreement any act, resolution, approval or other procedure is required to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation undertakes to cause such act, resolution, approval or other procedure to be affected or adopted in a manner that will enable the Corporation to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

27. WAIVER OF CLAIMS TO TRUST ACCOUNT

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Indemnitee hereby agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (each, a “Claim”) in or to any monies in the trust account established in connection with the Corporation’s initial public offering for the benefit of the Corporation and holders of shares issued in such offering, and hereby waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to the

 

- 18 -


Corporation and will not seek recourse against such trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, Indemnitee acknowledges and agrees that any indemnification provided hereto will only be able to be satisfied by the Corporation if (i) the Corporation has sufficient funds outside of the Trust Account to satisfy its obligations hereunder or (ii) the Corporation consummates a Business Combination.

28. MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE

The Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain in effect during the entire period for which the Corporation is obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement, one or more policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies to provide the officers/directors of the Corporation with coverage for losses from wrongful acts and omissions and to ensure the Corporation’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. The Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director or officer under such policy or policies. In all such insurance policies, the Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Corporation’s directors and officers.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

- 19 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indemnity Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

KORE Group Holdings, Inc.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Indemnity Agreement]


INDEMNITEE

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Indemnity Agreement]

Exhibit 10.2

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of September 30, 2021, is made and entered into by and among KORE Wireless Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PubCo”), Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC (the “Sponsor”), the ABRY Entities (as defined below), and certain individuals party hereto whose names appear on the signature pages of this Agreement (Sponsor and the ABRY Entities, together with the other parties listed on the signature pages hereto and any person or entity who hereafter becomes a party to this Investor Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 6.9 of this Investor Rights Agreement, a “Holder” and collectively the “Holders”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. (the “Acquiror”), a Cayman Islands exempted company (which, in connection with the Merger Agreement re-domesticated as a Delaware corporation and merged with and into King LLC Merger Sub, LLC (“LLC Merger Sub”) with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity and a wholly owned subsidiary of PubCo), Sponsor and certain other holders of Acquiror’s securities (such Persons, the “Original Holders”) entered into that certain Registration and Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2020 (the “RRA”);

WHEREAS, the PubCo has entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 12, 2021, as amended on July 27, 2021 and as further amended on September 21, 2021 (as it may be further amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among PubCo, Acquiror, LLC Merger Sub, and the other parties thereto;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Pre-Closing Stockholders (as defined below) received shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of PubCo;

WHEREAS, PubCo and the Original Holders desire to terminate the RRA and replace it with this Investor Rights Agreement; and

WHEREAS, on the Effective Date, the Parties desire to set forth their agreement with respect to governance, registration rights and certain other matters, in each case in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Investor Rights Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, covenants and agreements contained herein, and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. The terms defined in this Article I shall, for all purposes of this Investor Rights Agreement, have the respective meanings set forth below:

ABRY Entities” shall mean each of ABRY Partners VII, L.P., ABRY Partners VII Co-Investment Fund, L.P., ABRY Investment Partnership, L.P., ABRY Senior Equity IV, L.P. and ABRY Senior Equity IV Co-Investment Fund, L.P.


Adverse Disclosure” shall mean any public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure, in the good faith judgment of the Chief Executive Officer or principal Financial Officer of PubCo, after consultation with counsel to PubCo, (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein (in the case of any prospectus and any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (ii) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed, and (iii) PubCo has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person, through one or more intermediaries or otherwise. The term “control” means the ownership of a majority of the voting securities of the applicable Person or the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the applicable Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative thereto; provided, that, in no event shall PubCo or any of PubCo’s subsidiaries be considered an Affiliate of any portfolio company (other than PubCo and its subsidiaries) of any investment fund or account affiliated with, managed or controlled by, any direct or indirect equityholder of PubCo nor shall any portfolio company (other than PubCo and its subsidiaries) of any investment fund or account affiliated with any equityholder of PubCo be considered to be an Affiliate of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries.

Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Beneficially Own” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Block Sale” means the sale of shares of Common Stock, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into Common Stock, in each case constituting more than 3% of PubCo Common Stock then outstanding to one or more purchasers by means of (i) a bought deal, (ii) a block trade or (iii) a direct sale, in each case whether in a registered transaction without a prior marketing process or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of PubCo.

business day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks in New York, New York are open for the general transaction of business.

Bylaws” means the amended and restated bylaws of PubCo, as in effect on the Closing Date, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

2


Certificate of Incorporation” means the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of PubCo, as in effect at the end of the Closing Date, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Closing” shall have the meaning given in the Merger Agreement.

Closing Date” shall mean September 30, 2021.

Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Common Stock” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

Demanding Holder” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.3.

Equity Securities” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares or equity (or such other interests), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, equity appreciation rights, phantom equity rights, profit participation and all of the other ownership or profit interests of such Person (including partnership or member interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended from time to time.

Form S-1 Shelf” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.1.

Form S-3 Shelf” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.1.

Governmental Entity” means any nation or government, any state, province or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any court, arbitrator (public or private) or other body or administrative, regulatory or quasi-judicial authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of any federal, state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

Holder Information” shall have the meaning given in subsection 5.1.2.

Holders” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Lawsmeans all laws, acts, statutes, constitutions, treaties, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations, and rulings of a Governmental Entity, including common law. All references to “Laws” shall be deemed to include any amendments thereto, and any successor Law, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

3


Lock-Up Period” shall mean, with respect to the shares of Common Stock held by the Sponsor and Pre-Closing Stockholders, from the date hereof until the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Closing Date.

Maximum Number of Securities” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.4.

Merger Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

Minimum Takedown Threshold” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.3.

Misstatement” shall mean an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus (in the case of a Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

Necessary Action” means, with respect to any Party and a specified result, all actions (to the extent such actions are not prohibited by applicable Law and within such Party’s control, and in the case of any action that requires a vote or other action on the part of the Board to the extent such action is consistent with fiduciary duties that PubCo’s directors may have in such capacity) necessary to cause such result, including (a) calling special meetings of stockholders, (b) voting or providing a written consent or proxy, if applicable in each case, with respect to shares of Common Stock, (c) causing the adoption of stockholders’ resolutions and amendments to the Organizational Documents, (d) executing agreements and instruments, (e) making, or causing to be made, with Governmental Entities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result and (f) nominating certain Persons (including to fill vacancies) and providing the highest level of support for election of such Persons to the Board in connection with the annual or any special meeting of stockholders of PubCo.

Original RRA” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

Organizational Documents” means the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws.

Permitted Transferees” shall mean any person or entity to whom a Holder of Registrable Securities is permitted to transfer such Registrable Securities prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period under this Investor Rights Agreement and any other applicable agreement between such Holder and PubCo and to any transferee thereafter.

Piggyback Registration” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.2.1.

Pre-Closing Holder Designated Director” means the Pre-Closing Holder Directors and any Independent Director designated by the Shareholder Representative pursuant to Article 2 hereof.

Pre-Closing Holder Requesting Stockholders shall mean the ABRY Entities, Dotmar Investments Limited, Terridian Inc., Jarmess LLC and each of their respective Affiliates.

 

4


Pre-Closing Stockholders” shall mean (i) the ABRY Entities, (ii) Dotmar Investments Limited, Terridian Inc., Jarmess LLC, (iii) the other signatories party hereto and and (iv) each director and executive officer of PubCo from time to time that acquires Registrable Securities.

Principal Holder” shall mean each of Sponsor and the ABRY Entities.

Pro Rata” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.2.4.

Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, (including, without limitation, a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective Registration Statement in reliance on Rules 430A or 430B under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto), as supplemented by any and all prospectus supplements and as amended by any and all post-effective amendments and including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

PubCo” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Registrable Security” shall mean at any time any outstanding shares of Common Stock (including shares issuable under the Merger Agreement) or any other equity security (including warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock and shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any other equity security) of PubCo held by a Holder and any security into which such shares of Common Stock or other equity security shall have been converted or exchanged in connection with a recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, exchange, distribution or otherwise, in each case other than any security received pursuant to an incentive plan adopted by PubCo on or after the Closing Date; provided, however, that, as to any particular Registrable Security, such securities shall cease to constitute Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of: (x) the date on which such securities are disposed of pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (y) the date on which such securities may be disposed of pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Act without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale; and (z) the date on which such securities cease to be outstanding.

Registration” shall mean a registration, including any related Shelf Takedown, effected by preparing and filing a registration statement, prospectus or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

Registration Expenses” shall mean the out-of-pocket expenses of a Registration, including, without limitation, the following:

(A) all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) and any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed;

(B) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of Registrable Securities);

 

5


(C) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses;

(D) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for PubCo;

(E) reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of PubCo incurred specifically in connection with such Registration; and

(F) reasonable fees and expenses of one (1) legal counsel selected by (i) the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders in an Underwritten Offering or (ii) in the case of a Piggyback Registration, the majority-in-interest of the Holders participating in such Piggyback Registration.

Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement that covers Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement, including the Prospectus included in such registration statement, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement, and all exhibits to and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, equity financing partners or financial advisors or other Person acting on behalf of such Person.

Requesting Holders” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.4.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Shareholder Representative” means ABRY Partners VII, L.P, or such other Person who is identified as the replacement Shareholder Representative by the then existing Shareholder Representative giving prior written notice to PubCo.

Shelf” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.1.

Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect).

Shelf Takedown shall mean an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or any proposed transfer or sale using a Registration Statement, including a Piggyback Registration.

Sponsor shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Sponsor Designated Director” means the Sponsor Directors and any Independent Director designated by Sponsor pursuant to Article 2 hereof.

Subsequent Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.2.

Underwriter” shall mean any investment banker(s) and manager(s) appointed to administer the offering of any Registerable Securities as principal in an Underwriting Offering.

 

6


Underwritten Offering” shall mean a Registration in which securities of PubCo are sold to an Underwriter for distribution to the public.

Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.1.3.

Well-Known Seasoned Issuer” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act.

Withdrawal Notice” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.5.

ARTICLE II

GOVERNANCE

2.1 Board of Directors.

2.2.1 Composition of the Board. At and following the Closing, PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to cause (x) the Board to be comprised of up to ten (10) directors, selected as set forth herein. As of the Closing Date, the Board shall include (i) up to two (2) directors designated to PubCo by the Shareholder Representative (such directors, and any of their successors designated pursuant to Section 2.2.3 of this Agreement, each, a “Pre-Closing Holder Director”), (ii) up to two (2) directors designated to PubCo by Sponsor (such directors and any of their successors designated pursuant to Section 2.2.4 of this Agreement, each, a “Sponsor Director”), (iii) up to three (3) independent directors designated to PubCo by Sponsor and up to two (2) independent directors the Shareholder Representative (such directors and any successors designated pursuant to Section 2.2.6, each, an “Independent Director”), and (iv) the chief executive officer of PubCo. At the Closing, the foregoing directors are to be divided into three classes of directors, with each class serving for staggered three year-terms as follows:

(a) The Class I directors shall include: 1 Sponsor Director, 1 Independent Director designated by Sponsor (selected for Class I by the Sponsor) and 1 Independent Director designated by the Shareholder Representative (selected for Class I by the Shareholder Representative);

(b) The Class II directors shall include: 2 Independent Directors designated by Sponsor (selected for Class II by the Sponsor) and 1 Independent Director designated by the Shareholder Representative (selected for Class II by the Shareholder Representative);

(c) The Class III directors shall include: the CEO of PubCo, 1 Sponsor Directors (selected for Class III by the Sponsor) and 2 Pre-Closing Holder Directors (selected for Class III by the Shareholder Representative);

The initial term of the Class I directors shall expire immediately following PubCo’s 2021 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected. The initial term of the Class II directors shall expire immediately following PubCo’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected. The initial term of the Class III directors shall expire immediately following PubCo’s 2023 annual meeting at which directors are elected. For the avoidance of doubt, the

 

7


designation of a director in accordance with the foregoing shall be in the sole discretion of the Sponsor and Shareholder Representative and, if the Sponsor or Shareholder Representative, as applicable, elect not to so designate a director in accordance with the foregoing, such seats shall remain vacant until filled in accordance herewith.

2.2.2 Chairperson of the Board. PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to ensure (i) that the Chairperson of the board is a director selected by a majority of the Board and (ii) if the majority of the Board has selected the CEO to serve as the Chairperson of the Board and one or more Sponsor Directors has been elected to the Board, that the Sponsor Directors select the lead director of the Board.

2.2.3 Pre-Closing Holder Representation. Shareholder Representative shall have the right to designate the replacement for any Pre-Closing Holder Director and any Independent Director designated by Shareholder Representative. PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to ensure that such designees are included on the slate of nominees recommended by PubCo for election as directors in any shareholder meeting electing such replacement directors.

2.2.4 Sponsor Representation. Sponsor shall have the right to designate the replacement for any Sponsor Director and any Independent Director designated by Sponsor. PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to ensure that such designees are included on the slate of nominees recommended by PubCo for election as directors in any shareholder meeting electing such replacement directors.

2.2.5 Independent Directors. The Independent Directors designated by Sponsor and the Shareholder Representative shall (i) qualify as “independent” pursuant to the listing standards of the national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock is admitted to trading (or, if at the time of such recommendation, the Common Stock is not admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, pursuant to the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, LLC or its successor), and (ii) shall not be employed by Sponsor, Shareholder Representative, or any of their respective Affiliates.

2.2.6 Removal; Vacancies. Shareholder Representative or Sponsor, as applicable, shall have the exclusive right to (x) remove their nominees from the Board and (y) fill vacancies created by reason of death, removal or resignation of its nominees to the Board, and PubCo shall (in each case) take all Necessary Action to remove or nominate or cause the Board to appoint, as applicable, replacement directors designated by the applicable Party to fill any such vacancies above as promptly as practicable after such designation (and in any event prior to the next meeting or action of the Board or applicable committee).

2.2.7 Committees. In accordance with PubCo’s Organizational Documents, (i) the Board shall establish and maintain committees of the Board for (x) Audit, (y) Compensation and (z) Nominating and Corporate Governance, and (ii) the Board may from time to time by resolution establish and maintain other committees of the Board. Subject to applicable Laws and stock exchange regulations, and subject to requisite independence requirements applicable to such committee, for so long as the Shareholder Representative or Sponsor, as applicable is entitled to designate at least one (1) director pursuant to this Section 2.1, PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to have at least one Pre-Closing Holder Director and one Sponsor Director, as applicable, appointed to serve on each committee of the Board.

 

8


2.2.8 Reimbursement of Expenses. PubCo shall reimburse the directors for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Board and any committees thereof, including travel, lodging and meal expenses.

2.2.9 Indemnification. For so long as any Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director serves as a director of PubCo, (i) PubCo shall provide such Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director with at least the same expense reimbursement, benefits, indemnity, exculpation and other arrangements provided to the other directors of PubCo and (ii) PubCo shall not amend, alter or repeal any right to indemnification or exculpation covering or benefiting any Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director nominated pursuant to this Agreement as and to the extent consistent with applicable Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and any indemnification agreements with directors (whether such right is contained in the Organizational Documents or another document) (except to the extent such amendment or alteration permits PubCo to provide broader indemnification or exculpation rights on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto).

2.2.10 Review of Nominees. Any nominee as a Pre-Closing Holder Director, Sponsor Director or Independent Director shall be subject to PubCo’s customary due diligence process, including its review of a completed questionnaire and a background check. Based on the foregoing, PubCo may reasonably object to any such nominee within fifteen (15) days of receiving such completed questionnaire and background check authorization, (i) provided it does so in good faith and (ii) solely to the extent such objection is based upon any of the following: (1) such nominee was convicted in a criminal proceeding or is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (in each case, excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses); (2) such nominee was the subject of any order, judgment or decree not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining such proposed director or observer from, or otherwise limiting, the following activities: (A) engaging in any type of business practice, or (B) engaging in any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or in connection with any violation of federal or state securities laws; (3) such nominee was the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any federal or state authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for more than sixty (60) days the right of such person to engage in any activity described in clause (2)(B), or to be associated with persons engaged in such activity; (4) such nominee was found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the SEC to have violated any federal or state securities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the SEC has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated; or (5) such nominee was the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to a violation of any federal or state securities laws or regulations. In the event the Board reasonably finds any such nominee to be unsuitable based upon one or more of the foregoing clauses (1) through (5) inclusive, and reasonably objects to such nominated director or observer, the applicable Holder shall be entitled to propose a different nominee to the Board within thirty (30) days of PubCo’s notice to such Holder of its objection to such nominee and such replacement nominee shall be subject to the review process outlined in this Section 2.2.11.

 

9


2.3 Company Cooperation. PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to cause the Board to consist of the number of directors specified in Section 2.1 and to include in the slate of nominees to be voted upon by the stockholders of PubCo the Persons designated for nomination to the Board in accordance with Section 2.1.

2.4 Sharing of Information. To the extent permitted by antitrust, competition or any other applicable Law, each of PubCo, the Shareholder Representative and Sponsor agree and acknowledge that the directors designated by the Shareholder Representative and Sponsor, may share confidential, non-public information about PubCo and its subsidiaries (“Confidential Information”) with the Shareholder Representative or Sponsor, as applicable. Each of the Shareholder Representative and Sponsor recognizes that it, or its Affiliates and Representatives, has acquired or will acquire Confidential Information the use or disclosure of which could cause PubCo substantial loss and damages that could not be readily calculated and for which no remedy at Law would be adequate. Accordingly, each of the Shareholder Representative and Sponsor covenants and agrees with PubCo that it will not (and will cause its respective controlled Affiliates and Representatives not to) at any time, except with the prior written consent of PubCo, directly or indirectly, disclose any Confidential Information known to it to any third party, unless (a) such information becomes known to the public through no fault of such Party in violation of this Investor Rights Agreement, (b) disclosure is required by applicable Law (including any filing following the Closing Date with the SEC pursuant to applicable securities laws) or court of competent jurisdiction or requested by a Governmental Entity; provided, that (other than in the case of any required filing following the Closing Date with the SEC or in connection with any Regulatory Inquiry, for which notification shall expressly not be required) such Party promptly notifies PubCo of such requirement or request and takes commercially reasonable steps, at the sole cost and expense of PubCo, to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure, (c) such information was available or becomes available to such Party before, on or after the Effective Date, without restriction, from a source (other than PubCo) without any breach of duty to PubCo or any of its Affiliates or (d) such information was independently developed by such Party or its Representatives without the use of, or reference to, the Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Investor Rights Agreement shall prohibit the Shareholder Representative and Sponsor from disclosing Confidential Information (x) to any Affiliate, Representative, limited partner, member, shareholder or other equity holder of such Party, provided, that such Person shall be bound by an obligation of confidentiality with respect to such Confidential Information and such Party shall be responsible for any breach of this Section 2.4 by any such Person or (y) if such disclosure is made pursuant to any examinations, audits, investigations, regulatory sweeps or other regulatory inquiries by regulatory agencies, self-regulatory organizations, governmental agencies or examiners thereof (each a “Regulatory Inquiry”) with jurisdiction over such Party in connection with a Regulatory Inquiry that is not specifically directed at PubCo or the Confidential Information, provided that such Party shall request that confidential treatment be accorded to any information so disclosed. No Confidential Information shall be deemed to be provided to any Person, including any Affiliate of a Pre-Closing Holder or Sponsor, unless such Confidential Information is actually provided to such Person.

2.5 Termination. This Article II and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate on the 7th anniversary of the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall from time to time consider whether it is in the best interests of PubCo and its securityholders

 

10


to amend the rights and obligations of the parties set forth in Section 2.2.1, taking into account the relative ownership of PubCo held by Sponsor and the Shareholder Representative and their respective affiliates and, if the Board recommends that this Agreement be amended to reduce the number of directors to be designated by Sponsor or the Shareholder Representative based on such facts, the parties shall reasonably consider such recommendation.

ARTICLE III

REGISTRATIONS AND OFFERINGS

3.1 Shelf Registration.

3.1.1 Filing. PubCo shall file and cause to be effective within 15 days of the Closing Date, a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3 Shelf”) or if PubCo is ineligible to use a Form S-3 Shelf, a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1 Shelf,” and together with the Form S-3 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration), the “Shelf”), in each case, covering the resale of all the Registrable Securities (determined as of two business days prior to such filing) on a delayed or continuous basis. PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing. The Shelf shall provide for the resale of the Registrable Securities included therein pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder. PubCo shall maintain the Shelf in accordance with the terms hereof, and shall prepare and file with the SEC such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements as may be necessary to keep such Shelf continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. In the event PubCo files a Form S-1 Shelf, PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to convert the Form S-1 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration) to a Form S-3 Shelf as soon as practicable after PubCo is eligible to use Form S-3.

3.1.2 Subsequent Shelf Registration. If any Shelf ceases to be effective under the Securities Act for any reason at any time while Registrable Securities are still outstanding, PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable cause such Shelf to again become effective under the Securities Act (including obtaining the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf), and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable amend such Shelf in a manner reasonably expected to result in the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf or file an additional registration statement as a Shelf Registration (a “Subsequent Shelf Registration”) registering the resale of all Registrable Securities from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder. If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause such Subsequent Shelf Registration to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is reasonably practicable after the filing thereof (it being agreed that the Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement if PubCo is a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer) and (ii) keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. Any such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-3 to the extent that PubCo is eligible to use such form. Otherwise, such Subsequent

 

11


Shelf Registration shall be on another appropriate form. In the event that any Holder holds Registrable Securities that are not registered for resale on a delayed or continuous basis, PubCo, upon request of a Holder, shall promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the resale of such Registrable Securities to be covered by either, at PubCo’s option, the Shelf (including by means of a post-effective amendment) or a Subsequent Shelf Registration and cause the same to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and such Shelf or Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be subject to the terms hereof; provided, however, PubCo shall only be required to cause such Registrable Securities to be so covered once annually after reasonable inquiry of the Holders, unless such Registrable Securities were delivered pursuant to the Merger Agreement in which case PubCo shall register such Registerable Securities so delivered as soon as reasonably possible.

3.1.3 Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. At any time and from time to time after the Shelf has been declared effective by the Commission, the Sponsor or any Pre-Closing Requesting Stockholder may request to sell all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); provided that PubCo shall only be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if such offering shall include either (x) securities with a total offering price (including piggyback securities and before deduction of underwriting discounts) reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $25,000,000 million or (y) all remaining Registrable Securities held by the requesting Holder (the “Minimum Takedown Threshold”). All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to PubCo, which shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the expected price range (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown. The Holders that requested such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (the “Demanding Holders”) shall have the right to select the Underwriters for such offering (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks), subject to PubCo’s prior approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Sponsor may demand four Underwritten Shelf Takedowns each fiscal year and the Pre-Closing Holder Requesting Stockholders (on a collective basis) may demand four Underwritten Shelf Takedowns each fiscal year; provided, that no demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown may be made prior to 45 days following the consummation of another Underwritten Shelf Takedown.

3.1.4 Reduction of Underwritten Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, in good faith, advises PubCo, the Demanding Holders and the Holders requesting piggy back rights pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (the Requesting Holders) (if any) in writing that the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) desire to sell, taken together with all other shares of Common Stock or other equity securities that PubCo desires to sell and all other shares of Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, that have been requested to be sold in such Underwritten Offering pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by any other stockholders who desire to sell, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of equity securities that can be sold in the Underwritten Offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of such securities, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of

 

12


Securities”), then PubCo shall include in such Underwritten Offering, (i) the Registrable Securities that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by each such Holder, (ii) to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached, the Common Stock or other equity securities of other persons or entities that PubCo is obligated to include in such Underwritten Offering pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities, and (iii) to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached, such number of shares of Common Stock or other equity securities proposed to be sold by PubCo until the Maximum Number of Securities is reached. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Maximum Number of Securities is less than 75% of the number of Registrable Securities requested by the Holders to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, such Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall not count as an Underwritten Shelf Takedown demanded by any Holder for purposes of Section 3.1.3.

3.1.5 Withdrawal. A majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating a Shelf Takedown shall have the right to withdraw from a Shelf Takedown for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification (a “Withdrawal Notice”) to PubCo and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Shelf Takedown; provided that the Sponsor or any Pre-Closing Requesting Stockholder may elect to have PubCo continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if the Minimum Takedown Threshold would still be satisfied. If withdrawn, a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall constitute a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown for purposes of subsection 3.1.3, unless either (i) the Demanding Holder has not previously withdrawn any Underwritten Shelf Takedown or (ii) the Holder reimburses PubCo for all Registration Expenses with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided, that if a Holder elects to continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, such Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall count as an Underwritten Shelf Takedown demanded by such Holder for purposes of subsection 3.1.3. Following the receipt of any Withdrawal Notice, PubCo shall promptly forward such Withdrawal Notice to any other Holders that had elected to participate in such Shelf Takedown. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Investor Rights Agreement, PubCo shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a Shelf Takedown prior to its withdrawal under this subsection 3.1.5, other than if a Demanding Holder elects to pay such Registration Expenses pursuant to clause (ii) of the second sentence of this subsection 3.1.5.

3.2 Piggyback Registration.

3.2.1 Piggyback Rights. If PubCo or any Holder proposes to conduct a registered offering of, or if PubCo proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of, equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into equity securities, for its own account or for the account of stockholders of PubCo (or by PubCo and by the stockholders of PubCo including, without limitation, an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof), other than a Registration Statement (or any registered offering with respect thereto) (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to PubCo’s existing stockholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity

 

13


securities of PubCo or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then PubCo shall give written notice of such proposed offering to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but not less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement or, in the case of an underwritten offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the launch date of such offering, which notice shall (A) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, a good faith estimate of the proposed maximum offering price of such securities, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, in such offering, and (B) offer to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities the opportunity to include in such registered offering such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within five (5) days after receipt of such written notice (such registered offering, a “Piggyback Registration”). PubCo shall, in good faith, cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders pursuant to this subsection 3.2.1 to be included in a Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of PubCo included in such registered offering and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The inclusion of any Holder’s Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration shall be subject to such Holder agreement to enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Principal Holder effecting a Block Sale shall provide prompt written notice (but in no event later than forty-eight (48) hours prior to such Block Sale) to the Company and any other Principal Holder setting forth the timeline for such offering to permit participation by any such other Principal Holder in such offering, and such other Principal Holder shall be entitled to participate in such offering so long as such participation of such other Principal Holder does not materially delay the proposed timeline of such Block Sale specified in the notice.

3.2.2 Reduction of Piggyback Registration. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Offering that is to be a Piggyback Registration, in good faith, advises PubCo and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Piggyback Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of shares of Common Stock or other equity securities that PubCo desires to sell, taken together with (i) the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been demanded pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, (ii) the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof, and (iii) the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of PubCo, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, then:

(a) If the Registration or registered offering is undertaken for PubCo’s account, PubCo shall include in any such Registration or registered offering the number of shares of Common Stock or other equity securities proposed to be sold by PubCo, and thereafter, the Registrable Securities that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by each such Holder and, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not

 

14


been reached, the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of PubCo, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities;

(b) If the Registration or registered offering is pursuant to a request by persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, then PubCo shall include in any such Registration or registered offering (A) first, the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, of such requesting persons or entities, other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to subsection 3.2.1, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by each such Holder, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities that PubCo desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities for the account of other persons or entities that PubCo is obligated to register pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with such persons or entities, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.

3.2.3 Piggyback Registration Withdrawal. Any Holder of Registrable Securities shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to PubCo and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of his, her or its intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Piggyback Registration or, in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement with respect to such Piggyback Registration used for marketing such transaction. PubCo (whether on its own good faith determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by persons pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement filed with the Commission in connection with a Piggyback Registration (which, in no circumstance, shall include the Shelf) at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Investor Rights Agreement, PubCo shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to its withdrawal under this subsection 3.2.3.

3.2.4 Unlimited Piggyback Registration Rights. For purposes of clarity, subject to subsection 3.1.5 any Piggyback Registration effected pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof shall not be counted as a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown under subsection 3.1.3 hereof.

3.3 In connection with any Underwritten Offering of equity securities of PubCo, each Holder agrees that it shall not transfer any shares of Common Stock (other than those included in such offering pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement), without the prior written consent of PubCo, during the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the date of pricing of such offering, except in the event the Underwriters managing the offering otherwise agree by

 

15


written consent. Each Holder agrees to execute a customary lock-up agreement in favor of the Underwriters to such effect (in each case on substantially the same terms and conditions as all such Holders). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Underwritten Offering, a Holder shall not be subject to this Section 3.3 with respect to an Underwritten Offering unless each stockholder of PubCo that (together with their affiliates) hold at least 5% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock and each of PubCo’s directors and officers have executed a lock-up on terms at least as restrictive with respect to such Underwritten Offering as requested of the Holders. A Holder’s obligations under this Section 3.3 shall only apply for so long as such Holder (together with its affiliates) holds at least 5% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock.

ARTICLE IV

COMPANY PROCEDURES

4.1 General Procedures. In connection with any Shelf and/or Shelf Takedown, PubCo shall use its best efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended plan of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto PubCo shall, as expeditiously as possible:

4.1.1 prepare and file with the Commission as soon as practicable a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold;

4.1.2 prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, and such supplements to the Prospectus, as may be reasonably requested by any Holder that holds at least five (5) percent of the Registrable Securities registered on such Registration Statement or any Underwriter of Registrable Securities or as may be required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by PubCo or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder to keep the Registration Statement effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

4.1.3 prior to filing a Registration Statement or prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the Underwriters, if any, and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, and such Holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), and such other documents as the Underwriters and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration or the legal counsel for any such Holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders;

4.1.4 prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution)

 

16


may request (or provide evidence satisfactory to such Holders that the Registrable Securities are exempt from such registration or qualification) and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of PubCo and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that PubCo shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or take any action to which it would be subject to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise so subject;

4.1.5 cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by PubCo are then listed;

4.1.6 provide a transfer agent or warrant agent, as applicable, and registrar for all such Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

4.1.7 advise each seller of such Registrable Securities, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;

4.1.8 at least five (5) days prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus furnish a copy thereof to each seller of such Registrable Securities or its counsel (excluding any exhibits thereto and any filing made under the Exchange Act that is to be incorporated by reference therein);

4.1.9 notify the Holders at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes a Misstatement, and then to correct such Misstatement as set forth in Section 4.4 hereof;

4.1.10 permit a representative of the Holders (such representative to be selected by a majority of the participating Holders), the Underwriters, if any, and any attorney or accountant retained by such Holders or Underwriter to participate, at each such person’s own expense, in the preparation of the Registration Statement, and cause PubCo’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with the Registration; provided, however, that such representatives or Underwriters agree to confidentiality arrangements reasonably satisfactory to PubCo, prior to the release or disclosure of any such information; and provided further, PubCo may not include the name of any Holder or any information regarding any Holder in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus, any document into such Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any response to any comment letter, without the prior written consent of such Holder and providing each such Holder a reasonable amount of time to review and comment on such applicable document, which comments PubCo shall include unless contrary to applicable law;

 

17


4.1.11 obtain a “cold comfort” letter from PubCo’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an Underwritten Offering, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the participating Holders;

4.1.12 on the date the Registrable Securities are delivered for sale pursuant to such Registration, obtain an opinion, dated such date, of counsel representing PubCo for the purposes of such Registration, addressed to the Holders, the placement agent or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to the Registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as the Holders, placement agent, sales agent, or Underwriter may reasonably request and as are customarily included in such opinions and negative assurance letters, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the participating Holders;

4.1.13 in the event of any Underwritten Offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing Underwriter of such offering;

4.1.14 make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of PubCo’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any successor rule then in effect);

4.1.15 if an Underwritten Offering involves Registrable Securities with a total offering price (including piggyback securities and before deduction of underwriting discounts) reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $35.0 million, use its reasonable efforts to make available senior executives of PubCo to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in such Underwritten Offering; and

4.1.16 otherwise, in good faith, cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by the Holders, in connection with such Registration.

4.2 Registration Expenses. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Registration Expenses of all Registrations shall be borne by PubCo. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as Underwriters’ commissions and discounts, brokerage fees and, other than as set forth in the definition of “Registration Expenses,” all reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing the Holders.

4.3 Requirements for Participation in Underwritten Offerings. Notwithstanding anything in this Investor Rights Agreement to the contrary, if any Holder does not provide PubCo with its requested Holder Information, PubCo may exclude such Holder’s Registrable Securities

 

18


from the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus if PubCo determines, based on the advice of counsel, that such information is necessary to effect the registration and such Holder continues thereafter to withhold such information. No person may participate in any Underwritten Offering for equity securities of PubCo pursuant to a Registration initiated by PubCo hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by PubCo and (ii) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, lock-up agreements, underwriting agreements and other customary documents as may be reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. The exclusion of a Holder’s Registrable Securities as a result of this Section 4.3 shall not affect the registration of the other Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration.

4.4 Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure. Upon receipt of written notice from PubCo that a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement (it being understood that PubCo hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after the time of such notice), or until it is advised in writing by PubCo that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed. If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement in respect of any Registration at any time would require PubCo to make an Adverse Disclosure or would require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to PubCo for reasons beyond PubCo’s control, PubCo may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement for the shortest period of time, but in no event more than thirty (30) days, determined in good faith by PubCo to be necessary for such purpose; provided that such right to delay or suspend shall be exercised by PubCo not more than three (3) times in any twelve-month period. In the event PubCo exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, the Holders agree to suspend, immediately upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of the Prospectus relating to any Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. PubCo shall immediately notify the Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 4.4.

4.5 Reporting Obligations. As long as any Holder shall own Registrable Securities, PubCo, at all times while it shall be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by PubCo after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and to promptly furnish the Holders with true and complete copies of all such filings; provided that any documents publicly filed or furnished with the Commission pursuant to the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System shall be deemed to have been furnished or delivered to the Holders pursuant to this Section 4.5. PubCo further covenants that it shall take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell shares of Common Stock held by such Holder without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect), including providing any legal opinions. Upon the request of any Holder, PubCo shall deliver to such Holder a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

19


4.6 Other Obligations. In connection with a sale or transfer of Registrable Securities exempt from Section 5 of the Securities Act or through any broker-dealer transactions described in the plan of distribution set forth within the Prospectus and pursuant to the Registration Statement of which such Prospectus forms a part, PubCo shall, subject to the receipt of the any customary documentation required from the applicable Holders in connection therewith, (i) promptly instruct its transfer agent to remove any restrictive legends applicable to the Registrable Securities being sold or transferred and (ii) cause its legal counsel to deliver the necessary legal opinions, if any, to the transfer agent in connection with the instruction under subclause (i). In addition, PubCo shall cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by the Holders, in connection with the aforementioned sales or transfers; provided, however, that PubCo shall have no obligation to participate in any “road shows” or assist with the preparation of any offering memoranda or related documentation with respect to any sale or transfer of Registrable Securities in any transaction that does not constitute an Underwritten Offering.

4.7 Transfer Restrictions.

4.7.1 During the Lock-Up Period, none of the Holders shall offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of or distribute any shares of Common Stock that are subject to the Lock-Up Period or any securities convertible into, exercisable for, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock that are subject to the Lock-Up Period, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, that is owned directly by such Holder (including securities held as a custodian) or with respect to which such Holder has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the Commission (such securities that are subject to the Lock-Up Period, the “Restricted Securities”), other than (i) any transfer to an affiliate of a Holder, (ii) a distribution to profit interest holders, limited partners, member, shareholder or other equity holders of or other holders of equity interests in such Holder, (iii) as a pledge in a bona fide transaction to third parties as collateral to secure obligations pursuant to lending or other arrangements with such third parties relating to a financing arrangement for the benefit of the Holder or its affiliates, as applicable or (iv) the contribution of 100,000 shares of Pubco Common Stock by Sponsor in connection with the payment by Pubco of the Commitment Fee contemplated in the commitment letter dated September 21, 2021 by and among Kore Wireless Group Inc., King Pubco Inc. and Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP. The foregoing restriction is expressly agreed to preclude each Holder, as applicable, from engaging in any hedging or other transaction with respect to Restricted Securities which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Restricted Securities even if such Restricted Securities would be disposed of by someone other than such Holder. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions include any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including any put or call option) with respect to any of the Restricted Securities of the applicable Holder, or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such Restricted Securities.

4.7.2 Each Holder hereby represents and warrants that it now has and, except as contemplated by subsection 4.7.1 or this subsection 4.7.2 for the duration of the Lock-Up Period, will have good and marketable title to its Restricted Securities, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims that could impact the ability of such Holder to comply with the foregoing restrictions Each Holder agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with PubCo’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of any Restricted Securities during the Lock-Up Period.

 

20


ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

5.1 Indemnification.

5.1.1 PubCo agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers and directors and each person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) caused by any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which it was made, not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to PubCo by such Holder expressly for use therein. PubCo shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers and directors and each person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to the indemnification of the Holder.

5.1.2 In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such Holder shall furnish to PubCo in writing such information and affidavits as PubCo reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (the “Holder Information”) and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify PubCo, its directors, officers and agents and each person who controls PubCo (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which it was made, not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders of Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Holder of Registrable Securities shall be in proportion to and limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. The Holders of Registrable Securities shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers, directors and each person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to indemnification of PubCo.

5.1.3 Any person entitled to indemnification herein shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying

 

21


party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim (and, if necessary, one local counsel), unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement) or which settlement does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

5.1.4 The indemnification provided for under this Investor Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities.

5.1.5 If the indemnification provided under Section 5.1 hereof from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action; provided, however, that the liability of any Holder under this subsection 5.1.5 shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder in such offering giving rise to such liability. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in subsections 5.1.1, 5.1.2 and 5.1.3 above, any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection 5.1.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this subsection 5.1.5. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this subsection 5.1.5 from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

22


ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Notices. Any notice or communication under this Investor Rights Agreement must be in writing and given by (i) deposit in the United States mail, addressed to the party to be notified, postage prepaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, (ii) delivery in person or by courier service providing evidence of delivery, or (iii) transmission by hand delivery, electronic mail or facsimile. Each notice or communication that is mailed, delivered, or transmitted in the manner described above shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, sent, and received, in the case of mailed notices, on the third business day following the date on which it is mailed and, in the case of notices delivered by courier service, hand delivery, electronic mail, telecopy, telegram or facsimile, at such time as it is delivered to the addressee (with the delivery receipt or the affidavit of messenger) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation. Any notice or communication under this Investor Rights Agreement must be addressed, if to PubCo to: KORE Wireless Group Holdings, Inc., 875 3rd Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attn: Nick Robinson, Mike Palmer, E-mail: nrobinson@cerberus.com, mpalmer@cerberus.com, and, if to any Holder, at such Holder’s address or facsimile number as set forth in PubCo’s books and records. Any party may change its address for notice at any time and from time to time by written notice to the other parties hereto, and such change of address shall become effective thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice as provided in this Section 6.1.

6.2 Representations and Warranties of the Parties.

6.3 Each of the Parties hereby represents and warrants to each of the other Parties as follows:

6.3.1 Such Party, to the extent applicable, is duly organized or incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business as it is now being conducted and is proposed to be conducted.

6.3.2 Such Party has the full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Investor Rights Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Investor Rights Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action, corporate or otherwise, of such Party. This Investor Rights Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Party and constitutes its, his or her legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it, him or her in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

6.3.3 The execution and delivery by such Party of this Investor Rights Agreement, the performance by such Party of its, his or her obligations hereunder by such Party does not and will not violate (i) in the case of Parties who are not individuals, any provision of its by-laws, charter, articles of association, partnership agreement or other similar organizational document, (ii) any provision of any material agreement to which it, he or she is a Party or by which it, he or she is bound or (iii) any law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree to which it, he or she is subject.

6.3.4 Such Party is not currently in violation of any law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree, which violation could reasonably be expected at any time to have a material adverse effect upon such Party’s ability to enter into this Investor Rights Agreement or to perform its, his or her obligations hereunder.

 

23


6.3.5 There is no pending legal action, suit or proceeding that would materially and adversely affect the ability of such Party to enter into this Investor Rights Agreement or to perform its, his or her obligations hereunder.

6.4 Specific Performance. Each Party hereby agrees and acknowledges that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the Parties fail to comply with any of the obligations imposed on them by this Investor Rights Agreement (including the failure to take such actions as are required of them under this Investor Rights Agreement) and that, in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Party will be irreparably damaged and will not, even if available, have an adequate remedy at Law. Any such Party shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which such Party may be entitled at Law or in equity) to injunctive relief, specific performance, or other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Investor Rights Agreement and to enforce such obligations, without the posting of any bond or other security and without proof of damages, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled under this Investor Rights Agreement, and if any Action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement, none of the Parties shall oppose the granting of specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that the other Parties have an adequate remedy at Law. Further, each Party agrees and acknowledges that the right of specific enforcement is an integral part of this Investor Rights Agreement and without that right, none of the Parties would have entered into this Investor Rights Agreement.

6.5 Subsequent Acquisition of Shares. Any Equity Securities of PubCo acquired subsequent to the Effective Date by a Holder shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Investor Rights Agreement and such shares shall be considered to be “Registrable Securities” as such term is used in this Investor Rights Agreement.

6.6 Consents, Approvals and Actions. If any consent, approval or action of the Sellers or the Sponsor is required at any time pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement, such consent, approval or action shall be deemed given if the holders of a majority of the outstanding Equity Securities of PubCo held by the Pre-Closing Stockholders or the Sponsor, as applicable, at such time provide such consent, approval or action in writing at such time.

6.7 Not a Group; Independent Nature of Holders Obligations and Rights. The Holders and PubCo agree that the arrangements contemplated by this Investor Rights Agreement are not intended to constitute the formation of a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act). Each Holder agrees that, for purposes of determining beneficial ownership of such Holder, it shall disclaim any beneficial ownership by virtue of this Investor Rights Agreement of PubCo’s Equity Securities owned by the other Holders, and PubCo agrees to recognize such disclaimer in its Exchange Act and Securities Act reports. The obligations of each Holder under this Investor Rights Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Holder, and no Holder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Holder under this Investor Rights Agreement. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Holder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Holders as, and PubCo acknowledges that the Holders do not so constitute, a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of

 

24


group or entity, or create a presumption that the Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group or entity with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Investor Rights Agreement, and PubCo acknowledges that the Holders are not acting in concert or as a group, and PubCo shall not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Investor Rights Agreement. The decision of each Holder to enter into this Investor Rights Agreement has been made by such Holder independently of any other Holder. Each Holder acknowledges that no other Holder has acted as agent for such Holder in connection with such Holder making its investment in PubCo and that no other Holder will be acting as agent of such Holder in connection with monitoring such Holder’s investment in the Common Stock or enforcing its rights under this Investor Rights Agreement. PubCo and each Holder confirms that each Holder has had the opportunity to independently participate with PubCo and its subsidiaries in the negotiation of the transaction contemplated hereby with the advice of its own counsel and advisors. Each Holder shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including, without limitation, the rights arising out of this Investor Rights Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Holder to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose. The use of a single agreement to effectuate the rights and obligations contemplated hereby was solely in the control of PubCo, not the action or decision of any Holder, and was done solely for the convenience of PubCo and its subsidiaries and not because it was required to do so by any Holder. It is expressly understood and agreed that each provision contained in this Investor Rights Agreement is between PubCo and a Holder, solely, and not between PubCo and the Holders collectively and not between and among the Holders.

6.8 Other Business Opportunities.

6.8.1 The Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) each of the Pre-Closing Stockholders and the Sponsor (including in the case of the ABRY Entities and Sponsor, (A) its Affiliates, (B) any portfolio company in which it or any of its investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (C) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors) and the Pre-Closing Holder Directors and the Sponsor Directors has the right to, and shall have no duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of every type and description, including those engaged in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or deemed to be competing with PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, on its own account, or in partnership with, or as an employee, officer, director or shareholder of any other Person, with no obligation to offer to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, or any other Holder the right to participate therein; (ii) each of the Pre-Closing Stockholders and the Sponsor (including in the case of the ABRY Entities and Sponsor, (A) its Affiliates, (B) any portfolio company in which it or any of its investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (C) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors) and the Pre-Closing Holder Designated Directors and the Sponsor Designated Directors may invest in, or provide services to, any Person that directly or indirectly competes with PubCo or any of its subsidiaries; and (iii) in the event that any of the Pre-Closing Stockholders and the Sponsor (including in the case of ABRY Entities and Sponsor, (A) its Affiliates, (B) any portfolio company in which it or any of its

 

25


investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (C) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors) or any Pre-Closing Holder Designated Director or Sponsor Designated Director, respectively, acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate or other business opportunity for PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, such Person shall have no duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or any other Holder, as the case may be, and, notwithstanding any provision of this Investor Rights Agreement to the contrary, shall not be liable to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or any other Holder (or its Affiliates) for breach of any duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Person, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not present such opportunity to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or any other Holder (or its Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties acknowledge that this paragraph is intended to disclaim and renounce, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the matters set forth herein, and this paragraph shall be construed to effect such disclaimer and renunciation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

6.8.2 Each of the Parties hereby, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law:

(a) confirms that none of the Pre-Closing Stockholders or the Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates have any duty to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or to any other Holder other than the specific covenants and agreements set forth in this Investor Rights Agreement;

(b) acknowledges and agrees that (A) in the event of any conflict of interest between PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director acting in his or her capacity as such), on the other hand, the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor or applicable Affiliates (or any Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director acting in his or her capacity as a director) may act in its best interest and (B) none of the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates or any Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director acting in his or her capacity as a director, shall be obligated (1) to reveal to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries confidential information belonging to or relating to the business of such Person or any of its Affiliates or (2) to recommend or take any action in its capacity as a direct or indirect stockholder or director, as the case may be, that prefers the interest of PubCo or its subsidiaries over the interest of such Person; and

(c) waives any claim or cause of action against any of the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor and any of their respective Affiliates, and any officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of any such Person that may from time to time arise in respect of a breach by any such person of any duty or obligation disclaimed under Section 6.8.2(a) or Section 6.8.2(b).

6.8.3 Each of the parties hereto agrees that the waivers, limitations, acknowledgments and agreements set forth in this Section 6.8 shall not apply to any alleged claim or cause of action against any of the Pre-Closing Stockholders or the Sponsor based upon the breach or nonperformance by such Person of this Investor Rights Agreement or any other agreement to which such Person is a party.

 

26


6.8.4 The provisions of this Section 6.8, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of any of the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates or any Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Parties to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates or any such Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

6.9 Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries.

6.9.1 This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of PubCo hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by PubCo in whole or in part.

6.9.2 Prior to the expiration of any Lock-up Period, no Holder subject to any such Lock-Up Period may assign or delegate such Holder’s rights, duties or obligations under this Investor Rights Agreement, in whole or in part, in violation of the applicable Lock-Up Period, except to (a) an Affiliate of such Holder, (b) direct and/or indirect equity holders of the Sponsor pursuant to a distribution as described in Section 6.19 of this Investor Rights Agreement or to direct or indirect equity holders of any Pre-Closing Stockholder or (c) any person with the prior written consent of PubCo. A sale or transfer that qualifies pursuant to an exemption from the Securities Act shall not be deemed to have been made pursuant to a registration statement.

6.9.3 After the expiration of the Lock-up Period to the extent applicable to such Holder, a Holder may assign or delegate such Holder’s rights, duties or obligations under this Investor Rights Agreement, in whole or in part, to (a) up to five Permitted Transferees, provided, however, that each such Permitted Transferee holds, after giving effect to such assignment or delegation, at least five percent of the then-outstanding Common Shares, (b) an Affiliate of such Holder, (c) direct and/or indirect equity holders of the Sponsor pursuant to a distribution as described in Section 6.19 of this Investor Rights Agreement or to direct or indirect equity holders of any Pre-Closing Stockholder or (d) any person with the prior written consent of PubCo.

6.9.4 This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and its successors and the permitted assigns of the Holders, which shall include Permitted Transferees.

6.9.5 This Agreement shall not confer any rights or benefits on any persons that are not parties hereto, other than as expressly set forth in this Investor Rights Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.2.8, 2.2.9, 5.1, 6.8 and 6.19 hereof).

6.9.6 No assignment by any party hereto of such party’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon or obligate PubCo unless and until PubCo shall have received (i) written notice of such assignment as provided in Section 6.1 hereof and (ii) the written agreement of the assignee, in a form reasonably satisfactory to PubCo, to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement (which may be accomplished by an addendum or certificate of joinder to this Investor Rights Agreement). Any transfer or assignment made other than as provided in this Section 6.9 shall be null and void.

 

27


6.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including facsimile or PDF counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute the same instrument, but only one of which need be produced.

6.11 Governing Law; Venue. NOTWITHSTANDING THE PLACE WHERE THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE EXECUTED BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT (I) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AS APPLIED TO AGREEMENTS AMONG NEW YORK RESIDENTS ENTERED INTO AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS OF SUCH JURISDICTION AND (II) THE VENUE FOR ANY ACTION TAKEN WITH RESPECT TO THE AGREEMENT SHALL BE ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN NEW YORK COUNTY IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

6.12 TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

6.13 Amendments and Modifications. Upon the written consent of each of the Sponsor and the Shareholder Representative, compliance with any of the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth in this Investor Rights Agreement may be waived, or any of such provisions, covenants or conditions may be amended or modified; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment hereto or waiver hereof that adversely affects one Holder, solely in its capacity as a holder of the shares of capital stock of PubCo, in a manner that is materially different from the other Holders (in such capacity) shall require the consent of the Holder so affected. No course of dealing between any Holder or PubCo and any other party hereto or any failure or delay on the part of a Holder or PubCo in exercising any rights or remedies under this Investor Rights Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights or remedies of any Holder or PubCo. No single or partial exercise of any rights or remedies under this Investor Rights Agreement by a party shall operate as a waiver or preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder by such party.

6.14 Other Registration Rights. PubCo represents and warrants that no person, other than a Holder of Registrable Securities, has any right to require PubCo to register any securities of PubCo for sale or to include such securities of PubCo in any Registration Statement filed by PubCo for the sale of securities for its own account or for the account of any other person. Further, PubCo represents and warrants that this Investor Rights Agreement supersedes any other registration rights agreement or agreement with similar terms and conditions, including the RRA, and in the event of a conflict between any such agreement or agreements and this Investor Rights Agreement, the terms of this Investor Rights Agreement shall prevail. PubCo agrees that (i) it shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the Holders hereunder, and (ii) it shall not grant any registration rights to third parties which are more favorable than the rights granted hereunder unless are such more favorable rights are concurrently added to the rights granted hereunder.

 

28


6.15 Termination of RRA. Upon the Closing, PubCo and the Original Holders hereby agree that the RRA and all of the respective rights and obligations of the parties thereunder are hereby terminated in their entirety and shall be of no further force or effect.

6.16 Term. Except for Section 2.2.10 (which section shall terminate at such time as the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor and their Permitted Transferees are no longer entitled to any rights pursuant to such section), Article II shall terminate automatically (without any action by any Party) as to the Pre-Closing Stockholders or the Sponsor at such time at which such Party no longer has the right to designate an individual for nomination to the Board under this Investor Rights Agreement. Article III, Article IV, and Article V of this Investor Rights Agreement shall terminate with respect to any Holder on the date that such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities except that the provisions of Article V shall survive any termination. The remainder of this Investor Rights Agreement shall terminate automatically (without any action by any Party) as to each Holder when such Holder, following the Closing Date, ceases to Beneficially Own any Registrable Securities.

6.17 Holder Information. Each Holder agrees, if requested in writing, to represent to PubCo the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder in order for PubCo to make determinations hereunder, including, without limitation, for purposes of Section 6.16 hereof.

6.18 Joinder. Each Pre-Closing Stockholder that is not a party to this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date hereof shall have the right to become a party to this Investor Rights Agreement after the date hereof as though an original party hereto, upon execution and delivery to PubCo of a joinder agreement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to PubCo. Upon the execution and delivery of a joinder agreement in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, the joining party shall become a “Holder” and shall be entitled, in addition to those rights as a Holder, to any rights of a “Pre-Closing Stockholder” under this Investor Rights Agreement.

6.19 Distributions. In the event that the Sponsor distributes, or has distributed, all of its Registrable Securities to its direct and/or indirect equity holders, such distributees shall be treated as the Sponsor hereunder; provided, however, that Sponsor shall remain as the representative acting on behalf of such distributees and shall be able to confer all rights and take all actions on behalf of such distributees; provided that such distributees, taken as a whole, shall not be entitled to rights in excess of those conferred to the Sponsor, as if it remained a single entity party to this Investor Rights Agreement.

6.20 Legends. Without limiting the obligations of PubCo set forth in Section 4.6, each of the Holders acknowledges that (i) no Transfer, hypothecation or assignment of any Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by such Holder may be made except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and (ii) PubCo shall (x) place customary restrictive legends on the certificates or book entries representing the Registrable Securities subject to this Investor Rights Agreement and (y) remove such restrictive legends at the time the applicable Transfer and other restrictions contemplated thereby are no longer applicable to the Registrable Securities represented by such certificates or book entries.

 

29


6.22 Adjustments. If, and as often as, there are any changes in the shares of Common Stock by way of stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or sale, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement, as may be required, so that the rights, privileges, duties and obligations hereunder shall continue with respect to the shares of Common Stock as so changed.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Investor Rights Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

PUBCO:
KORE WIRELESS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Michael Palmer

  Name:   Michael Palmer
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
SPONSOR:
CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Jeff Lomasky

  Name:   Jeff Lomasky
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
ABRY PARTNERS VII, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Rob MacInnis

  Name:   Rob MacInnis
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
ABRY PARTNERS VII CO-INVESTMENT FUND, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Rob MacInnis

  Name:   Rob MacInnis
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement]


ABRY INVESTMENT PARTNERSHIP, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Rob MacInnis

  Name:   Rob MacInnis
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
ABRY SENIOR EQUITY IV, L.P.
By:  

         

  Name:               
  Title:               
ABRY SENIOR EQUITY IV CO-INVESTMENT FUND, L.P
By:  

/s/ Rob MacInnis

  Name:   Rob MacInnis
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
ROMIL BAHL, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

PUNEET PAMNANI, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Puneet Pamnani


TUSHAR SACHDEV, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Tushar Sachdev

BRYAN LLUBEL, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Bryan Llubel

MARCO BIJVELDS, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Marco Bijvelds

SUNDER SOMASUNDARAM, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Sunder Somasundaram

LOUISE WINSTONE, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Louise Winstone

GIDEON ROGOVSKY, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Gideon Rogovsky


CHRIS FRANCOSKY, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

         

  Name:               
  Title:               
STEVEN JONES, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

         

  Name:               
  Title:               
HONG LONG, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
SERGIO SOUZA, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
PETE WEST, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
STEVE HEALY, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

Exhibit 10.3

As filed

KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

2021 LONG-TERM STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Section 1. Purpose. The purposes of this KORE Group Holdings, Inc. 2021 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan are to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by (i) attracting and retaining employees and directors of, and consultants to, the Company and its Subsidiaries, as defined below; (ii) motivating such individuals by means of performance-related incentives to achieve longer-range performance goals; and (iii) enabling such individuals to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company.

Section 2. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Affiliate” means any entity other than the Subsidiaries in which the Company has a substantial direct or indirect equity interest, as determined by the Board.

“Award” shall mean any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Award, or Other Stock-Based Award made or granted from time to time hereunder.

“Award Agreement” shall mean any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing any Award, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant. An Award Agreement may be in an electronic medium and may be limited to notation on the books and records of the Company.

“Base Salary” means the base salary or wages of the Participant excluding overtime, bonuses, contributions to or benefits under benefit plans, fringe benefits, perquisites, and other such forms of compensation. Base Salary shall include any elective contributions that are paid through a reduction in a Participant’s basic salary and which are not includible in the Participant’s gross income under Sections 125 or 402(e)(3) of the Code.

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cause” as a reason for a Participant’s termination of employment or service shall, unless otherwise agreed to in writing between the Participant and the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, have the meaning assigned such term in the employment, severance or similar agreement, if any, between the Participant and the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company. If the Participant is not a party to an employment, severance or similar agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company in which such term is defined, then unless otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement “Cause” shall mean the Participant’s: (A) indictment for, conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or indictment for a crime involving dishonesty, fraud or moral turpitude; (B) willful breach of the Participant’s obligations to the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company; (C) willful misconduct, or any dishonest or fraudulent act or omission; (D) violation of any securities or financial reporting laws, rules or regulations or any policy of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company relating to the foregoing; (E) violation of the policies of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company on harassment, discrimination or substance abuse; or (F) gross negligence, gross neglect of duties or gross insubordination in the Participant’s performance of duties with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

“Change in Control” shall mean the consummation of any one of the following events:

i.    the acquisition by any “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act) or any two or more persons deemed to be one “person” (as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), in one or a series of transactions (other than the Company, any of its Affiliates or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company, or any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, directly or indirectly), of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company eligible to vote in the election of the Board (“Company Voting Securities”), other than pursuant to a transaction described under subclause (iii) below that does not constitute Change in Control under subclause (iii);


ii.    a merger, combination, amalgamation, consolidation, or any other similar form of corporate transaction (a “Reorganization”) in which the holders of the Company’s common stock immediately prior to such Reorganization do not hold in respect of their holdings of such stock 50% or more of the voting power of the merged, combined, amalgamated, consolidated, or other resulting entity;

iii.    a sale or other disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) to any “person” as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act) or to any two (2) or more persons deemed to be one “person” (as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than (A) to an Affiliate of the Company or (B) in connection with a spinoff involving an Affiliate of the Company or the then-current shareholders; or

iv.    during any period of two consecutive years commencing on or after the Effective Date, Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the board. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean: (1) the directors who were serving at the beginning of such two-year period, or (2) any directors whose election or nomination was approved by at least a majority of the directors referred to in clause (1) or by at least a majority of the director approved under this clause (2).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code with respect to the payment of “nonqualified deferred compensation,” “Change in Control” shall be limited to a “change in control event” as defined under Section 409A of the code. For the avoidance of doubt, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as March 12, 2021 shall not constitute a Change in Control under the Plan.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board (or its successor(s)), or any other committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan and composed of not less than two directors, each of whom is required to be a “Non-Employee Director” (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3) if and to the extent Rule 16b-3 is applicable to the Company and the Plan and an “outside director” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) if and to the extent the Board determines it is necessary or appropriate to satisfy the conditions of any available exemption from the deduction limit under Section 162(m) of the Code. If at any time such a committee has not been so designated or is not so composed, the Board shall constitute the Committee.

“Company” shall mean KORE Group Holdings, Inc., together with any successor thereto.

“Continuous Service” shall mean the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an employee, director or consultant. Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Committee, in each case, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or applicable law, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy, as adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfer between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or their respective successors. Changes in status between service as an employee, a director and a consultant will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service; provided, however, that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, consultants providing services to the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company for less than 32 hours per month shall incur an interruption of Continuous Service.

“Disqualifying Disposition” means any disposition (including any sale) of Shares acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option made within the period that ends either (1) two years after the date on which the Participant was granted the Incentive Stock Option or (2) one year after the date upon which the Participant acquired the Share.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2


“Fair Market Value” shall mean, unless otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement (i) with respect to any property other than Shares, the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee and (ii) with respect to the Shares, as of any date, (1) the closing sale price (excluding any “after hours” trading) of the Shares as reported on the applicable nationally recognized exchange for such date (or if not then trading on the applicable nationally recognized exchange, the closing sale price of the Shares on the stock exchange or over-the-counter market on which the Shares are principally trading on such date), or, (x) if there were no sales on such date or (y) for the purpose of establishing Fair Market Value in connection with the vesting of an Award or the release of Shares, on the closest preceding date on which there were sales of Shares or (2) in the event there shall be no public market for the Shares on such date, the fair market value of the Shares as determined in good faith by the Committee.

“GAAP” shall mean United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

“Good Reason” as a reason for a Participant’s termination of employment or service shall have the meaning assigned such term in the employment, severance or similar agreement, if any, between the Participant and the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

“Incentive Stock Option” shall mean a right to purchase Shares from the Company that is granted under Section 6 of the Plan and that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Participants who meet the definition of “employees” under Section 3401(c) of the Code.

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” shall mean a right to purchase Shares from the Company that is granted under Section 6 of the Plan and that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

“Option” shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

“Other Stock-Based Award” shall mean any right granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

“Participant” shall mean any (i) employee of, or consultant to, the Company or its Subsidiaries, or non-employee director who is a member of the Board or the board of directors of a Subsidiary of the Company, eligible for an Award under Section 5 and selected by the Committee to receive an Award under the Plan or (ii) any employee of, or consultant to, an Affiliate, eligible for a cash-settled Performance Award or cash-settled Restricted Stock Unit under Section 5 and selected by the Committee to receive a cash-settled Performance Award or a cash-settled Restricted Stock Unit under the Plan.

“Performance Award” shall mean any right granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

“Performance Criteria” shall mean the measurable criterion or criteria that the Committee selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal(s) for a Performance Period with respect to any performance-based award under the Plan. The Performance Criteria used to establish the Performance Goal(s) may be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (or a Subsidiary, Affiliate, division or operational unit of the Company) in respect of any of the following metrics, in addition to any other factors or metrics determined by the Committee, whether determined on a GAAP or non-GAAP basis: revenue, operating income, contribution, day sales outstanding, return on net assets, return on stockholders’ equity, return on assets, return on capital, stockholder returns (on an absolute or relative basis), profit margin, operating margin, contribution margin, earnings per Share, net earnings, operating earnings, free cash flow, cash flow from operations, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), including adjusted EBITDA, number of customers, operating expenses, capital expenses, customer acquisition costs, Share price, sales, bookings, or market share.

“Performance Goals” shall mean, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. The Committee is authorized, in its sole discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants, including, without limitation (a) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event or development affecting the

 

3


Company; or (b) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions.

“Performance Period” shall mean the one or more periods of time, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a performance-based award.

“Person” has the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareowners of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

“Plan” shall mean this KORE Group Holdings, Inc. 2021 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan.

“Restricted Stock” shall mean any Share granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

“Restricted Stock Unit” shall mean any unit granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

“Rule 16b-3” shall mean Rule 16b-3 as promulgated and interpreted by the SEC under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto and shall include the staff thereof.

“Shares” shall mean the common stock of the Company, $0.0001 par value, or such other securities of the Company (i) into which such common stock shall be changed by reason of a recapitalization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination, exchange of shares or other similar transaction or (ii) as may be determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 4(b) of the Plan.

“Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean any right granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

“Subsidiary” of any Person means another Person (other than a natural Person), an aggregate amount of the voting securities, other voting ownership or voting partnership interests, of which is sufficient to elect at least a majority of the Board or other governing body (or, if there are no such voting interests, 50% or more of the equity interests of which is owned directly or indirectly by such first Person).

“Substitute Awards” shall mean any Awards granted under Section 4(a)(iii) of the Plan.

Section 3. Administration. (a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or cancelled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, cancelled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee (in each case consistent with Section 409A of the Code); (vii) interpret, administer or reconcile any inconsistency, correct any defect, resolve ambiguities and/or supply any omission in the Plan, any Award Agreement, and any other instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such

 

4


agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (ix) establish and administer Performance Goals and certify or determine whether, and to what extent, they have been attained; (x) adopt and approve any supplements to or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of the Plan (including, without limitation, sub-plans) in accordance with Section 11 and Section 13(n) of the Plan; and (xi) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(a)    Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any stockholder.

(b)    The mere fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as a “Non-Employee Director”, if applicable, or, if applicable, an “outside director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 shall not invalidate any Award made by the Committee which Award is otherwise validly made under the Plan.

(c)    No member of the Committee shall be liable to any Person for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder.

(d)    The Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company (or, in the case of awards of Shares, the Board may delegate to a committee made up of one or more directors) the authority to grant Awards to Participants who are not executive officers or directors of the Company subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Section 4. Shares Available for Awards.

(a)    Shares Available.

(i)    Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted from time to time under the Plan shall in the aggregate not exceed the sum of (i) [            ]1, plus (ii) the number of Shares that become available for issuance under Section 4(a)(ii) of this Plan; provided, that, subject to adjustment as provided for in Section 4(b), the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options may be granted under the Plan shall be [            ]2. Unless the Committee acts, prior to the first day of a given fiscal year, to provide otherwise, the total number of Shares reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan will be increased on the first day of the first nine (9) fiscal years following the Company’s fiscal year in which the Effective Date occurs, in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (y) such fewer number of Shares as is determined by the Committee. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), and notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, or any plan or program of the Company or any Subsidiary to the contrary, the maximum amount of compensation that may be paid to any single non-employee member of the Board in respect of any single fiscal year (including Awards under the Plan, determined based on the Fair Market Value of such Award as of the grant date, as well as any retainer fees, but excluding any amounts paid in respect of a director’s first year of service with the Company, and excluding any special committee fees) shall not exceed $750,000 (the “Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit”).

(ii)    If any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited, cancelled, or exchanged or if an Award terminates or expires without a distribution of Shares to the Participant, the Shares with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, termination or expiration, again be available for Awards under the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, if two Awards are granted together in tandem, the Shares underlying any portion of the tandem Award which is not exercised or not otherwise settled in Shares will again be available for Awards under the Plan. Upon payment in cash of the benefit provided by any Award granted under this Plan, any

 

 

1 

10% of common stock outstanding as of the closing date.

2 

10% of common stock outstanding as of the closing date.

 

5


Shares that were covered by that Award will again be available for Awards under the Plan. If, under this Plan, a Participant has elected to give up the right to receive cash compensation in exchange for Shares based on fair market value, such Shares will not count against the aggregate limit described in Section 4(a)(i). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Shares which (1) are tendered to or withheld by the Company to satisfy payment or applicable tax withholding requirements in connection with the vesting or delivery of an Award, (2) are withheld by the Company upon exercise of an Option pursuant to a “net exercise” arrangement, or (3) underlie a Stock Appreciation Right that is settled in Shares, shall not again be available for Awards under the Plan. In addition, Shares that are purchased by the Company in the open market pursuant to any repurchase plan or program, whether using Option proceeds or otherwise, shall not be made available for grants of Awards under the Plan, nor shall such number of purchased shares be added to the limit described in Section 4(a)(i).

(iii)    Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be made under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“Substitute Awards”). The number of Shares underlying any Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the aggregate number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan.

(iv)    In the event that an entity acquired by the Company or with which it combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan (“Target Company Plan”) previously approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or other combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, to reflect such acquisition or merger) (“Assumed Available Shares”) may be used for Awards under this Plan made after such acquisition or merger; provided, however, that Awards using such Assumed Available Shares may not be made after the deadline for new awards or grants under the terms of the Target Company Plan, and may only be made to individuals who were not employees or directors of the Company or any subsidiary prior to such acquisition, merger or other combination. The Awards so granted may reflect the original terms of the awards being assumed or substituted or converted for and need not comply with other specific terms of this Plan if such Awards comply with the terms of the Target Company Plan, and may account for Shares substituted for the securities covered by the original awards and the number of shares subject to the original awards, as well as any exercise or purchase prices applicable to the original awards, adjusted to account for differences in stock prices in connection with the transaction.

(b)    Adjustments. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Committee determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall equitably adjust any or all of (i) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted, including any appropriate adjustments to the individual limitations applicable to Awards set forth in Section 4(a)(i); provided, however, that any adjustment to such individual limitations will be made only if and to the extent that such adjustment would not cause any Option intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option to fail to so qualify, (ii) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and (iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award in consideration for the cancellation of such Award, which, in the case of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall equal the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Share subject to each such Option or Stock Appreciation Right over the per Share exercise price or grant price of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

(c)    Sources of Shares Deliverable Under Awards. Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or of treasury Shares.

(d)    Minimum Vesting. Except with respect to a maximum of five percent (5%) of the number of Shares reserved under the Plan (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4(b)), each Award shall be subject to a minimum vesting period of one (1) year commencing from the date of grant, or respect to Awards that vest upon the attainment of performance goals, a performance period that is at least one (1) year. For purposes of clarity, this Section 4(d) shall not prevent the Committee from accelerating any Award in accordance with any provisions set forth in this Plan.

 

6


Section 5. Eligibility. Any employee of, or consultant to, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including any prospective employee), or non-employee director who is a member of the Board or the board of directors of a Subsidiary of the Company, shall be eligible to be selected as a Participant and receive any Award as determined by the Committee.

Section 6. Stock Options.

(a)    Grant. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole authority to determine the Participants to whom Options shall be granted, the number of Shares to be covered by each Option, the exercise price thereof and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option. The Committee shall have the authority to grant Incentive Stock Options, or to grant Non-Qualified Stock Options, or to grant both types of Options. In the case of Incentive Stock Options, the terms and conditions of such grants shall be subject to and comply with such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code, as from time to time amended, and any regulations implementing such statute. All Options when granted under the Plan are intended to be Non-Qualified Stock Options, unless the applicable Award Agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. If an Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, and if for any reason such Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a Non-Qualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan; provided that such Option (or portion thereof) otherwise complies with the Plan’s requirements relating to Non-Qualified Stock Options. No Option shall be exercisable more than ten years from the date of grant.

(b)    Exercise Price. The Committee shall establish the exercise price at the time each Option is granted, which exercise price shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and which exercise price (except with respect to Substitute Awards) shall not be less than the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(c)    Exercise. Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable Award Agreement. The applicable Award Agreement shall specify the period or periods of Continuous Service by the Participant that is necessary before the Option or installments thereof will become exercisable. The Committee may impose such conditions with respect to the exercise of Options, including without limitation, any relating to the application of federal or state securities laws, as it may deem necessary or advisable.

(d)    Payment. (i) No Shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the aggregate exercise price therefor is received by the Company. Such payment may be made (A) in cash, or its equivalent, or (B) subject to the Company’s consent, by exchanging Shares owned by the optionee (which are not the subject of any pledge or other security interest and which have been owned by such optionee for at least six months), or (C) subject to such rules as may be established by the Committee and applicable law, through delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the Shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the aggregate exercise price, or (D) subject to any conditions or limitations established by the Committee, the Company’s withholding of Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of an Option pursuant to a “net exercise” arrangement (it being understood that, solely for purposes of determining the number of treasury shares held by the Company, the Shares so withheld will not be treated as issued and acquired by the Company upon such exercise), or (E) by a combination of the foregoing, or (F) by such other methods as may be approved by the Committee, provided that the combined value of all cash and cash equivalents and the Fair Market Value of any such Shares so tendered to the Company or withheld as of the date of such tender or withholding is at least equal to such aggregate exercise price.

(i)    Wherever in this Plan or any Award Agreement a Participant is permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option or taxes relating to the exercise of an Option by delivering Shares, the Participant may, subject to procedures satisfactory to the Committee, satisfy such delivery requirement by presenting proof of beneficial ownership of such Shares, in which case the Company shall treat the Option as exercised without further payment and shall withhold such number of Shares from the Shares acquired by the exercise of the Option.

 

7


(e)    Special Provisions Applicable to Incentive Stock Options.

(i)    No Incentive Stock Option may be granted to any Participant who, at the time the Option is granted, owns directly, or indirectly within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code, Shares possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary thereof, unless such Incentive Stock Option (1) has an exercise price at of least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Option, and (ii) cannot be exercised more than five years after the date it is granted.

(ii)    To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options.

(iii)    Each Participant who receives an Incentive Stock Option must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Participant makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

Section 7. Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a)    Grant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole authority to determine the Participants to whom Stock Appreciation Rights shall be granted, the number of Shares to be covered by each Stock Appreciation Right Award, the grant price thereof and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise thereof. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with another Award, in addition to another Award, or freestanding and unrelated to another Award. Stock Appreciation Rights granted in tandem with or in addition to an Award may be granted either before, at the same time as the Award or at a later time. No Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable more than ten years from the date of grant.

(b)    Exercise and Payment. A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant to receive an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right over the grant price thereof (which grant price (except with respect to Substitute Awards) shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant). The Committee shall determine in its sole discretion whether a Stock Appreciation Right shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares.

(c)    Other Terms and Conditions. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine, at the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the term, methods of exercise, methods and form of settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right. The Committee may impose such conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right as it shall deem appropriate.

Section 8. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

(a)    Grant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole authority to determine the Participants to whom Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be granted, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock and/or the number of Restricted Stock Units to be granted to each Participant, the duration of the period during which, and the conditions, if any, under which, the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be forfeited to the Company, and the other terms and conditions of such Awards.

(b)    Transfer Restrictions. Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, except, in the case of Restricted Stock, as provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreements. Unless otherwise directed by the Committee, (i) certificates issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the Participant and deposited by such Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company, or (ii) Shares of Restricted Stock shall be held at the Company’s transfer agent in book entry form with appropriate restrictions relating to the transfer of such Shares of Restricted Stock. Upon the lapse of the restrictions applicable to such Shares of Restricted Stock, the Company shall, as applicable, either deliver such certificates to the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative or the transfer agent shall remove the restrictions relating to the transfer of such Shares.

 

8


(c)    Payment. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share. Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in cash, Shares, other securities or other property, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, upon or after the lapse of the restrictions applicable thereto, or otherwise in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement. No dividends shall be paid on any Shares of Restricted Stock and no dividend equivalents shall be paid on any Restricted Stock Units prior to the vesting of the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, as applicable.

Section 9. Performance Awards.

(a)    Grant. The Committee shall have sole authority to determine the Participants who shall receive a “Performance Award”, which shall consist of a right which is (i) denominated in cash or Shares, (ii) valued, as determined by the Committee, in accordance with the achievement of such Performance Goals during such Performance Periods as the Committee shall establish, and (iii) payable at such time and in such form as the Committee shall determine.

(b)    Terms and Conditions. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the Performance Goals to be achieved during any Performance Period, the length of any Performance Period, the amount of any Performance Award and the amount and kind of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any Performance Award.

(c)    Payment of Performance Awards. Performance Awards may be paid in a lump sum or in installments following the close of the Performance Period as set forth in the Award Agreement on the date of grant.

Section 10. Other Stock-Based Awards.

The Committee shall have authority to grant to Participants an “Other Stock-Based Award”, which shall consist of any right which is (i) not an Award described in Sections 6 through 9 above and (ii) an Award of Shares or an Award denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan; provided that any such rights must comply, to the extent deemed desirable by the Committee, with Rule 16b-3 and applicable law. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Other Stock-Based Award, including the price, if any, at which securities may be purchased pursuant to any Other Stock-Based Award granted under this Plan.

Section 11. Amendment and Termination.

(a)    Amendments to the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that if an amendment to the Plan (i) would materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (ii) would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan, (iii) would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan, (iv) would increase the Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit, or (v) must otherwise be approved by the stockholders of the Company in order to comply with applicable law or the rules of the applicable nationally recognized exchange, or, if the Shares are not traded on the applicable nationally recognized exchange, the principal national securities exchange upon which the Shares are traded or quoted, such amendment will be subject to stockholder approval and will not be effective unless and until such approval has been obtained; and provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award previously granted shall not be effective as to such Participant without the written consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.

(b)    Amendments to Awards. The Committee may amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel, or terminate, any Award theretofore granted; provided that any such amendment, alteration, suspension,

 

9


discontinuance, cancellation, or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award previously granted shall not be effective as to such Participant without the written consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.

(c)    Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. The Committee is hereby authorized to make equitable adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, all outstanding Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4(b) hereof) affecting the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.

(d)    Repricing. Except in connection with a corporate transaction or event described in Section 4(b) hereof, the terms of outstanding Awards may not be amended to reduce the exercise price of Options or the grant price of Stock Appreciation Rights, or cancel Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, other Awards or Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise price or grant price, as applicable, that is less than the exercise price of the original Options or grant price of the original Stock Appreciation Rights, as applicable, without stockholder approval. This Section 11(d) is intended to prohibit the repricing of “underwater” Options and Stock Appreciation Rights and will not be construed to prohibit the adjustments provided for in Section 4(b) of this Plan.

Section 12. Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, and except as otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, a Participant’s Awards will be treated as follows:

(a)    If an Award is continued, assumed, replaced, converted or has new rights substituted therefor by the resulting or continuing entity, as determined by the Committee, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, then any restrictions to which such Award is subject shall not lapse upon a Change in Control and such Awards, as continued, assumed, replaced, converted or substituted, shall continue to be subject to the terms and conditions as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control; provided, that with respect to any outstanding Award that is subject to Performance Goals, the Committee may provide that such Award will be converted, assumed or replaced by the resulting or continuing entity as if target performance had been achieved as of the date of the Change in Control and such Awards would continue to remain subject to the time-based service requirements, if any. Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, to the extent outstanding Awards granted under this Plan are continued, assumed, replaced, converted or substituted in accordance with this Section 12(a), if a Participant’s employment or service is terminated without Cause by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or a Participant terminates his or her employment or service with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company for Good Reason, in either case, during the two year period immediately following a Change in Control, all outstanding Awards held by the Participant that may be exercised shall become fully exercisable and all restrictions with respect to outstanding Awards shall lapse and become vested and non-forfeitable.

(b)    If Awards are not continued, assumed, replaced, converted or substituted in accordance with Section 12(a), then a Participant’s Awards may be treated in accordance with one or more of the following methods, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion:

(i)    The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of, or lapse of restrictions on, Awards or provide for a period of time for exercise prior to the occurrence of the Change in Control (with such exercise being contingent on the occurrence of the Change in Control, and, provided that, if the Change in Control does not take place within a specified period after giving such notice to exercise for any reason whatsoever, the notice and exercise pursuant thereto shall be null and void);

(ii)     Any one or more outstanding Awards may be cancelled and the Committee may cause to be paid to the holders thereof, in cash, shares of common stock, other securities or other property, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which, if applicable, may be based upon the price per Share received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in such event), including without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right, a cash payment in an

 

10


amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value (as determined by the Committee) of the Shares subject to such Option or Stock Appreciation Right over the aggregate exercise price of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, respectively (it being understood that, in such event, any Option or Stock Appreciation Right having a per share exercise price equal to, or in excess of, the fair market value of a Share subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor); and/or

(iii)    The Committee may, in its sole discretion, make any other determination as to the treatment of Awards in connection with such Change in Control as the Committee may determine.

(c)    Notwithstanding anything in this Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any provision of this Plan or an Award Agreement would cause a payment of deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code to be made upon the occurrence of (i) a Change in Control, then such payment shall not be made unless such Change in Control also constitutes a “change in ownership”, “change in effective control” or “change in ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code or (ii) a termination of employment or service, then such payment shall not be made unless such termination of employment or service also constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Any payment that would have been made except for the application of the preceding sentence shall be made in accordance with the payment schedule that would have applied in the absence of a Change in Control or termination of employment or service but disregarding any future service or performance requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of Incentive Stock Options, any assumed or substituted Option shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1 (and any amendment thereto).

Section 13. General Provisions.

(a)    Nontransferability.

(i)    Each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative.

(ii)    No Award may be sold, assigned, alienated, pledged, attached or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported sale, assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute a sale, assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, transfer or encumbrance.

(iii)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in the applicable Award Agreement evidencing an Option granted under the Plan or at any time thereafter in an amendment to an Award Agreement, provide that Options which are not intended to qualify as Incentive Options may be transferred by the Participant to whom such Option was granted (the “Grantee”) without consideration, after such time as all vesting conditions with respect to such Option have been satisfied, and subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to: (1) the Grantee’s spouse, children or grandchildren (including adopted and stepchildren and grandchildren) (collectively, the “Immediate Family”); (2) a trust solely for the benefit of the Grantee and his or her Immediate Family; or (3) a partnership, corporation or limited liability company whose only partners, members or stockholders are the Grantee and his or her Immediate Family; (each transferee described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”); provided that the Grantee gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Grantee in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement evidencing the Option.

The terms of any Option transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan or in an Award Agreement to an optionee, Grantee or Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that (a) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Options, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (b) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Options unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the Shares to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee

 

11


determines that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate, (c) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Grantee under the Plan or otherwise and (d) the consequences of termination of the Grantee’s employment by, or services to, the Company under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Grantee, following which the Options shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(iv)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, only gratuitous transfers of Awards shall be permitted. In no event may any Award granted under this Plan be transferred for value.

(b)    Dividend Equivalents. No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on any Award prior to vesting. In the sole discretion of the Committee, an Award (other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights), whether made as an Other Stock-Based Award described in Section 10 or as an Award granted pursuant to Sections 6 through 9 hereof, may provide the Participant with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, Shares, other securities or other property on a deferred basis; provided, that such dividends or dividend equivalents shall be subject to the same vesting conditions as the Award to which such dividends or dividend equivalents relate. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no interest will accrue or be paid on the amount of any cash dividends withheld.

(c)    No Rights to Awards. No Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).

(d)    Share Certificates. Shares or other securities of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(e)    Withholding. (i) A Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, and the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan, or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property) of any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.

(ii)    Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, subject to the Company’s consent, a Participant may satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability by delivery of Shares owned by the Participant (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and which have been owned by the Participant for at least six months) with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or by having the Company withhold from the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant with respect to an Award a number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability as determined by the Company, or by such other methods as may be approved by the Committee, including, but not limited to, through a “broker-assisted” cashless exercise.

(iii)    Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, in connection with the transfer of an Option to a Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 13(a), the Grantee shall remain liable for any withholding taxes required to be withheld upon the exercise of such Option by the Permitted Transferee.

(f)    Detrimental Activity and Recapture. Awards hereunder shall be subject to cancellation or forfeiture of an Award or the forfeiture and repayment to the Company of any gain related to an Award, or other provisions intended to have a similar effect, upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by the

 

12


Committee from time to time, if a Participant during employment or other service with the Company or a subsidiary, shall engage in activity detrimental to the Company, whether discovered before or after the employment or service period. In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any Award Agreement may also provide for the cancellation or forfeiture of an Award or the forfeiture and repayment to the Company of any gain related to an Award, or other provision intended to have a similar effect, upon such terms and conditions as may be required by the Committee under Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any applicable rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC or any national securities exchange or national securities association on which the Shares may be traded, or pursuant to any policy implemented or adopted by the Company.

(g)    Award Agreements. Each Award hereunder that is not immediately vested and delivered as of its date of grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including but not limited to, the effect on such Award of the death, disability or termination of employment or service of a Participant and the effect, if any, of such other events as may be determined by the Committee.

(h)    No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company from adopting or continuing in effect other compensation arrangements, which may, but need not, provide for the grant of options, restricted stock, Shares and other types of Awards provided for hereunder (subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required), and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

(i)    No Right to Employment. The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting relationship to, or as a director on the Board or board of directors, as applicable, of, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company. Further, the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any applicable employment contract or agreement.

(j)    No Rights as Stockholder. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or holder or beneficiary of any Award shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under the Plan until he or she has become the holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with each grant of Restricted Stock hereunder, the applicable Award shall specify if and to what extent the Participant shall be entitled to the rights of a stockholder in respect of such Restricted Stock.

(k)    Governing Law. Unless otherwise provided for in an applicable Award Agreement, the validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.

(l)    Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(m)    Other Laws. The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares or other consideration under an Award if, acting in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Shares or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation or result in any liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Award granted hereunder shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Committee in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable requirements of the U.S. federal securities laws.

 

13


(n)    Foreign Employees. In order to facilitate the making of any Award or combination of Awards under this Plan, the Committee may provide for such special terms for awards to Participants who are foreign nationals or who are employed by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company outside of the United States of America as the Committee may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of this Plan (including, without limitation, sub-plans) as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes, without thereby affecting the terms of this Plan as in effect for any other purpose, and the Secretary or other appropriate officer of the Company may certify any such document as having been approved and adopted in the same manner as this Plan. No such special terms, supplements, amendments or restatements, however, shall include any provisions that are inconsistent with the terms of this Plan as then in effect unless this Plan could have been amended to eliminate such inconsistency without further approval by the stockholders of the Company.

(o)    No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

(p)    No Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be cancelled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

(q)    Deferrals. In the event the Committee permits a Participant to defer any Award payable in the form of cash, all such elective deferrals shall be accomplished by the delivery of a written, irrevocable election by the Participant on a form provided by the Company. All deferrals shall be made in accordance with administrative guidelines established by the Committee to ensure that such deferrals comply with all applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(r)    Headings. Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

Section 14. Compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

(a)    To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and any grants made hereunder comply with, or be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so that the income inclusion provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code do not apply to the Participants. This Plan and any grants made hereunder shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent. Any reference in this Plan to Section 409A of the Code will also include any regulations or any other formal guidance promulgated with respect to such Section by the U.S. Department of Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service. In any case, a Participant shall be solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on a Participant or for a Participant’s account in connection with this Plan and grants hereunder (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold a Participant harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.

(b)    Neither a Participant nor any of a Participant’s creditors or beneficiaries shall have the right to subject any deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of Code) payable under this Plan and grants hereunder to any anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment. Except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code, any deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) payable to a Participant or for a Participant’s benefit under this Plan and grants hereunder may not be reduced by, or offset against, any amount owing by a Participant to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

14


(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any award agreement, to the extent that the Plan and/or Awards granted hereunder are subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s prior consent, amend the Plan and/or Award, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including, without limitation, amendments, policies, procedures and actions with retroactive effect) as the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt the Plan and/or any Award from the application of Section 409A of the Code, (ii) preserve the intended tax treatment of any such Award, or (iii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, without limitation, any regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date of the grant.

(d)    If, at the time of a Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (i) the Participant shall be a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time) and (ii) the Company shall make a determination that an amount payable hereunder constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 409A of the Code in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall not pay such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but shall instead pay it, without interest, on the earlier of the first business day of the seventh month following separation from service or death.

Section 15. Term of the Plan.

(a)    Effective Date. This Plan shall become effective as of [            ] (the “Effective Date”).

(b)    Expiration Date. No grant will be made under this Plan more than ten years after the Effective Date, but all grants made on or prior to such date will continue in effect thereafter subject to the terms thereof and of this Plan.

 

15

Exhibit 10.4

KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC., as Issuer,

KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., as Guarantor

AND

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

INDENTURE

Dated as of September 30, 2021

5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            PAGE  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.01

     Definitions      1  

Section 1.02

     References to Credit Agreement      13  

ARTICLE 2 ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES

     13  

Section 2.01

     Designation and Amount      13  

Section 2.02

     Form of Notes      13  

Section 2.03

     Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest and Defaulted Amounts      14  

Section 2.04

     Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Notes      15  

Section 2.05

     Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary      16  

Section 2.06

     Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes      22  

Section 2.07

     Temporary Notes      22  

Section 2.08

     Cancellation of Notes Paid, Exchanged, Etc.      23  

Section 2.09

     CUSIP and ISIN Numbers      23  

Section 2.10

     Additional Notes; Repurchases      23  

ARTICLE 3 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     24  

Section 3.01

     Satisfaction and Discharge      24  

ARTICLE 4 PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

     24  

Section 4.01

     Payment of Principal and Interest      24  

Section 4.02

     Maintenance of Office or Agency      24  

Section 4.03

     Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office      25  

Section 4.04

     Provisions as to Paying Agent      25  

Section 4.05

     Corporate Existence      26  

Section 4.06

     Rule 144A Information Requirement and Annual Reports      26  

Section 4.07

     [Reserved]      27  

Section 4.08

     [Reserved]      27  

Section 4.08

     Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults      27  

Section 4.09

     Registration Rights      27  

Section 4.10

     [Reserved]      27  

Section 4.11

     [Reserved]      27  

Section 4.12

     Further Instruments and Acts      27  

Section 4.13

     Total Leverage Ratio      27  

ARTICLE 5 LISTS OF HOLDERS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

     28  

Section 5.01

     Lists of Holders      28  

Section 5.02

     Preservation and Disclosure of Lists      28  

 

i


ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     28  

Section 6.01

     Events of Default      28  

Section 6.02

     Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment      30  

Section 6.03

     [Reserved]      30  

Section 6.04

     Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor      30  

Section 6.05

     Application of Monies Collected by Trustee      32  

Section 6.06

     Proceedings by Holders      32  

Section 6.07

     Proceedings by Trustee      33  

Section 6.08

     Remedies Cumulative and Continuing      33  

Section 6.09

     Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Holders      34  

Section 6.10

     Notice of Defaults      34  

Section 6.11

     Undertaking to Pay Costs      34  

Section 6.12

     Permitted Holders’ Right to Cure      35  

ARTICLE 7 CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

     35  

Section 7.01

     Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee      35  

Section 7.02

     Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc.      37  

Section 7.03

     No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc.      38  

Section 7.04

     Trustee, Paying Agents, Exchange Agents or Note Registrar May Own Notes      39  

Section 7.05

     Monies and Shares of Common Stock to Be Held in Trust      39  

Section 7.06

     Compensation and Expenses of Trustee      39  

Section 7.07

     Officer’s Certificate as Evidence      40  

Section 7.08

     Eligibility of Trustee      40  

Section 7.09

     Resignation or Removal of Trustee      40  

Section 7.10

     Acceptance by Successor Trustee      41  

Section 7.11

     Succession by Merger, Etc.      41  

Section 7.12

     Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company      42  

ARTICLE 8 CONCERNING THE HOLDERS

     42  

Section 8.01

     Action by Holders      42  

Section 8.02

     Proof of Execution by Holders      42  

Section 8.03

     Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners      43  

Section 8.04

     Company-Owned Notes Disregarded      43  

Section 8.05

     Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound      43  

ARTICLE 9 HOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     44  

Section 9.01

     Purpose of Meetings      44  

Section 9.02

     Call of Meetings by Trustee      44  

Section 9.03

     Call of Meetings by Company or Holders      44  

Section 9.04

     Qualifications for Voting      44  

Section 9.05

     Regulations      45  

Section 9.06

     Voting      45  

Section 9.07

     No Delay of Rights by Meeting      45  

 

ii


ARTICLE 10 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

     46  

Section 10.01

     Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders      46  

Section 10.02

     Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders      47  

Section 10.03

     Effect of Supplemental Indentures      48  

Section 10.04

     Notation on Notes      48  

Section 10.05

     Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished Trustee      48  

ARTICLE 11 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

     49  

Section 11.01

     Company or Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms      49  

Section 11.02

     Successor Corporation to Be Substituted      49  

Section 11.03

     Opinion of Counsel to Be Given to Trustee      50  

ARTICLE 12 IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     50  

Section 12.01

     Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations      50  

ARTICLE 13 GUARANTEE

     50  

Section 13.01

     Guarantee      50  

ARTICLE 14 EXCHANGE OF NOTES

     52  

Section 14.01

     Exchange Privilege      52  

Section 14.02

     Exchange Procedure; Settlement Upon Exchange      52  

Section 14.03

     Company’s Mandatory Exchange Option      55  

Section 14.04

     Adjustment of Exchange Rate      57  

Section 14.05

     Adjustments of Prices      65  

Section 14.06

     Shares to Be Fully Paid      65  

Section 14.07

     Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Common Stock      65  

Section 14.08

     Certain Covenants      67  

Section 14.09

     Responsibility of Trustee      67  

Section 14.10

     Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions      68  

Section 14.11

     Stockholder Rights Plans      68  

Section 14.12

     Transfer of Notes to be Exchanged to a Third Party for Settlement      68  

Section 14.13

     Limits Upon Issuance of Shares of Common Stock Upon Exchange      69  

Section 14.14

     Increased Exchange Rate Applicable to Certain Notes Surrendered in Connection with Make-Whole Fundamental Changes or Mandatory Exchange      70  

ARTICLE 15 REPURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDERS

     72  

Section 15.01

     [Intentionally Omitted]      72  

Section 15.02

     Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change      72  

Section 15.03

     Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice      75  

Section 15.04

     Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price      75  

Section 15.05

     Repurchase of Notes      76  

 

iii


ARTICLE 16 REDEMPTION

     76  

Section 16.01

     No Redemption      76  

ARTICLE 17 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     76  

Section 17.01

     Provisions Binding on Company’s Successors      76  

Section 17.02

     Official Acts by Successor Corporation      77  

Section 17.03

     Addresses for Notices, Etc.      77  

Section 17.04

     Governing Law; Jurisdiction      77  

Section 17.05

     Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent; Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to Trustee      78  

Section 17.06

     Legal Holidays      78  

Section 17.07

     No Security Interest Created      78  

Section 17.08

     Benefits of Indenture      78  

Section 17.09

     Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.      78  

Section 17.10

     Authenticating Agent      79  

Section 17.11

     Execution in Counterparts      79  

Section 17.12

     Severability      80  

Section 17.13

     Waiver of Jury Trial      80  

Section 17.14

     Force Majeure      80  

Section 17.15

     Calculations      80  

Section 17.16

     USA PATRIOT Act      81  

Section 17.17

    

Tax Withholding

 

     81  

 

EXHIBIT

 

Exhibit A

     Form of Note      A-1  

 

iv


INDENTURE dated as of September 30, 2021 between KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Company,” as more fully set forth in Section 1.01), KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as guarantor (the “Guarantor”) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee,” as more fully set forth in Section 1.01).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its 5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”), initially in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $120,000,000, and in order to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and

WHEREAS, the Form of Note, the certificate of authentication to be borne by each Note, the Form of Notice of Exchange, the Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and the Form of Assignment and Transfer to be borne by the Notes are to be substantially in the forms hereinafter provided; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent, as provided in this Indenture, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and this Indenture the valid, binding and legal agreement of the Company and the Trustee, have been done and performed, and the execution of this Indenture and the issuance hereunder of the Notes have in all respects been duly authorized.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

That in order to declare the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and of the purchase and acceptance of the Notes by the Holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders from time to time of the Notes (except as otherwise provided below), as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. The terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular.

30-Day ADTV” means, as of any date and with respect to any shares of Common Stock, an amount equal to the arithmetic average of the products, for each Trading Day in the thirty (30) Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding such date, of (i) the daily trading volume in such shares of Common Stock on the applicable exchange for such Trading Day and (ii) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day; provided that in the case of calculating the amount in this clause (ii) with respect to any shares of Common Stock, in respect of any Trading Day occurring on or subsequent to the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, such amount shall be increased by an amount of cash in U.S. dollars per share of Common Stock distributed, or to be distributed, in such dividend or distribution, net of any applicable withholding taxes, as determined by the Exchange Agent, unless such dividend or distribution does not occur, in which case such amount shall be reduced to the amount that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.


Additional Shares” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.14(a).

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the determination of whether one Person is an “Affiliate” of another Person for purposes of this Indenture shall be made based on the facts at the time such determination is made or required to be made, as the case may be, hereunder.

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to a Depositary, as to any matter at any time, the policies and procedures of such Depositary, if any, that are applicable to such matter at such time.

Attribution Parties “ means, collectively, the following Persons and entities: (i) any investment vehicle, including, any funds, feeder funds or managed accounts, currently, or from time to time after the issue date of the Notes, directly or indirectly managed or advised by a Holder’s investment manager or any of its Affiliates or principals, (ii) any direct or indirect Affiliates of such Holder or any of the foregoing, (iii) any Person acting or who could be deemed to be acting as a Group together with such Holder or any of the foregoing and (iv) any other Persons whose beneficial ownership of the Common Stock would or could be aggregated with such Holder’s and the other Attribution Parties for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. For clarity, the purpose of the foregoing is to subject collectively such Holder and all other Attribution Parties to the Maximum Percentage.

Backstop Agreement” means the Backstop Agreement entered into as of July 27, 2021, by and among Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company, the Company, KORE, and each of the purchasers included in Exhibit A thereto.

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or the Guarantor, as the context requires, or a committee of such board duly authorized to act for it hereunder.

Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by an Officer of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to close or be closed; provided, however, for clarification, commercial banks shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay at home”, “shelter-in-place”, “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of commercial banks in The City of New York generally are open for use by customers on such day.

Capital Stock” means, for any entity, any and all shares, interests (including partnership, limited liability company or membership interests), rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity issued by that entity; provided that debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock shall not constitute Capital Stock prior to their conversion or exchange, as the case may be.

 

2


Clause A Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Clause B Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Clause C Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

close of business” means 5:00 p.m. (New York City time).

Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Equity” of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled (a) to vote in the election of directors of such Person or (b) if such Person is not a corporation, to vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers, trustees or others that will control the management or policies of such Person.

Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Guarantor, par value $0.0001 per share, subject to Section 14.07.

Company” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and subject to the provisions of Article 11, shall include its successors and assigns.

Company Order” means a written order of the Company, signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer.

Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, Attention: KORE Wireless Group Notes Administrator, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor trustee (or such other address as such successor trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2018, by and among the Company, MAPLE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and as an L/C Issuer and each lender from time to time party thereto as in effect on the Issue Date.

Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.

Daily Cash Amount” means, for each Trading Day during the relevant Observation Period, the lesser of (A) the applicable Daily Maximum Cash Amount; and (B) the Daily Exchange Value for such Trading Day.

Daily Exchange Values” means, for each Trading Day during the relevant Observation Period, one-thirtieth of the product of (a) the Exchange Rate on such Trading Day and (b) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day.

 

3


Daily Maximum Cash Amount” means, with respect to the Exchange of any Note, the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Specified Dollar Amount applicable to such Exchange by (B) 30.

Daily Share Amount” means, for each Trading Day during the relevant Observation Period, the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the excess, if any, of the Daily Exchange Value for such Trading Day over the applicable Daily Maximum Cash Amount by (B) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day. For the avoidance of doubt, the Daily Share Amount will be zero for such Trading Day if such Daily Exchange Value does not exceed such Daily Maximum Cash Amount.

Daily VWAP” means the per share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page “KORE <equity> AQR” (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such Trading Day up to and including the final closing print (which is indicated by Condition Code “6” in Bloomberg) (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of the Common Stock on such Trading Day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Company). The “Daily VWAP” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.

Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

Defaulted Amounts” means any amounts on any Note (including, without limitation, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, principal and interest) that are payable but are not punctually paid or duly provided for.

Depositary” means, with respect to each Global Note, the Person specified in Section 2.05(b) as the Depositary with respect to such Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.

Distributed Property” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Effective Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.03(c), except that, as used in Section 14.04 and Section 14.05, “Effective Date” means the first date on which shares of the Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, reflecting the relevant share split or share combination, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, any alternative trading convention on the applicable exchange or market in respect of shares of the Common Stock under a separate ticker symbol or CUSIP number will not be considered “regular way” for this purpose.

Eligible Market” means The New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Global Market (or any of their respective successors).

Equity Conditions” means, with respect to a given date of determination: (i) on each day during the period beginning thirty (30) days prior to such applicable date of determination and ending on and including such applicable date of determination (the “Equity Conditions Measuring Period”) either (x) one or more registration statements filed with the Commission pursuant to the Backstop Agreement shall be effective and the prospectus contained therein shall be available on such applicable date of

 

4


determination (with, for the avoidance of doubt, any shares of Common Stock previously sold pursuant to such prospectus deemed unavailable) for the resale of all shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring this determination (without regard to any limitations on exchange set forth herein) (a “Required Minimum Securities Amount”) or (y) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the applicable Notes shall be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and the Company is then current with its required filings with the Commission; (ii) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, the Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exchange of the Notes) is listed or designated for quotation (as applicable) on an Eligible Market and shall not have been suspended from trading on an Eligible Market (other than suspensions of not more than two (2) days and occurring prior to the applicable date of determination due to business announcements by the Company) nor shall delisting or suspension by an Eligible Market have been threatened (with a reasonable prospect of delisting occurring after giving effect to all applicable notice, appeal, compliance and hearing periods) or pending as evidenced by (A) a writing by such Eligible Market or (B) the Company falling below the minimum listing maintenance requirements of the Eligible Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or designated for quotation, as applicable; (iii) during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, the Company shall have delivered all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes on a timely basis in accordance herewith and to the extent required hereby in all material respects; (iv) [reserved]; (v) any shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring determination (or issuable upon exchange of the portion of the Notes being redeemed in the event requiring this determination (without regards to any limitations on exchange set forth herein)) may be issued in full without violating the rules or regulations of the Eligible Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or designated for quotation (as applicable); (vi) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, no public announcement of a pending, proposed or intended Fundamental Change (as defined in the Indenture) shall have occurred which has not been abandoned, terminated or consummated; (vii) the Company shall have no knowledge of any fact that would reasonably be expected to cause (1) any registration statement required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Backstop Agreement to not be effective or the prospectus contained therein to not be available for the resale of the applicable Required Minimum Securities Amount of all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the applicable Notes in accordance with the terms of the Backstop Agreement or (2) any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the applicable Notes to not be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 and the Company is then current with its filings with the Commission, (viii) [reserved]; (ix) [reserved]; (x) on each Trading Day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, there shall not have occurred any Volume Failure as of such applicable date of determination; (xi) on the applicable date of determination all shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring this determination (or issuable upon exchange of the portion of this Note being exchanged in the event requiring this determination (without regards to any limitations on exchange set forth herein)) may be issued in full from the authorized and available shares of Common Stock of the Company; (xii) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, there shall not have occurred and there shall not exist an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture); or (xiii) the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the event requiring the satisfaction of the Equity Conditions are duly authorized and will be listed and eligible upon issuance for trading on an Eligible Market.

Equity Conditions Failure” means, with respect to any date of determination, the Equity Conditions have not been satisfied (or waived in writing by the applicable Holder).

Equity Conditions Measuring Period” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “Equity Conditions.”

Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of Capital Stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).

 

5


Event of Default” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

Ex-Dividend Date” means the first date on which shares of the Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question, from the Company or, if applicable, from the seller of Common Stock on such exchange or market (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange or market. For the avoidance of doubt, any alternative trading convention on the applicable exchange or market in respect of shares of the Common Stock under a separate ticker symbol or CUSIP number will not be considered “regular way” for this purpose.

Exchange Act “ means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agent” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.02.

Exchange Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02(c).

Exchange Obligation” means the consideration to an exchanging Holder upon any Exchange.

Exchange Price” means as of any time, $1,000, divided by the Exchange Rate as of such time.

Exchange Rate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.01(a).

Expiration Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(e).

Financial Covenant” means the covenant set forth in Section 4.13

Form of Assignment and Transfer” means the “Form of Assignment and Transfer” attached as Attachment 3 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” means the “Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” attached as Attachment 2 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Form of Note” means the “Form of Note” attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Form of Notice of Exchange” means the “Form of Notice of Exchange” attached as Attachment 1 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Fundamental Change” shall be deemed to have occurred at the time after the Notes are originally issued if any of the following occurs prior to the Maturity Date:

(a) a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Company, the Guarantor, the Company’s or the Guarantor’s Wholly Owned Subsidiaries and any Permitted Holders, files a Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Common Stock representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Common Stock;

 

6


(b) the consummation of (A) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination or changes solely in par value) as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property and/or assets; (B) any share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Company or the Guarantor pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property or assets; (C) any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one or more of the Company’s direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or (D) any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one or more of the Guarantor’s direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; provided, however, that neither (x) a transaction described in clause (A) or (B) in which the holders of all classes of the Guarantor’s Common Equity immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of all classes of Common Equity of the continuing or surviving corporation or transferee or the parent thereof immediately after such transaction in substantially the same proportions (relative to each other) as such ownership immediately prior to such transaction nor (y) any merger of the Company or the Guarantor solely for the purpose of changing its jurisdiction of incorporation that results in a reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of Common Stock solely into shares of Common Stock of the surviving entity shall be a Fundamental Change pursuant to this clause (b);

(c) the stockholders of the Company or the Guarantor approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable; or

(d) the Common Stock (or other Common Equity underlying the Notes) ceases to be listed or quoted on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Select Market or The Nasdaq Global Market (or any of their respective successors);

provided, however, that a transaction or transactions described in clauses (a) or (b) above shall not constitute a Fundamental Change, if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be received by the common stockholders of the Company, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights, in connection with such transaction or transactions consists of shares of common stock that are listed or quoted on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Select Market or The Nasdaq Global Market (or any of their respective successors) or will be so listed or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such transaction or transactions and as a result of such transaction or transactions such consideration becomes Reference Property for the Notes, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights (subject to the provisions of Section 14.02(a)).

Any event, transaction or series of related transactions that constitute a Fundamental Change under both clause (a) and clause (b) above (determined without regard to the proviso in clause (b) above) shall be deemed to be a Fundamental Change solely under clause (b) above (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be subject to the proviso in clause (b) above).

For the avoidance of doubt, the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to occur on the date of this Indenture shall not constitute a “Fundamental Change”.

Fundamental Change Company Notice” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(d).

Fundamental Change Repurchase Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(a).

 

7


Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(c)(i).

Fundamental Change Repurchase Price” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(a).

Global Note” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b).

Group” means a “group” as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and as defined in Rule 13d-5 thereunder.

Guarantee” means the guarantee by the Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 13.

Guarantor” means the Person named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture and, subject to Article 13, its successors and assigns.

Holder” as applied to any Note, or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Note is registered on the Note Register (and in the case of a Global Note and solely with respect to Section 6.12 and Section 14.13, the indirect holder of Notes held through its participant).

Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented.

Interest Payment Date” means each March 30 and September 30 of each year, beginning on March 30, 2022.

Last Reported Sale Price” of the Common Stock (or other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) on any date means the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on that date as reported in composite transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is traded. If the Common Stock (or such other security) is not listed for trading on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange on the relevant date, the “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be the last quoted bid price per share for the Common Stock (or such other security) in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization. If the Common Stock (or such other security) is not so quoted, the “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices per share for the Common Stock (or such other security) on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the Company for this purpose. The “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of regular trading session hours.

Make-Whole Fundamental Change” means any transaction or event that constitutes a Fundamental Change (as defined above and determined after giving effect to any exceptions to or exclusions from such definition, but without regard to the proviso in clause (b) of the definition thereof).

Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.03(a).

Mandatory Exchange” means an exchange pursuant to Section 14.03(a).

 

8


Mandatory Exchange Date” means the Exchange Date for a Mandatory Exchange, as provided in Section 14.03(c).

Market Disruption Event” means, for the purposes of determining amounts due upon exchange (a) a failure by the primary U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading to open for trading during its regular trading session or (b) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock for more than one half-hour period in the aggregate during regular trading hours of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock.

Maturity Date” means September 30, 2028.

Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger entered into as of March 12, 2021, by and among Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company, King Pubco, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC, King Corp Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC, King LLC Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of King Pubco, Inc., and Maple Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Note” or “Notes” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of the recitals of this Indenture.

Note Register” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).

Note Registrar” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).

Notice of Exchange” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02(b).

Observation Period” means, with respect to any Note surrendered for exchange: (i) subject to clause (ii), if the relevant Exchange Date occurs prior to June 30, 2028, the 30 consecutive Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the second Trading Day immediately succeeding such Exchange Date; and (ii) if the relevant Exchange Date occurs on or after June 30, 2028, the 30 consecutive Trading Days beginning on, and including, the 31st Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date.

Officer” means, with respect to the Company, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Secretary, any assistant Treasurer, any assistant Secretary, General Counsel, any Assistant General Counsel, any Executive or Senior Vice President or any Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”).

Officer’s Certificate,” when used with respect to the Company, means a certificate that is delivered to the Trustee and that is signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company that meets the requirements of Section 17.05.

open of business” means 9:00 a.m. (New York City time).

 

9


Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, that is delivered to the Trustee.

outstanding,” when used with reference to Notes, shall, subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, mean, as of any particular time, all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except:

(a) Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or accepted by the Trustee for cancellation;

(b) Notes, or portions thereof, that have become due and payable and in respect of which monies in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent);

(c) Notes that have been paid pursuant to Section 2.06 or Notes in lieu of which, or in substitution for which, other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06 unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by protected purchasers in due course;

(d) Notes surrendered for purchase in accordance with Article 15 for which Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, in accordance with Section 15.04(b);

(e) Notes exchanged pursuant to Article 14 and required to be cancelled pursuant to Section 2.08; and

(f) Notes repurchased by the Company pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.10 after the Company surrenders them to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08.

Paying Agent” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.02.

Permitted Holders” means (i) each of ABRY Partners II, LLC and its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed by it or any of its Affiliates, but not including, however, any of their portfolio companies, (ii) Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. and its Affiliates, (iii) Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. and its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed by it or any of its Affiliates, but not including, however, any of their portfolio companies, and (iv) officers, directors, managers, employees and members of management of the Company, the Guarantor and/or any Subsidiary of the Guarantor that are direct or indirect holders of the capital stock of the Guarantor.

Person” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, a joint venture, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or an agency or a political subdivision thereof.

Physical Notes” means permanent certificated Notes in registered form issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples in excess thereof.

Physical Settlement” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02(a).

Physical Settlement Method” means, with respect to any exchange of Notes, the Physical Settlement.

 

10


Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 in lieu of or in exchange for a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note that it replaces.

Pro Forma Basis” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

Record Date” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock (or other applicable security) have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or such other security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of the Common Stock (or such other security) entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors, by statute, by contract or otherwise).

Reference Property” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.07(a).

Registrable Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the Backstop Agreement.

Regular Record Date,” with respect to any Interest Payment Date, means the March 15 or September 15 (whether or not such day is a Business Day) immediately preceding the applicable March 30 or September 30 Interest Payment Date, respectively.

Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter relating to this Indenture is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Securities” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).

Restrictive Legend” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).

Rule 144” means Rule 144 as promulgated under the Securities Act (including any successor rule thereto), as the same may be amended from time to time.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A as promulgated under the Securities Act (including any successor rule thereto), as the same may be amended from time to time.

Scheduled Trading Day” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a Business Day.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Settlement Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 14.02(a).

 

11


Share Exchange Event” has the meaning specified in Section 14.07(a).

Significant Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor that meets the definition of “significant subsidiary” in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided that, in the case of a Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor that meets the criteria of clause (3) of the definition thereof but not clause (1) or (2) thereof, such Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be a Significant Subsidiary.

Spin-Off” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Specified Dollar Amount” means, with respect to the Exchange of a Note to which Combination Settlement applies, the maximum cash amount per $1,000 principal amount of such Note deliverable upon such Exchange (excluding cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock).

Stock Price” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.03(c).

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, general partners or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person; (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Successor Company” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.01(a).

Test Period” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

Third-Party Exchange Election” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.12.

Total Leverage Ratio” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

Trading Day” means a day on which (i) trading in the Common Stock (or other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) generally occurs on The New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on The New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then listed or, if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then traded and (ii) a Last Reported Sale Price for the Common Stock (or closing sale price for such other security) is available on such securities exchange or market; provided that if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not so listed or traded, “Trading Day” means a Business Day; and provided, further, that for purposes of determining amounts due upon exchange only, “Trading Day” means a day on which (x) there is no Market Disruption Event and (y) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on The New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on The New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted for trading, except that if the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Trading Day” means a Business Day.

transfer” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d).

 

12


Trigger Event” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as it was in force at the date of execution of this Indenture; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after the date hereof, the term “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean, to the extent required by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended.

Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

unit of Reference Property” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.07(a).

Valuation Period” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Volume Failure “ means, with respect to a particular date of determination, the aggregate daily dollar trading volume (as reported on Bloomberg) of the Common Stock on the Principal Market on any Trading Day during the twenty (20) Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding such date of determination (such period, the “Volume Failure Measuring Period”), is less than $15,000,000 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or other similar transactions occurring after the Subscription Date). All such determinations to be appropriately adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or other similar transactions during such Volume Failure Measuring Period.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person, except that, solely for purposes of this definition, the reference to “more than 50%” in the definition of “Subsidiary” shall be deemed replaced by a reference to “100%”, the calculation of which shall exclude nominal amounts of the voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests in the relevant Subsidiary not held by such person to the extent required to satisfy local minority interest requirements outside of the United States.

Section 1.02 References to Credit Agreement. All references to the Credit Agreement shall be to the Credit Agreement as in existence on the Issue Date. To the extent the Credit Agreement is replaced, refinanced or repaid in full, any defined terms in the Credit Agreement incorporated by reference herein that provide for the Administrative Agent (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to act in its discretion shall herein permit the Company make such determinations in good faith.

ARTICLE 2

ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES

Section 2.01 Designation and Amount. The Notes shall be designated as the “5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028.” The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to $120,000,000, subject to Section 2.10 and except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of other Notes to the extent expressly permitted hereunder.

Section 2.02 Form of Notes. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by such Notes shall be substantially in the respective forms set forth in Exhibit A, the terms and provisions of which shall constitute, and are hereby expressly incorporated in and made a part of this Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. In the case of any conflict between this Indenture and a Note, the provisions of this Indenture shall control and govern to the extent of such conflict.

 

13


Any Global Note may be endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or changes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture as may be required by the Custodian or the Depositary, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or any regulation thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Notes may be listed or traded or designated for issuance or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.

Any of the Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such notations, legends or endorsements as the Officer executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, or to conform to usage or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.

Each Global Note shall represent such principal amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect repurchases, redemptions, cancellations, conversions, transfers or exchanges permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in such manner and upon instructions given by the Holder of such Notes in accordance with this Indenture. Payment of principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, a Global Note shall be made to the Holder of such Note on the date of payment, unless a record date or other means of determining Holders eligible to receive payment is provided for herein.

Section 2.03 Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest and Defaulted Amounts. (a) The Notes shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear interest from the date specified on the face of such Note. Accrued interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months and, for partial months, on the basis of the number of days actually elapsed in a 30-day month. The Company shall pay cash amounts in money of the United States of that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(b) The Person in whose name any Note (or its Predecessor Note) is registered on the Note Register at the close of business on any Regular Record Date with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date. The principal amount of any Note (x) in the case of any Physical Note, shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained by the Company for such purposes in the contiguous United States, which shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office and (y) in the case of any Global Note, shall be payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Company shall pay, or cause the Paying Agent to pay, interest (i) on any Physical Notes (A) to Holders holding Physical Notes having an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or less, by check mailed to the Holders of these Notes at their address as it appears in the Note Register and (B) to Holders holding Physical Notes having an aggregate principal amount of more than $5,000,000, either by check mailed to each Holder

 

14


or, upon application by such a Holder to the Note Registrar not later than the relevant Regular Record Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to that Holder’s account within the United States, which application shall remain in effect until the Holder notifies, in writing, the Note Registrar to the contrary or (ii) on any Global Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee.

(c) Any Defaulted Amounts shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant payment date but shall accrue interest per annum at the rate borne by the Notes, subject to the enforceability thereof under applicable law, from, and including, such relevant payment date, and such Defaulted Amounts together with such interest thereon shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (i) or (ii) below:

(i) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Amounts to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Amounts, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of the Defaulted Amounts proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment (which shall be not less than twenty-five (25) days after the receipt by the Trustee of such notice, unless the Trustee shall consent to an earlier date), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Amounts or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Amounts as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Company shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Amounts which shall be not more than fifteen (15) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment, and not less than ten (10) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such special record date and the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Amounts and the special record date therefor to be delivered to each Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Amounts and the special record date therefor having been so delivered, such Defaulted Amounts shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such special record date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (ii) of this Section 2.03(c). The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the calculation of the Defaulted Amounts.

(ii) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Amounts in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Section 2.04 Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Notes. The Notes shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual, facsimile or other electronic signature (including pdf, facsimile or electronically imaged signatures provided by DocuSign or any other digital signature provider) of one of its Officers.

 

15


At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes, without any further action by the Company hereunder.

Only such Notes as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth on the Form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto, executed manually by an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee as provided by Section 17.10), shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee (or such an authenticating agent) upon any Note executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

In case any Officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Notes shall cease to be such Officer before the Notes so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Company, such Notes nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the person who signed such Notes had not ceased to be such Officer of the Company; and any Note may be signed on behalf of the Company by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be the Officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an Officer.

Section 2.05 Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary

(a) The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the register maintained in such office or in any other office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. Such register shall be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable period of time. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed the “Note Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. The Company may appoint one or more co-Note Registrars in accordance with Section 4.02.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note to the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.05, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such legends as may be required by this Indenture.

Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive, bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding.

All Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange, repurchase or exchange shall (if so required by the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee or Note Registrar and duly executed, by the Holder thereof or its attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing.

 

16


No service charge shall be imposed on a Holder by the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Note Registrar, any co-Note Registrar or the Paying Agent for any exchange or registration of transfer of Notes, but the Company and the Guarantor may require a Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax required in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of new Notes issued upon such exchange or registration of transfer being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for exchange or registration of transfer.

None of the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of (i) any Notes surrendered for exchange or, if a portion of any Note is surrendered for exchange, such portion thereof surrendered for exchange or (ii) any Notes, or a portion of any Note, surrendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) in accordance with Article 15.

All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with this Indenture shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(b) So long as the Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, unless otherwise required by law, subject to the fourth paragraph from the end of Section 2.05(d), all Notes shall be represented by one or more Notes in global form (each, a “Global Note”) registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary. Each Global Note shall bear the legend required on a Global Note set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in a Global Note that does not involve the issuance of a Physical Note shall be effected through the Depositary (but not the Trustee or the Custodian) in accordance with this Indenture (including the restrictions on transfer set forth herein) and the Applicable Procedures.

(c) Every Note that bears or is required under this Section 2.05(c) to bear the Restrictive Legend (together with any Common Stock issued upon exchange of the Notes that is required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.05(d), collectively, the “Restricted Securities”) shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (including the legend set forth below) or Section 2.05(d) (including the legend set forth therein), as applicable, unless such restrictions on transfer shall be eliminated or otherwise waived by written consent of the Company, and the Holder of each such Restricted Security, by such Holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer. As used in this Section 2.05(c) and Section 2.05(d), the term “transfer” encompasses any sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Security.

Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “Restrictive Legend”) (or any similar legend, not inconsistent with this Indenture, required by the Depositary for such Global Note):

THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE

 

17


TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR

(C) TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

(D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(E) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY DURING THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THREE MONTHS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.

Any Note (or security issued in exchange or substitution therefor) (i) as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms, (ii) that has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become effective or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer or (iii) that has been sold pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, may, upon surrender of such Note for exchange to the Note Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.05, be exchanged for a new Note or Notes, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the Restrictive Legend required by this Section 2.05(c) and shall not be assigned (or deemed assigned) a restricted CUSIP number. The Restrictive Legend set forth above and affixed on any Note will be deemed, in accordance with the terms of the certificate representing such Note, to be removed therefrom upon the Company’s delivery to the Trustee of written notice to such effect, without further action by the Company, the Trustee, the Holder(s) thereof or any other Person; at

 

18


such time, such Note will be deemed to be assigned an unrestricted CUSIP number as provided in the certificate representing such Note; provided, however, if such Note is a Global Note and the Depositary thereof requires a mandatory exchange or other process to cause such Global Note to be identified by an unrestricted CUSIP number in the facilities of such Depositary, then the Company will effect such exchange or procedures as soon as reasonably practicable. Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive an instruction letter from the Company before taking any action with respect to effecting any such mandatory exchange or other process. The Company and the Trustee reserve the right to require the delivery of such legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to determine that any proposed transfer of any Note is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

The Company shall be entitled to instruct the Custodian in writing to so surrender any Global Note as to which any of the conditions set forth in clause (i) through (iii) of the first sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph have been satisfied, and, upon such instruction, the Custodian shall so surrender such Global Note for exchange; and any new Global Note so exchanged therefor shall not bear the Restrictive Legend specified in this Section 2.05(c) and shall not be assigned (or deemed assigned) a restricted CUSIP number.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in this Section 2.05(c)), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole or in part except (i) by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary and (ii) for exchange of a Global Note or a portion thereof for one or more Physical Notes in accordance with the second immediately succeeding paragraph.

The Depositary shall be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to each Global Note. Initially, each Global Note shall be issued to the Depositary, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of the Depositary, and deposited with the Trustee as custodian for Cede & Co.

If (i) the Depositary notifies the Company at any time that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within ninety (90) days, (ii) the Depositary ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within ninety (90) days or (iii) an Event of Default with respect to the Notes has occurred and is continuing and a beneficial owner of any Note requests that its beneficial interest therein be issued as a Physical Note, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of Notes, shall authenticate and deliver (x) in the case of clause (iii), a Physical Note to such beneficial owner in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Note corresponding to such beneficial owner’s beneficial interest and (y) in the case of clause (i) or (ii), Physical Notes to each beneficial owner of the related Global Notes (or a portion thereof) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Global Notes in exchange for such Global Notes, and upon delivery of the Global Notes to the Trustee such Global Notes shall be canceled.

Physical Notes issued in exchange for all or a part of the Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, or, in the case of clause (iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph, the relevant beneficial owner, shall instruct the Trustee. Upon execution and authentication, the Trustee shall deliver such Physical Notes to the Persons in whose names such Physical Notes are so registered.

 

19


At such time as all interests in a Global Note have been exchanged, canceled, repurchased or transferred, such Global Note shall be, upon receipt thereof, canceled by the Trustee in accordance with standing procedures and existing instructions between the Depositary and the Custodian. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Physical Notes, exchanged, canceled, repurchased or transferred to a transferee who receives Physical Notes therefor or any Physical Note is exchanged or transferred for part of such Global Note, the principal amount of such Global Note shall, in accordance with the standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, be appropriately reduced or increased, as the case may be, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction or increase.

None of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Exchange Agent or any other agent of the Company or the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note or maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any act or omission of the Depositary. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to, or upon the order of, the registered Holder(s) (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).

The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(d) Any stock certificate representing Common Stock issued upon exchange of a Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (unless such Common Stock has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer, or pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, or such Common Stock has been issued upon exchange of a Note that has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer, or pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, or unless otherwise agreed by the Company with written notice thereof to the Trustee and any transfer agent for the Common Stock):

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES UPON THE EXCHANGE OF WHICH THIS SECURITY WAS ISSUED OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

 

20


(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR

(C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(D) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER FOR THE COMPANY TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

Any such Common Stock (i) as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms, (ii) that has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer or (iii) that has been sold pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, may, upon surrender of the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock for exchange in accordance with the procedures of the transfer agent for the Common Stock, be exchanged for a new certificate or certificates for a like aggregate number of shares of Common Stock, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 2.05(e).

(e) Any Note or Common Stock issued upon exchange of a Note that is repurchased or owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company (or any Person who was an Affiliate of the Company at any time during the three months immediately preceding) may not be resold by the Company or such Affiliate (or such Person, as the case may be) unless registered under the Securities Act or resold pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a transaction that results in such Note or Common Stock, as the case may be, no longer being a “restricted security” (as defined under Rule 144).

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, neither the Trustee nor the Note Registrar shall be responsible for ascertaining whether any transfer complies with the registration provisions of, or exemptions from, the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws or other applicable law.

 

21


Section 2.06 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. In case any Note shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company in its discretion may execute, and upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Note, bearing a registration number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Note so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Note shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless from any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

The Trustee or such authenticating agent may authenticate any such substituted Note and deliver the same upon the receipt of such security or indemnity as the Trustee, the Company and, if applicable, such authenticating agent may require. No service charge shall be imposed by the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar, any co-Note Registrar or the Paying Agent upon the issuance of any substitute Note, but the Company may require a Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax required in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new substitute Note being different from the name of the Holder of the old Note that became mutilated or was destroyed, lost or stolen. In case any Note that has matured or is about to mature or has been surrendered for required repurchase or is about to be exchanged in accordance with Article 14 shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, in its sole discretion, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of or exchange or authorize the exchange of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Note), as the case may be, if the applicant for such payment or exchange shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and, if applicable, any Paying Agent or Exchange Agent of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

Every substitute Note issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06 by virtue of the fact that any Note is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. To the extent permitted by law, all Notes shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement, payment, exchange or repurchase of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement, payment, exchange or repurchase of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

Section 2.07 Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Physical Notes, the Company may execute and the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order, authenticate and deliver temporary Notes (printed or lithographed). Temporary Notes shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the Physical Notes but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Notes, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Note shall be executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee or such authenticating agent upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the Physical Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent Physical Notes (other than any Global Note) and thereupon any or all temporary Notes (other than any Global Note) may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at each office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for

 

22


such temporary Notes an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes upon the written request of the Company. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same limitations under this Indenture as Physical Notes authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 2.08 Cancellation of Notes Paid, Exchanged, Etc. The Company shall cause all Notes surrendered for the purpose of payment at maturity, repurchase upon a Fundamental Change, registration of transfer or exchange (other than any Notes transferred pursuant to Section 14.12), if surrendered to any Person that the Company controls other than the Trustee, to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation and they will no longer be considered outstanding under this Indenture upon their payment at maturity, registration of transfer or exchange. All Notes delivered to the Trustee shall be canceled promptly by it. Except for any Notes surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, or as otherwise expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture, no Notes shall be authenticated in exchange for any Notes surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. After such cancellation, the Trustee shall deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Company, at the Company’s written request in a Company Order. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that have been paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.09 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in all notices issued to Holders as a convenience to such Holders; provided that the Trustee shall have no liability for any defect in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers as they appear on any Note, notice or elsewhere and that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or on such notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

Section 2.10 Additional Notes; Repurchases. The Company may, at any time and from time to time without the consent of the Holders, reopen this Indenture and issue additional Notes hereunder with the same terms as the Notes initially issued hereunder (other than differences in the issue date, the issue price and interest accrued prior to the issue date of such additional Notes and, if applicable, restrictions on transfer of such additional Notes) in an unlimited aggregate principal amount; provided that if any such additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes initially issued hereunder for U.S. federal income tax or securities laws purposes or would cause the Notes initially issued hereunder to be subject to an extended time period for restrictions on transfer, such additional Notes shall have one or more separate CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying numbers. Prior to the issuance of any such additional Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a Company Order, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to cover such matters required by Sections 10.05 and 17.05. In addition, the Company may, without the consent of Holders, and directly or indirectly (regardless of whether such Notes are surrendered to the Company), repurchase Notes in the open market or otherwise, whether by the Company or its Subsidiaries or through a private or public tender or exchange offer or through counterparties to private agreements or otherwise, including by cash-settled swaps or other derivatives. The Company may, at its option, reissue, resell, hold or surrender to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08 any Notes that the Company may repurchase, in the case of a reissuance or resale; provided that if any such reissued or resold Notes are not fungible with the Notes initially issued hereunder for U.S. federal income tax or securities law purposes, such reissued or resold Notes shall have one or more separate CUSIP numbers. Any Notes that the Company may repurchase shall be considered outstanding for all purposes under this Indenture (other than, at any time when such Notes are held by the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or

 

23


Affiliates, for the purpose of determining whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture) unless and until such time the Company surrenders them to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08 and, upon receipt of a written order from the Company, the Trustee shall cancel all Notes so surrendered.

ARTICLE 3

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 3.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture and the Notes shall upon request of the Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate cease to be of further effect, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments reasonably requested by the Company acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the Notes, when (a) (i) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced, paid or exchanged as provided in Section 2.06) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (ii) after the Notes have (x) become due and payable, whether on the Maturity Date, on any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or otherwise and/or (y) been exchanged (and the related consideration due upon exchange has been determined), the Company has deposited with the Trustee cash and/or has delivered to Holders shares of Common Stock, as applicable, (in the case of Common Stock, solely to satisfy the Company’s Exchange Obligation) sufficient, without consideration of reinvestment, to pay all of the outstanding Notes and all other sums due and payable under this Indenture or the Notes by the Company; and (b) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the Notes have been complied with. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 7.06 shall survive.

ARTICLE 4

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.01 Payment of Principal and Interest. The Company covenants and agrees that it will pay or cause to be paid the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) and premium, if any, of the Settlement Amounts owed upon exchange of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, each of the Notes at the places, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in the Notes.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company or Paying Agent may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal, premium or Interest or Defaulted Amounts payments hereunder.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in the contiguous United States an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) where the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or repurchase (“Paying Agent”) or for exchange (“Exchange Agent”) and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be made. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made at the Corporate Trust Office.

 

24


The Company may also from time to time designate as co-Note Registrars one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the contiguous United States for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The terms “Paying Agent” and “Exchange Agent” include any such additional or other offices or agencies, as applicable.

The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as the Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Custodian and Exchange Agent and the Corporate Trust Office as a place where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or repurchase (if applicable) or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be made; provided that no office of the Trustee shall be a place for service of legal process on the Company.

Section 4.03 Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office. The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 7.09, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

Section 4.04 Provisions as to Paying Agent.

(a) If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, the Company will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04:

(i) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;

(ii) that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) and premium, if any of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and

(iii) that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust;

provided, that a Paying Agent appointed as contemplated under Section 15.02(f) shall not be required to deliver any such instrument.

The Company shall, on or before each due date of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) or such accrued and unpaid interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action; provided that if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit must be made in immediately available funds and received by the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date.

 

25


(b) If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes a sum sufficient to pay such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes when the same shall become due and payable.

(c) Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay, cause to be paid or deliver to the Trustee all sums or amounts held in trust by the Company or any Paying Agent hereunder as required by this Section 4.04, such sums or amounts to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment or delivery by the Company or any Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Company or such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability but only with respect to such sums or amounts.

(d) Subject to applicable law, any money deposited with the Trustee, the Exchange Agent or any Paying Agent, or any money and shares of Common Stock then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, accrued and unpaid interest on and the consideration due upon exchange of any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable), interest or consideration due upon exchange has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on request of the Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust and the Trustee shall have no further liability with respect to such funds; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee, the Exchange Agent or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee with respect to such trust money and shares of Common Stock, shall thereupon cease.

Section 4.05 Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 11, the Company shall do or cause to be done, at its own cost and expense, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence.

Section 4.06 Rule 144A Information Requirement and Annual Reports. (a) At any time the Guarantor is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall, so long as any of the Notes or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange thereof shall, at such time, constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, promptly provide without cost to the Trustee and, upon written request, any Holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of such Notes or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of such Notes, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within fifteen (15) days after the same are required to be filed with the Commission, copies of any documents or reports that the Company or the Guarantor is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (giving effect to any grace period, including those provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act (or any successor thereto)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall in no event be required to deliver to, or otherwise provide or disclose to, the Trustee or any Holder any information for which the Company (or the Guarantor) is requesting (assuming such request has not been denied), or has received, confidential treatment from the Commission, or any correspondence with the Commission. Any such document or report that the Company files with the Commission via the Commission’s EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) shall be deemed to be delivered to the Trustee for purposes of this Section 4.06(b) at the time such documents are filed via the EDGAR system (or such successor);

 

26


provided that the Trustee shall have no obligation to determine whether such documents or reports have been filed via the EDGAR system.

(b) Delivery of the reports, information and documents described in subsection (b) above to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the information and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely on an Officer’s Certificate).

Section 4.07 [Reserved].

Section 4.08 Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2021) an Officer’s Certificate stating whether the signers thereof have knowledge of any failure by the Company to comply with all conditions and covenants then required to be performed under this Indenture and, if so, specifying each such failure and the nature thereof and the actions the Company is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof.

In addition, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after an Officer of the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the action that the Company is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof; provided that the Company is not required to deliver such notice if such Event of Default or Default has been cured.

Section 4.09 Registration Rights. The Company agrees that the Holders from time to time of Registrable Securities are entitled to the benefits of Section 5 of the Backstop Agreement. By its acceptance thereof, the Holder of Registrable Securities will have agreed to be bound by the terms of the Backstop Agreement relating to such Registrable Securities.

Section 4.10 [Reserved].

Section 4.11 [Reserved].

Section 4.12 Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, Paying Agent or Exchange Agent, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts, at its sole expense, as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture.

Section 4.13 Total Leverage Ratio. The Company will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of a Test Period to be greater than the ratio level set forth below opposite the last day of such Test Period (the “Financial Covenant”).

 

Test Period Ending

   Ratio Level  

September 30, 2021

     8.125:1.00  

December 31, 2021

     8.125:1.00  

March 31, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

June 30, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

September 30, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

 

27


December 31, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

March 31, 2023

     7.50:1.00  

June 30, 2023

     7.50:1.00  

September 30, 2023

     7.25:1.00  

December 31, 2023

     7.25:1.00  

March 31, 2024 and thereafter

     7.00:1.00  

ARTICLE 5

LISTS OF HOLDERS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

Section 5.01 Lists of Holders. The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee, semi-annually, not more than ten (10) days after each March 15 and September 15 in each year beginning with March 15, 2022, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of any such request (or such lesser time as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to enable it to timely provide any notice to be provided by it hereunder), a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders as of a date not more than ten (10) days (or such other date as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to so provide any such notices) prior to the time such information is furnished, except that no such list need be furnished so long as the Trustee is acting as Note Registrar.

Section 5.02 Preservation and Disclosure of Lists. The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 or maintained by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar, if so acting. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default. Each of the following events shall be an “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes:

(a) default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, and the default continues for a period of thirty (30) days;

(b) default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due and payable on the Maturity Date, upon any required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(c) failure by the Company to comply with its obligation to exchange the Notes in accordance with this Indenture, and such failure continues for three (3) Business Days;

(d) failure by the Company to issue a Fundamental Change Company Notice in accordance with Section 15.02(d) when due, and such failure continues for five (5) Business Days;

(e) failure by either the Company or the Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Article 11;

 

28


(f) failure by the Company or the Guarantor for sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding has been received by the Company to comply with any of its (or the Guarantor to comply its) other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture, provided that a notice of Default may not be given with respect to any action taken, or omitted to be taken, and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of Default;

(g) default by the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary with respect to any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed in excess of $25,000,000 (or its foreign currency equivalent) in the aggregate of the Company, the Guarantor and/or any such Significant Subsidiary, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created (i) resulting in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity or (ii) constituting a failure to pay the principal of any such indebtedness when due and payable at its stated maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, in each case, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, if such acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled or such failure to pay or default shall not have been cured or waived, or such indebtedness shall not have been paid or discharged, as the case may be, within forty-five (45) days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding in accordance with this Indenture;

(h) the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other similar relief with respect to the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(i) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary seeking liquidation, reorganization or other similar relief with respect to the Company, the Guarantor or such Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company, the Guarantor or such Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

(j) failure by the Company to comply with the Financial Covenant under Section 4.13; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default under Section 4.13 shall be deemed to have occurred until the date the financials for the relevant fiscal quarter are required to be delivered under the Credit Agreement and (ii) any Event of Default under Section 4.13 shall be subject to cure pursuant to Section 6.12 (provided that, with respect to any Default or Event of Default under Section 4.13 subject to cure, during the period commencing on the date such financials are required to be delivered until the earlier of the exercise of the relevant Cure Right and the expiration of the relevant cure period, no action hereunder, the taking of which is subject to no Default or Event of Default having occurred or be continuing, shall be permitted); or

(k) Except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, the Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect or the Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee.

 

29


Section 6.02 Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment. If one or more Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then, and in each and every such case (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i) with respect to the Company or the Guarantor), unless the principal of all of the Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare 100% of the principal of, premium, if any, of and accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall automatically be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i) with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, 100% of the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, all Notes shall become and shall automatically be immediately due and payable.

The immediately preceding paragraph, however, is subject to the conditions that if, at any time after the principal or interest of the Notes shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the monies due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay installments of accrued and unpaid interest upon all Notes and the principal of any and all Notes that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest on overdue installments of accrued and unpaid interest to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law, and on such principal at the rate borne by the Notes at such time) and amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.06, and if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) any and all existing Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the uncured nonpayment of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on Notes that shall have become due solely by such acceleration, shall have been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.09, then and in every such case (except as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all Defaults or Events of Default with respect to the Notes and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences and such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default, or shall impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any Default or Event of Default resulting from (i) the nonpayment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest on, any Notes, (ii) a failure to repurchase any Notes when required or (iii) a failure to pay and/or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due upon exchange of the Notes.

Section 6.03 [Reserved].

Section 6.04 Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor. If an Event of Default described in clause (a) or (b) of Section 6.01 shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, if any, with interest on any overdue principal and interest, if any, at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06. If the Company shall fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

 

30


In the event there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Guarantor, the Company or any other obligor on the Notes under Title 11 of the United States Code, or any other applicable law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Guarantor, the Company or such other obligor, the property of the Guarantor, the Company or such other obligor, or in the event of any other judicial proceedings relative to the Guarantor, the Company or such other obligor, or to the creditors or property of the Guarantor, the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.04, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in respect of the Notes, and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents and to take such other actions as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Guarantor, the Company or any other obligor on the Notes, its or their creditors, or its or their property, and to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction of any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, custodian or similar official is hereby authorized by each of the Holders to make such payments to the Trustee, as administrative expenses, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements, including agents and counsel fees, and including any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06, incurred by it up to the date of such distribution. To the extent that such payment of reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements out of the estate in any such proceedings shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, monies, securities and other property that the Holders of the Notes may be entitled to receive in such proceedings, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting such Holder or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and in any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of the Notes parties to any such proceedings.

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of any waiver pursuant to Section 6.09 or any rescission and annulment pursuant to Section 6.02 or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Guarantor, the Company, the Holders and the Trustee shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Guarantor, the Company, the Holders and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

31


Section 6.05 Application of Monies Collected by Trustee. Any monies collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6 with respect to the Notes shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such monies, upon presentation of the several Notes, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof, if fully paid:

First, to the payment of all amounts due the Trustee, including its agents and counsel, under Section 7.06;

Second, in case the principal of the outstanding Notes shall not have become due and be unpaid, to the payment of any interest on, and any cash due upon exchange of, the Notes in default in the order of the date due of the payments of such interest and cash due upon exchange, as the case may be, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) payable upon such overdue payments at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, such payments to be made ratably to the Holders based on the aggregate principal amount of Notes held thereby;

Third, in case the principal of the outstanding Notes shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, and be unpaid to the payment of the whole amount (including, if applicable, the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and any cash due upon exchange) then owing and unpaid upon the Notes for principal and interest, if any, with interest on the overdue principal and, to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee, upon overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, and in case such monies shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amounts so due and unpaid upon the Notes, then to the payment of such principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and any cash due upon exchange) and interest without preference or priority of principal over interest, or of interest over principal or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Note over any other Note, ratably to the aggregate of such principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and any cash due upon exchange) and accrued and unpaid interest; and

Fourth, to the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company.

Section 6.06 Proceedings by Holders. Except to enforce (x) the right to receive payment of principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price), premium or interest when due, or (y) the right to receive payment or delivery of the consideration due upon exchange and/or the exchange mechanics, no Holder of any Note shall have any right by virtue of or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or other similar official, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(a) such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof, as herein provided;

(b) Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

 

32


(c) such Holders shall have offered, and, if requested, provided, to the Trustee such security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense to be incurred therein or thereby;

(d) the Trustee for sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of such security or indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; and

(e) no direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee by the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding within such sixty (60) day period pursuant to Section 6.09,

it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and Holder of every Note with every other taker and Holder and the Trustee that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are prejudicial to any other Holder), or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders (except as otherwise provided herein). For the protection and enforcement of this Section 6.06, each and every Holder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture and any provision of any Note, each Holder shall have the contractual right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of (x) the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, (y) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and (z) the consideration due upon exchange of, such Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in such Note or in this Indenture, and the contractual right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment or delivery, as the case may be, on or after such respective dates, shall not be amended without the consent of each Holder.

Section 6.07 Proceedings by Trustee. In case of an Event of Default, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as are necessary to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

Section 6.08 Remedies Cumulative and Continuing. Except as provided in the last paragraph of Section 2.06, all powers and remedies given by this Article 6 to the Trustee or to the Holders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any of the Notes to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or any acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.06, every power and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any Notes or does not produce any Notes in the proceeding.

 

33


Section 6.09 Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Holders. The Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04 shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes; provided, however, that (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and (b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. The Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that it determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability or for which it has not received indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against loss, liability or expense (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to determine whether any direction is prejudicial to any Holder). The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04 may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes (x) waive any past Default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except any continuing defaults relating to (i) a default in the payment of the principal (including any Fundamental Change Repurchase Price) of, the Notes when due that has not been cured pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, (ii) a failure by the Company to pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due upon exchange of the Notes or (iii) a default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article 10 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected; and (y) rescind any resulting acceleration of the Notes and its consequences if (i) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default (other than nonpayment of the principal of, and interest on, the Notes that have become due solely by such acceleration) have been cured or waived. Upon any such waiver the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section 6.09, said Default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Notes and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.10 Notice of Defaults. The Trustee shall, after the occurrence and continuance of a Default of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge, deliver to all Holders notice of such Default within ninety (90) days after such Responsible Officer obtains such knowledge, unless such Defaults shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice; provided that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable), or accrued and unpaid interest on, any of the Notes or a Default in the payment or delivery of the consideration due upon exchange, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 6.11 Undertaking to Pay Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by its acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may, in its discretion, require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided that the provisions of this Section 6.11 (to the extent permitted by law) shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on any Note (including, but not limited to, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) on or after the due date expressed or provided for in such Note or to any suit for the enforcement of the right to exchange any Note, or receive the consideration due upon exchange, in accordance with the provisions of Article 14.

 

34


Section 6.12 Permitted Holders’ Right to Cure.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.01(h), in the event that the Company fails to comply with the Financial Covenant, from the last day of the Test Period until the expiration of the fifteenth Business Day after the date on which financial statements with respect to the Test Period in which such covenant is being measured are required to be delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement, any of the Permitted Holders shall have the right to make a direct or indirect equity investment in the Company in cash in the form of common Equity Interests (the “Cure Right”), and upon the receipt by the Company of net cash proceeds pursuant to the exercise of the Cure Right (the “Cure Amount”), the Financial Covenant shall be recalculated, giving effect to a pro forma for the exercise of the Cure Right.

(b) If, after the exercise of the Cure Right and the recalculations pursuant to clause (a) above, the Company shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenant during such Test Period, the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable Default or Event of Default under Section 6.01 that had occurred shall be deemed cured; provided that (i) the Cure Right may be exercised on no more than five (5) occasions, (ii) in each four fiscal quarter period, there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in respect of which no Cure Right is exercised and (iii) with respect to any exercise of the Cure Right, the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Company to be in compliance with the Financial Covenant.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, following the delivery by the Company of a written notice to the Trustee of its intent to exercise the Cure Right, neither the Trustee nor the Holders shall be permitted to exercise any rights then available as a result of an Event of Default under this Article 6 on the basis of a breach of the Financial Covenant so as to enable the Company to consummate its Cure Right as permitted under this Section 6.12.

ARTICLE 7

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee. The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge and after the curing or waiver of all Events of Default that may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs; provided that the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered, and if requested, provided to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

35


No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default that may have occurred:

(i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture and upon any writ, order or decree of a court; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein);

(b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined as provided in Section 8.04 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;

(d) whether or not therein provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section;

(e) the Trustee shall not be liable in respect of any payment (as to the correctness of amount, entitlement to receive or any other matters relating to payment) or notice effected by the Company or any Paying Agent or any records maintained by any co-Note Registrar with respect to the Notes;

(f) if any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such event occurred;

(g) in the absence of written investment direction from the Company, all cash received by the Trustee shall be placed in a non-interest bearing trust account, and in no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon or for losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its maturity date or the failure of the party directing such investments prior to its maturity date or the failure of the party directing such investment to provide timely written investment direction, and the Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any amounts held hereunder in the absence of such written investment direction from the Company; and

 

36


(h) in the event that the Trustee is also acting as Custodian, Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent or transfer agent hereunder, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article 7 shall also be afforded to such Custodian, Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent or transfer agent.

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

Section 7.02 Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, judgment, order, bond, note, coupon, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(b) Any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may consult with counsel and require an Opinion of Counsel and any advice of such counsel or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance on such advice or Opinion of Counsel.

(d) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, judgment, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine in its reasonable judgment to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, at a reasonable time on any Business Day after reasonable notice, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(e) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, custodians, nominees or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent, custodian, nominee or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder, and the permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

(f) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.

 

37


(g) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default (except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of scheduled principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note) unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default (and stating the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default) is actually received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and states that it is a “Notice of Default”.

(i) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.

(j) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at the direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture.

(k) Neither the Trustee nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall be responsible for nor have any duty to monitor the performance or any action of the Company, or any of their respective directors, members, officers, agents, affiliates or employee, nor shall it have any liability in connection with the malfeasance or nonfeasance by such party. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any inaccuracy in the information obtained from the Company or for any inaccuracy or omission in the records which may result from such information or any failure by the Trustee to perform its duties as set forth herein as a result of any inaccuracy or incompleteness.

(l) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for punitive, special, indirect, incidental or any consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action other than any such loss or damage caused by the Trustee’s willful misconduct or gross negligence as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes, unless either (1) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been actually received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, from the Company or any Holder of the Notes, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and states that is a “Notice of Default.”

(m) Neither the Trustee nor any agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

Section 7.03 No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (except in the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes or other transaction documents relating to the Notes and this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Notes or the proceeds of any Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture.

 

38


Section 7.04 Trustee, Paying Agents, Exchange Agents or Note Registrar May Own Notes. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Exchange Agent or Note Registrar (in each case, if other than an Affiliate of the Company), in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent or Note Registrar.

Section 7.05 Monies and Shares of Common Stock to Be Held in Trust. All monies and shares of Common Stock received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received. Money and shares of Common Stock held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as may be agreed from time to time by the Company and the Trustee.

Section 7.06 Compensation and Expenses of Trustee. The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in any capacity (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as mutually agreed to in writing between the Trustee and the Company, and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture in any capacity hereunder (including the compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall have been caused by its gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company also covenants to indemnify the Trustee in any capacity under this Indenture and any other document or transaction entered into in connection herewith and its agents and any authenticating agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, its officers, directors, agents or employees, or such agent or authenticating agent, as the case may be, as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction, and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or in any other capacity hereunder (whether such claims arise by or against the Company or a third person), including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim of liability in the premises or enforcing the Company’s obligations hereunder. The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.06 to compensate or indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be secured by a senior lien to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except, subject to the effect of Section 6.05, funds held in trust herewith for the benefit of the Holders of particular Notes. The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.06 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness of the Company. The obligation of the Company under this Section 7.06 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the payment or exchange of the Notes and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The indemnification provided in this Section 7.06 shall extend to the officers, directors, agents and employees of the Trustee.

Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee and its agents and any authenticating agent incur expenses or render services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws.

 

39


Section 7.07 Officer’s Certificate as Evidence. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such Officer’s Certificate, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

Section 7.08 Eligibility of Trustee. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act (as if the Trust Indenture Act were applicable hereto) to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of any supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

Section 7.09 Resignation or Removal of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly notify all Holders and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice of resignation to the Company, the resigning Trustee may, upon ten Business Days’ notice to the Company and the Holders and at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months (or since the date of this Indenture) may, subject to the provisions of Section 6.11, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.

(a) In case at any time any of the following shall occur:

(i) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.08 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

(ii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

 

40


then, in either case, the Company may by a Board Resolution remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 6.11, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months (or since the date of this Indenture) may, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.

(b) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, as determined in accordance with Section 8.04, may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee that shall be deemed appointed as successor trustee unless within ten (10) days after notice to the Company of such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case the Trustee so removed or any Holder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in Section 7.09(a) provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee.

(c) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 7.09 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 7.10.

Section 7.10 Acceptance by Successor Trustee. Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 7.09 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee, the trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.06, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a senior lien to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by such trustee as such, except for funds held in trust for the benefit of Holders of particular Notes, to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.06.

No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 7.10 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 7.08.

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 7.10, each of the Company and the successor trustee, at the written direction and at the expense of the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to the Holders. If the Company fails to deliver such notice within ten (10) days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be delivered at the expense of the Company.

Section 7.11 Succession by Merger, Etc. Any corporation or other entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or other entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee (including the administration of this Indenture), shall be the successor to the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided that in the case of any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee such corporation or other entity shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 7.08.

 

41


In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or authenticating agent appointed by such predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by such successor trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor trustee hereunder or in the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

Section 7.12 Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company (other than with regard to any action proposed to be taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee that affects the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture) may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three (3) Business Days after the date any officer that the Company has indicated to the Trustee should receive such application actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date), unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of any omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in accordance with this Indenture in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

ARTICLE 8

CONCERNING THE HOLDERS

Section 8.01 Action by Holders. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action, the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Holders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of the Holders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of Holders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article 9, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Holders. Whenever the Company or the Trustee solicits the taking of any action by the Holders of the Notes, the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, may, but shall not be required to, fix in advance of such solicitation, a date as the record date for determining Holders entitled to take such action. The record date if one is selected shall be not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of commencement of solicitation of such action.

Section 8.02 Proof of Execution by Holders. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, Section 7.02 and Section 9.05, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Holder or its agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The holding of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register or by a certificate of the Note Registrar. The record of any Holders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 9.06.

 

42


Section 8.03 Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners. The Company, the Trustee, any authenticating agent, any Paying Agent, any Exchange Agent and any Note Registrar may deem the Person in whose name a Note shall be registered upon the Note Register to be, and may treat it as, the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by any Person other than the Company or any Note Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal (including any Fundamental Change Repurchase Price) of and (subject to Section 2.03) accrued and unpaid interest on such Note, for exchange of such Note and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor any Exchange Agent nor any Note Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. The sole registered holder of a Global Note shall be the Depositary or its nominee. All such payments or deliveries so made to any Holder for the time being, or upon its order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sums or shares of Common Stock so paid or delivered, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for monies payable or shares deliverable upon any such Note. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes following an Event of Default, any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note may directly enforce against the Company, without the consent, solicitation, proxy, authorization or any other action of the Depositary or any other Person, such holder’s right to exchange such beneficial interest for a Note in certificated form in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 8.04 Company-Owned Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture, Notes that are owned by the Company, by any Subsidiary thereof or by any Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent, waiver or other action only Notes that a Responsible Officer actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 8.04 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to so act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company, a Subsidiary thereof or an Affiliate of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above described Persons; and, subject to Section 7.01, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.

Section 8.05 Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Note that is shown by the evidence to be included in the Notes the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Note. Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the Holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Note and of any Notes issued in exchange or substitution therefor or upon registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Note or any Note issued in exchange or substitution therefor or upon registration of transfer thereof.

 

43


ARTICLE 9

HOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 9.01 Purpose of Meetings. A meeting of Holders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9 for any of the following purposes:

(a) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee or to give any directions to the Trustee permitted under this Indenture, or to consent to the waiving of any Default or Event of Default hereunder (in each case, as permitted under this Indenture) and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Holders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article 6;

(b) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article 7;

(c) to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.02; or

(d) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the Holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of the Notes under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

Section 9.02 Call of Meetings by Trustee. The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders to take any action specified in Section 9.01, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Holders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting and the establishment of any record date pursuant to Section 8.01, shall be delivered to Holders of such Notes. Such notice shall also be delivered to the Company. Such notices shall be delivered not less than twenty (20) nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

Any meeting of Holders shall be valid without notice if the Holders of all Notes then outstanding are present in person or by proxy or if notice is waived before or after the meeting by the Holders of all Notes then outstanding, and if the Company and the Trustee are either present by duly authorized representatives or have, before or after the meeting, waived notice.

Section 9.03 Call of Meetings by Company or Holders. In case at any time the Company or the Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Holders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have delivered the notice of such meeting promptly and in any event within twenty (20) days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Holders may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 9.01, by delivering notice thereof as provided in Section 9.02.

Section 9.04 Qualifications for Voting. To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders a Person shall (a) be a Holder of one or more Notes on the record date pertaining to such meeting or (b) be a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a Holder of one or more Notes on the record date pertaining to such meeting. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

 

44


Section 9.05 Regulations. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders, in regard to proof of the holding of Notes and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit.

The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders as provided in Section 9.03, in which case the Company or the Holders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, at any meeting of Holders each Holder or proxyholder shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes held or represented by him or her; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Notes held by it or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating it as the proxy to vote on behalf of other Holders. Any meeting of Holders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 may be adjourned from time to time by the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented at the meeting, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

Section 9.06 Voting. The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders shall be by written ballot on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders or of their representatives by proxy and the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was delivered as provided in Section 9.02. The record shall show the aggregate principal amount of the Notes voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.

Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

Section 9.07 No Delay of Rights by Meeting. Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be deemed or construed to authorize or permit, by reason of any call of a meeting of Holders or any rights expressly or impliedly conferred hereunder to make such call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise of any right or rights conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders under any of the provisions of this Indenture or of the Notes. Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be deemed or construed to limit any Holder’s actions pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary so long as the Notes are Global Notes.

 

45


ARTICLE 10

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 10.01 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Guarantor, each when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors and the Trustee, at the Company’s sole expense, may from time to time and at any time amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes in writing for one or more of the following purposes:

(a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(b) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture pursuant to Article 11;

(c) to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes;

(d) to secure the Notes;

(e) to add to the covenants or Events of Default of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;

(f) to make any change that, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith and certified by the Company in an Officer’s Certificate, does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

(g) in connection with any Share Exchange Event, to provide that the notes are exchangeable into Reference Property, subject to the provisions of Section 14.02, and make such related changes to the terms of the Notes to the extent expressly required by Section 14.07;

(h) comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act to the extent this Indenture is qualified thereunder;

(i) [reserved];

(j) provide for the appointment of a successor Trustee, Note Registrar, Paying Agent or Exchange Agent;

(k) comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary in a manner that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

(l) [reserved];

(m) increase the Exchange Rate as provided in this Indenture; or

(n) to make any change to comply with rules of the Depositary, so long as such change does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder, as certified in good faith by the Company in an Officer’s Certificate; or

(o) make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes; provided, however, that such amendment does not adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes;

 

46


Upon the written request of the Company and subject to Section 10.05, the Trustee is hereby authorized to, and shall, join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 10.01 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the Holders of any of the Notes at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 10.02.

Section 10.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders. With the consent (evidenced as provided in Article 8) of the Holders of at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (determined in accordance with Article 8 and including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a repurchase of, or tender or exchange offer for, Notes), the Company and the Guarantor, each when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors and the Trustee, at the Company’s sole expense, may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture, any supplemental indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders;

provided, however, that, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no such supplemental indenture shall:

(a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(b) reduce the rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest, including any default interest, on any Note;

(c) reduce the principal amount of any Notes, reduce the premium payable upon the exchange of the Notes, or extend the Maturity Date of any Note;

(d) make any change that adversely affects the exchange rights of any Notes other than as expressly permitted or required by this Indenture;

(e) reduce the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of any Note or amend or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the Company’s obligation to make such payments, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise;

(f) make any Note payable in a currency, in a form, or at a place of payment, other than that stated in the Note;

(g) change the ranking or priority of the Notes or the Guarantee;

(h) impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and the consideration due upon exchange of, its Notes, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes or this Indenture;

(i) make any change in this Article 10 that requires each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions in Section 6.02 or Section 6.09; or

 

47


(j) provide for the issuance of additional Notes except as permitted herein.

Upon the written request of the Company, and upon the delivery to the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Holders as aforesaid and subject to Section 10.05, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

Holders do not need under this Section 10.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture. It shall be sufficient if such Holders approve the substance thereof. After any such supplemental indenture becomes effective, the Company shall deliver to the Holders a notice briefly describing such supplemental indenture. However, the failure to give such notice to all the Holders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of the supplemental indenture.

Section 10.03 Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

Section 10.04 Notation on Notes. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10 may, at the Company’s expense, bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may, at the Company’s expense, be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated, upon receipt of a Company Order, by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent duly appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 17.10) and delivered in exchange for the Notes then outstanding, upon surrender of such Notes then outstanding.

Section 10.05 Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished Trustee. In addition to the documents required by Section 17.05, the Trustee shall receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article 10 and is permitted or authorized by this Indenture and such Opinion of Counsel shall include a customary legal opinion stating that such supplemental indenture is the valid and binding obligation of the Company, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications.

ARTICLE 11

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND

LEASE

Section 11.01 Company or Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.02, neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer or lease, all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (or of the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries, taken as whole), to another Person, unless:

 

48


(a) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”), if not the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable under the Notes and this Indenture;

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture; and

(c) if the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, is not the Successor Company, the Successor Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease complies with this Indenture and that such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the supplemental indenture is the valid and binding obligation of the Successor Company, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications.

For purposes of this Section 11.01, the sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, to another Person, which properties and assets, if held by the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or Guarantor, as applicable, on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, to another Person.

For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 11.01 shall not apply with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to occur on the date of this Indenture.

Section 11.02 Successor Corporation to Be Substituted. In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease and upon the assumption by the Successor Company (if other than the Company), by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Notes, the due and punctual delivery and/or payment, as the case may be, of any consideration due upon exchange of the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, such Successor Company (if not the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable) shall succeed to and, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (or the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole), shall be substituted for the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of the first part, and the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall be discharged from its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or of the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries, taken as whole, as applicable). Such Successor Company thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company any or all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such Successor Company instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver, or cause to be authenticated and delivered, any Notes that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the Officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Notes that such Successor Company thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All the Notes so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. In the event of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or transfer (but not in the case of a lease),

 

49


upon compliance with this Article 11 the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture (or any successor that shall thereafter have become such in the manner prescribed in this Article 11) may be dissolved, wound up and liquidated at any time thereafter and, except in the case of a lease, such Person shall be released from its liabilities as obligor and maker of the Notes and from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

Section 11.03 Opinion of Counsel to Be Given to Trustee. The Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, combination, sale, lease or other transfer or disposition complies with the requirements of this Indenture.

ARTICLE 12

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 12.01 Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations. No recourse for the payment of the principal of or accrued and unpaid interest on, or the payment or delivery of consideration due upon exchange of, any Note, nor for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company or the Guarantor in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture or in any Note, nor because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, Officer or director or Subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or the Guarantor or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company, the Guarantor or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes.

ARTICLE 13

GUARANTEE

Section 13.01 Guarantee.

(a) By its execution of this Indenture (or any amended or supplemental indenture related thereto), the Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it receives substantial benefits from the Company and that the Guarantor is providing its Guarantee for good and valuable consideration, including such substantial benefits. Subject to this Article 13, the Guarantor hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns that:

(i) the principal of, any interest on, and any Exchange Consideration for, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, any interest on, or any Exchange Consideration for, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture or the Notes, will be promptly paid or delivered in full or performed, as applicable, in each case in accordance with this Indenture and the Notes; and

 

50


(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or otherwise,

(collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”).

Upon the failure of any payment when due of any amount so guaranteed, upon the failure of any performance so guaranteed, for whatever reason, or upon the express request of the Company to the Guarantor, the Guarantor will be obligated to pay or perform, as applicable, the same immediately. The Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee of the Guaranteed Obligations is unconditional, regardless of the validity or enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this Indenture or the Notes, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. The Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in this Indenture and the Notes.

(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return, to the Company, the Guarantor or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or the Guarantor, any consideration paid or delivered by the Company or the Guarantor to such Holder or the Trustee, then the Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

(d) The Guarantor agrees that any right of subrogation, reimbursement or contribution it may have in relation to the Holders or in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations will be subordinated to, and will not be enforceable until payment in full of, all Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article 6, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; and (ii) if any Guaranteed Obligations are accelerated pursuant to Article 6, then such Guaranteed Obligations will, whether or not due and payable, immediately become due and payable by the Guarantor.

(e) The Guarantor, and, by its acceptance of any Note, each Holder, confirms that the Guarantor and the Holders intend that the Guarantee of the Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to the Guarantee. Each of the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantor irrevocably agrees that the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of the Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, result in the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

51


(f) The execution by the Guarantor of this Indenture (or an amended or supplemental indenture related thereto) evidences the Guarantee of the Guarantor, and the delivery of any Note by the Trustee after its authentication constitutes due delivery of the Guarantee on behalf of the Guarantor. A Guarantee’s validity will not be affected by the failure of any officer of the Guarantor executing this Indenture or any such amended or supplemental indenture on the Guarantor’s behalf to hold, at the time any Note is authenticated, the same or any other office at the Guarantor, and the Guarantee will be valid and enforceable even if no notation, certificate or other instrument is set upon or attached to, or otherwise executed and delivered to the Holder of, any Note.

(g) Upon any request or application by the Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 17.05 with the same effect as if each reference to the Company in Section 17.05 or in the definitions of “Officer,” “Officer’s Certificate” or “Opinion of Counsel” were instead a reference to the Guarantor. A Company Order may be given by the Guarantor with the same effect as if each reference to the Company in the definitions of “Company Order” or “Officer” were instead a reference to the Guarantor. Any notice or demand that this Indenture requires or permits to be given by the Trustee, or by any Holders, to the Company may instead be given to the Guarantor.

(h) The Guarantee will be automatically released, and the Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee will be automatically released and discharged, and, in each case, be of no future force and effect, upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(A) the Company’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Article 10;

(B) the merger or consolidation of the Guarantor with the Company; or

(C) all remaining obligations to make payments or deliver other Exchange Consideration with respect all Notes are discharged in full after the same has become due.

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 13.01 will not limit the operation of the provisions of Section 14.07.

ARTICLE 14

EXCHANGE OF NOTES

Section 14.01 Exchange Privilege. Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 14, each Holder of a Note shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to exchange all or any portion (if the portion to be exchanged is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of such Note at any time prior to the close of business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, at an initial exchange rate of 80.0000 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 14, the “Exchange Rate”) per $1,000 principal amount of Notes (subject to, and in accordance with, the settlement provisions of Section 14.02, the “Exchange Obligation”).

Section 14.02 Exchange Procedure; Settlement Upon Exchange.

(a) Subject to this Section 14.02, Section 14.03, Section 14.07(a) and Section 14.14, upon exchange of any Note, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to the exchanging Holder no later than two (2) Business Days following the applicable exchange of the Notes, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged, shares of Common Stock, together with cash, if applicable, due in connection with the Company’s election to settle Additional Shares due under Section 14.14 in cash or in lieu of delivering any fractional share of Common Stock in accordance with

 

52


subsection (j) of this Section 14.02 (“Physical Settlement”) as set forth in this Section 14.02 (the shares of Common Stock and cash the Company shall pay and/or deliver, as the case may be, in respect of any exchange of Notes (the “Settlement Amount”) shall be the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Exchange Date (plus cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon exchange). The Company shall use the Physical Settlement Method for all exchanges other than a Mandatory Exchanges pursuant to Section 14.03. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company elects to settle Additional Shares due under Section 14.14 in cash, it shall pay the exchanging Holder an amount of cash per each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged equal to the product of (x) the applicable number of Additional Shares and (y) the arithmetic average of the Daily VWAPs for the ten (10) Trading Days immediately preceding the Exchange Date.

(b) Subject to Section 14.02(e), before any Holder of a Note shall be entitled to exchange a Note as set forth above, such Holder shall (i) in the case of a Global Note, comply with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary in effect at that time and, if required, pay funds equal to the interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 14.02(h) and, if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any, pursuant to Section 14.02(e) and (ii) in the case of a Physical Note (1) complete, manually sign and deliver an irrevocable notice to the Exchange Agent as set forth in the Form of Notice of Exchange (or a facsimile thereof) (a “Notice of Exchange”) at the office of the Exchange Agent and state in writing therein the principal amount of Notes to be exchanged and the name or names (with addresses) in which such Holder wishes the certificate or certificates for any shares of Common Stock to be delivered upon settlement of the Exchange Obligation to be registered, (2) surrender such Notes, duly endorsed to the Company or in blank (and accompanied by appropriate endorsement and transfer documents), at the office of the Exchange Agent, (3) if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, (4) if required, pay funds equal to interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 14.02(h) and (5) if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any, pursuant to Section 14.02(e). The Trustee (and if different, the Exchange Agent) shall notify the Company of any exchange pursuant to this Article 14 on the Exchange Date for such exchange. No Notice of Exchange with respect to any Notes may be surrendered by a Holder thereof if such Holder has also delivered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice to the Company in respect of such Notes and has not validly withdrawn such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with Section 15.03. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent that an indirect holder of a Global Note held indirectly through a participant submits irrevocable instructions to exchange any portion of such Note, such Holder shall be deemed for purposes of Regulation SHO to have exchanged the applicable portion of such Note at the time of delivery of such instructions, regardless of when shares of Common Stock are delivered to such Holder or its participant.

If more than one Note shall be surrendered for exchange at one time by the same Holder, the Exchange Obligation with respect to such Notes shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered.

(c) A Note shall be deemed to have been exchanged immediately prior to the close of business on the date (the “Exchange Date”) that the Holder has complied with the requirements set forth in subsection (ii) above. Except as set forth in Section 14.07(a) and Section 14.14(b), the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due in respect of the Exchange Obligation on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the relevant Exchange Date, in the case of Physical Settlement, or the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the last Trading Day of the relevant Observation Period, in the case of Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Company’s satisfaction of its Exchange Obligation through Physical Settlement for which the relevant Exchange Date occurs after the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, the settlement shall occur on the Maturity Date. If any

 

53


shares of Common Stock are due to an exchanging Holder, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued, and deliver (if applicable) to the Exchange Agent or to such Holder, or such Holder’s nominee or nominees, the full number of shares of Common Stock to which such Holder shall be entitled, in book-entry format through the Depositary or on the Transfer Agent’s books if the shares of Common Stock are not then held through the facilities of DTC, in satisfaction of the Company’s Exchange Obligation.

(d) In case any Note shall be surrendered for partial exchange, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the Note so surrendered a new Note or Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unexchanged portion of the surrendered Note, without payment of any service charge by the exchanging Holder but, if required by the Company or Trustee, with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax or similar governmental charge required by law or that may be imposed in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such exchange being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for such exchange.

(e) If a Holder submits a Note for exchange, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of any shares of Common Stock upon exchange, unless the tax is due because the Holder requests such shares to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name, in which case the Holder shall pay that tax. The Exchange Agent may refuse to deliver the certificates representing the shares of Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder’s name until the Trustee receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax that is due by such Holder in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence.

(f) Except as provided in Section 14.04, no adjustment shall be made for dividends on any shares of Common Stock issued upon the exchange of any Note as provided in this Article 14.

(g) Upon the exchange of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee, or the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee, shall make a notation on such Global Note as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any exchange of Notes effected through any Exchange Agent other than the Trustee.

(h) Upon exchange, a Holder shall not receive any separate cash payment for accrued and unpaid interest, if any, except as set forth below. The Company’s settlement of the full Exchange Obligation shall be deemed to satisfy in full its obligation to pay the principal amount of the Note and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the relevant Exchange Date. As a result, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the relevant Exchange Date shall be deemed to be paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Notes are exchanged after the close of business on a Regular Record Date but prior to the open of business on the immediately following Interest Payment Date, Holders of such Notes as of the close of business on such Regular Record Date will receive the full amount of interest payable on such Notes on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the exchange. However, Notes surrendered for exchange during the period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date to the open of business on the immediately following Interest Payment Date must be accompanied by funds equal to the amount of interest payable on the Notes so exchanged on the corresponding Interest Payment Date (regardless of whether the exchanging Holder was the Holder of record on the corresponding Regular Record Date); provided that no such payment shall be required (1) for exchanges following the close of business on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date; (2) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; (3) if the Company has

 

54


selected a Mandatory Exchange Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; or (4) to the extent of any Defaulted Amounts, if any Defaulted Amounts exist at the time of exchange with respect to such Note. Therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, all Holders of record on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date and any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date described in clause (2) above shall receive the full interest payment due on the Maturity Date or other applicable Interest Payment Date in cash regardless of whether their Notes have been exchanged and/or repurchased, as applicable, following such Regular Record Date.

(i) The Person in whose name the shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon exchange shall be treated as a stockholder of record as of the close of business on the relevant Exchange Date (in the case of Physical Settlement) or the last trading day of the relevant Observation Period (in the case of Combination Settlement). Upon an exchange of Notes, such Person shall no longer be a Holder of such Notes surrendered for exchange, subject to Section 14.13. Prior to exchange of a Holder’s Note, such Holder (in such capacity) shall not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company.

(j) The Company shall not issue any fractional share of Common Stock upon exchange of the Notes and shall instead pay cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon exchange based on the Daily VWAP for the relevant Exchange Date.

Section 14.03 Company’s Mandatory Exchange Option.

(a) On or after September 30, 2023 and prior to the close of business on July 7, 2028, the Company may, at its option, elect to exchange the original principal amount of the Notes in whole but not in part if the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock for at least twenty (20) Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days ending on, and including, the last Trading Day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter (the “Mandatory Exchange Determination Date”) is greater than or equal to 130% of the Exchange Price on each applicable Trading Day; provided, however, that the Company shall not be permitted to effect any Company Mandatory Exchange hereunder if as of such Mandatory Exchange Date an Equity Conditions Failure then exists.

(b) To exercise the Company Mandatory Exchange Right, the Company will send notice of the Company’s election (a “Mandatory Exchange Notice”) to Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent no later than the fifth (5th) Business Day following the Mandatory Exchange Determination Date. Upon exchange of the Notes pursuant to this Section 14.03, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to each Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged, (i) cash (“Cash Settlement”), (ii) shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Physical Settlement (plus cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon exchange) or (iii) a combination of cash and Common Stock, together with cash, if applicable, in lieu of delivering any fractional shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 14.14, at its election (“Combination Settlement”).

Such Mandatory Exchange Notice must state:

(i) that the Notes have been called for Mandatory Exchange, briefly describing the Company Mandatory Exchange Right under this Indenture;

(ii) the Mandatory Exchange Date;

 

55


(iii) the current Exchange Rate;

(iv) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Exchange Agent;

(v) the form of settlement and Specified Dollar Amount (if applicable); and

(vi) the CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if any, of the Notes.

(c) If the Company exercises the Company Mandatory Exchange Right in accordance with this Section 14.03, then an Exchange Date will automatically, and without the need for any action on the part of any Holder, the Trustee or the Exchange Agent, be deemed to occur, with respect to each Note then outstanding, on the Mandatory Exchange Date. The Mandatory Exchange Date will be a Business Day of the Company’s choosing that is no more than thirty (30), nor less than ten (10), Business Days after the Company sends the Mandatory Exchange Notice; provided that the Mandatory Exchange Date shall be no later than the second Scheduled Trading Day prior to the Maturity Date. The Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due in respect of the Exchange Obligation on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the Mandatory Exchange Date.

(d) Any share of Common Stock delivered upon a Mandatory Exchange of any Note will be a newly issued or treasury share and will be duly and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim. If the Common Stock is then listed on any securities exchange and has been registered on an effective registration statement with the Commission, then the Company will cause each share of Common Stock, when delivered upon a Mandatory Exchange of any Note, to be admitted for listing on such exchange. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be permitted to effect any Company Mandatory Exchange hereunder unless as of such Mandatory Exchange Date no Equity Conditions Failure then exists.

(e) The cash, Common Stock or combination of cash and Common Stock in respect of any exchange of Notes shall be computed as follows:

(i) if the Company elects to satisfy its obligations in respect of such Mandatory Exchange by Physical Settlement, the Company shall deliver to each Holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Mandatory Exchange Date (plus cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon exchange);

(ii) if the Company elects to satisfy its obligations in respect of such Mandatory Exchange by Cash Settlement, the Company shall pay to each Holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged cash in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Exchanges Values for each Trading Day during the related Observation Period; and

(iii) if the Company elects to satisfy its obligations in respect of such Mandatory Exchange by Combination Settlement, the Company shall pay or deliver to each Holder, as the case may be, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged, consideration consisting of (a) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the sum of the Daily Share Amounts for each Trading Day in the Observation Period for such Exchange; and (b) an amount of cash equal to the sum of the Daily Cash Amounts for each Trading Day in such Observation Period.

 

56


Section 14.04 Adjustment of Exchange Rate. The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company if any of the following events occurs, except that the Company shall not make any adjustments to the Exchange Rate if Holders of the Notes participate (other than in the case of (x) a share split or share combination or (y) a tender or exchange offer), at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock and solely as a result of holding the Notes, in any of the transactions described in this Section 14.04, without having to exchange their Notes, as if they held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate, multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holder. Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires calculations over a period of multiple days or during an Observation Period, the Company will, if appropriate, make proportionate adjustments, if any, to such calculations to account for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate pursuant to this Section 14.04 that becomes effective, or any event requiring such an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date, effective date or Expiration Date, as applicable, of such event occurs, at any time during such period or Observation Period, as applicable.

(a) If the Guarantor exclusively issues shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on shares of the Common Stock, or if the Guarantor effects a share split or share combination, the Exchange Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR0 =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the open of business on the Effective Date of such share split or share combination, as applicable;
CR1 =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or Effective Date, as applicable;
OS0 =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or Effective Date, as applicable, before giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination; and
OS1 =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination, as applicable.

Any adjustment made under this Section 14.04(a) shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the open of business on the Effective Date for such share split or share combination, as applicable. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 14.04(a) is declared but not so paid or made, or any share split or combination of the type described in this Section 14.04(a) is announced but the outstanding shares of Common Stock are not split or combined, as the case may be, the Exchange Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines in good faith not to pay such dividend or distribution, or not to split or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or such share split or combination had not been announced.

(b) If the Guarantor issues to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock any rights, options or warrants (other than pursuant to a stockholders rights plan) entitling them, for a period of not more than forty-five (45) calendar days after the announcement date of such issuance, to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock at a price per share that is less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

57


LOGO

where,

 

CR0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance;
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
OS0    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
X    =    the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and
Y    =    the number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants, divided by (ii) the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of the issuance of such rights, options or warrants.

Any increase made under this Section 14.04(b) shall be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance. To the extent that shares of the Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance had not occurred.

For purposes of this Section 14.04(b), in determining whether any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders of Common Stock to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock at a price per share that is less than such average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Guarantor for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.

(c) If the Guarantor distributes shares of the Guarantor’s Capital Stock, evidences of its indebtedness, other assets or property of the Guarantor or rights, options or warrants to acquire its Capital Stock or other securities, to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock, excluding (i) dividends, distributions or issuances (including share splits) as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 14.04(a), Section 14.04(b) or Section 14.04(e), (ii) except as otherwise described in

 

58


Section 14.11, rights issued pursuant to any stockholders rights plan of the Guarantor then in effect, (iii) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash as to which the provisions set forth in Section 14.04(d) shall apply, (iv) dividends or distributions of Reference Property in exchange for or upon conversion of the Common Stock in a Share Exchange Event, and (v) Spin-Offs as to which the provisions set forth below in this Section 14.04(c) shall apply (any of such shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, other assets or property or rights, options or warrants to acquire Capital Stock or other securities, the “Distributed Property”), then the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
SP 0    =    the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; and
FMV    =    the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith) of the Distributed Property with respect to each outstanding share of the Common Stock on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

Any increase made under the portion of this Section 14.04(c) above shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution. If such distribution is not so paid or made, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared. If the Guarantor issues rights, options or warrants to acquire Capital Stock or other securities that are exercisable only upon the occurrence of certain triggering events, the Company shall not adjust the Exchange Rate pursuant to the clauses above until the earliest of these triggering events occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), then, in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount thereof, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock receive the Distributed Property, the amount and kind of Distributed Property such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for the distribution. If the Board of Directors determines in good faith the “FMV” (as defined above) of any distribution for purposes of this Section 14.04(c) by reference to the actual or when-issued trading market for any securities, it shall in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period used in computing the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.04(c) where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock of shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Guarantor, that are, or, when issued, will be, listed or admitted for trading on a U.S. national securities exchange (a “Spin-Off”), the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

59


LOGO

where,

 

CR0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the end of the Valuation Period;
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the end of the Valuation Period;
FMV0    =    the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of the Common Stock applicable to one share of the Common Stock (determined by reference to the definition of Last Reported Sale Price as set forth in Section 1.01 as if references therein to Common Stock were to such Capital Stock or similar equity interest) over the first ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period after, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date of the Spin-Off (the “Valuation Period”); and
MP0    =    the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the Valuation Period.

The increase to the Exchange Rate under the preceding paragraph shall occur at the close of business on the last Trading Day of the Valuation Period; provided that if the relevant Exchange Date occurs during the Valuation Period, references to “10” in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the Ex-Dividend Date of such Spin-Off and the Exchange Date in determining the Exchange Rate. If any dividend or distribution that constitutes a Spin-Off is declared but not so paid or made, the Exchange Rate shall be immediately decreased, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines in good faith not to pay or make such dividend or distribution, to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or announced.

For purposes of this Section 14.04(c) (and subject in all respect to Section 14.11), rights, options or warrants distributed by the Guarantor to all holders of the Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Guarantor’s Capital Stock, including Common Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“Trigger Event”):

(i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of the Common Stock;

(ii) are not exercisable; and

(iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of the Common Stock,

shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 14.04(c) (and no adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 14.04(c) will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Exchange Rate shall be made under this Section 14.04(c). If any such right, option or warrant, including any such existing rights, options or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights, options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and Ex-Dividend Date with respect to new rights, options or warrants with such rights (in which case the existing rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to terminate and expire on such date without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the immediately preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 14.04(c) was made:

 

60


(1) in the case of any such rights, options or warrants that shall all have been redeemed or purchased without exercise by any holders thereof, upon such final redemption or purchase (x) the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options or warrants had not been issued and the Exchange Rate shall then again be readjusted to give effect to such distribution, deemed distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or purchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or purchase, and

(2) in the case of such rights, options or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options and warrants had not been issued.

For purposes of Section 14.04(a), Section 14.04(b) and this Section 14.04(c), if any dividend or distribution to which this Section 14.04(c) is applicable also includes one or both of:

(A) a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock to which Section 14.04(a) is applicable (the “Clause A Distribution”); or

(B) a dividend or distribution of rights, options or warrants to which Section 14.04(b) is applicable (the “Clause B Distribution”),

then, in either case,

(1) such dividend or distribution, other than the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, shall be deemed to be a dividend or distribution to which this Section 14.04(c) is applicable (the “Clause C Distribution”) and any Exchange Rate adjustment required by this Section 14.04(c) with respect to such Clause C Distribution shall then be made, and

(2) the Clause A Distribution and Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution and any Exchange Rate adjustment required by Section 14.04(a) and Section 14.04(b) with respect thereto shall then be made, except that, if determined by the Company (I) the “Ex-Dividend Date” of the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution and (II) any shares of Common Stock included in the Clause A Distribution or Clause B Distribution shall be deemed not to be “outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or Effective Date” within the meaning of Section 14.04(a) or “outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date” within the meaning of Section 14.04(b).

 

61


(d) If the Guarantor pays or makes any cash dividend or distribution to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock, the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
SP 0    =    the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution; and
C    =    the amount in cash per share the Guarantor distributes to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock.

Any increase pursuant to this Section 14.04(d) shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines in good faith not to make or pay such dividend or distribution, to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of shares of the Common Stock, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Ex-Dividend Date for such cash dividend or distribution.

(e) If the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries make a payment in respect of a tender or exchange offer for the Common Stock that is subject to the then-applicable tender offer rules under the Exchange Act (other than an odd lot tender offer), to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of the Common Stock exceeds the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR 0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires (the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires, the “Expiration Date”);
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the close of business on the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date;
AC    =    the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith) paid or payable for shares of Common Stock purchased in such tender or exchange offer;

 

62


OS0    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Expiration Date (prior to giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer);
OS1    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Expiration Date (after giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer); and
SP1    =    the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date.

The increase to the Exchange Rate under this Section 14.04(e) shall occur at the close of business on the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires; provided that, in respect of any exchange of Notes where Physical Settlement applies, if the relevant Exchange Date occurs during the ten (10) Trading Days immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date of any tender or exchange offer, references to “ten (10)” or “tenth (10th)” in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the Expiration Date of such tender or exchange offer and the Exchange Date in determining the Exchange Rate and, in respect of any exchange of Notes where Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement apply, for any Trading Day that falls within the relevant Observation Period for such exchange and within the 10 Trading Days immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the expiration date of any tender or exchange offer, references to “10” or “10th” in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the expiration date of such tender or exchange offer and such Trading Day in determining the Exchange Rate as of such Trading Day. In addition, if the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires is after the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately preceding, and including, the date immediately preceding the relevant Exchange Date in respect of an exchange of Notes, references to “ten (10)” or “tenth (10th)” in the preceding paragraph and this paragraph shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that exchange of Notes, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires to, and including, the last Trading Day immediately preceding the relevant Exchange Date.

In the event that the Guarantor or one of its Subsidiaries is obligated to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer, but the Guarantor is, or such Subsidiary is, permanently prevented by applicable law from consummating any such purchases, or all such purchases are rescinded, then the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such tender offer or exchange offer had not been made or had been made only in respect of the purchases that have been consummated.

(f) Notwithstanding this Section 14.04 or any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, if an Exchange Rate adjustment becomes effective on any Record Date, and a Holder that has exchanged its Notes on or after such Record Date and on or prior to the related Record Date would be treated as the record holder of the shares of Common Stock as of the related Exchange Date as described under Section 14.02(i) based on an adjusted Exchange Rate for such Record Date, then, notwithstanding the Exchange Rate adjustment provisions in this Section 14.04, the Exchange Rate adjustment relating to such Record Date shall not be made for such exchanging Holder. Instead, such Holder shall be treated as if such Holder were the record owner of the shares of Common Stock on an unadjusted basis and participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment.

 

63


(g) Except as stated herein, the Company shall not adjust the Exchange Rate for the issuance of shares of the Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of the Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities.

(h) In addition to those adjustments required by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 14.04, the Company from time to time may increase the Exchange Rate by any amount for a period of at least twenty (20) Business Days if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that such increase would be in the Company’s best interest. In addition, the Company may (but is not required to) increase the Exchange Rate to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock (or rights to acquire shares of Common Stock) or similar event. Whenever the Exchange Rate is increased pursuant to either of the preceding two sentences, the Company shall deliver to the Holder of each Note a notice of the increase at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date the increased Exchange Rate takes effect, and such notice shall state the increased Exchange Rate and the period during which it will be in effect.

(i) Except as stated in this Indenture, the Company shall not adjust the Exchange Rate for the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities. For illustrative purposes only and without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Exchange Rate shall not be adjusted:

(i) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Guarantor’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any plan;

(ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Guarantor or any of the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries;

(iii) upon the issuance of any shares of the Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in clause (ii) of this subsection and outstanding as of the date the Notes were first issued;

(iv) upon the repurchase of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an open market share repurchase program or other buy-back transaction, including structured or derivative transactions, that is not a tender or exchange offer of the nature described in Section 14.04(e);

(v) solely for a change in the par value (or lack of par value) of the Common Stock; or

(vi) for accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

(j) All calculations and other determinations under this Article 14 shall be made by the Company and shall be made to the nearest one-ten thousandth (1/10,000th) of a share.

 

64


(k) Whenever the Exchange Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Trustee (and the Exchange Agent if not the Trustee) an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the Exchange Rate after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received such Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment of the Exchange Rate and may assume without inquiry that the last Exchange Rate of which it has knowledge is still in effect. Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Company shall prepare a written notice of such adjustment of the Exchange Rate setting forth the adjusted Exchange Rate and the date on which each adjustment becomes effective and shall deliver such notice of such adjustment of the Exchange Rate to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee). Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of any such adjustment.

(l) For purposes of this Section 14.04, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Guarantor so long as the Guarantor does not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Guarantor, but shall include shares of Common Stock issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock.

(m) For the avoidance of doubt, the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to occur on the date of this Indenture shall not result in any adjustment of the Exchange Rate, Exchange Price or any other terms of the Notes.

Section 14.05 Adjustments of Prices. Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Company to calculate the Last Reported Sale Prices or the Daily VWAPs over a span of multiple days, the Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments (without duplication in respect of any adjustment made pursuant to Section 14.04) to each to account for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date, Record Date, Effective Date or Expiration Date, as the case may be, of the event occurs, at any time during the period when the Last Reported Sale Prices or the Daily VWAPs are to be calculated.

Section 14.06 Shares to Be Fully Paid. The Company shall reserve, out of its authorized but unissued shares or shares held in treasury, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for exchange of the Notes from time to time as such Notes are presented for exchange (assuming the delivery of the maximum number of Additional Shares pursuant to Section 14.14).

Section 14.07 Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Common Stock.

(a) In the case of:

(i) any recapitalization, reclassification or similar change of the Common Stock (other than changes in par value or resulting from a subdivision or combination),

(ii) any consolidation, merger, combination or similar transaction involving the Guarantor or the Company,

(iii) any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,

(iv) any statutory share exchange,

 

65


in each case, as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (any such event, a “Share Exchange Event”), then at and after the effective time of such Share Exchange Event, the right to exchange each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be changed into a right to exchange such principal amount of Notes into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) that a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate immediately prior to such Share Exchange Event would have owned or been entitled to receive (the “Reference Property,” with each “unit of Reference Property” meaning the kind and amount of Reference Property that a holder of one share of Common Stock is entitled to receive) upon such Share Exchange Event and, prior to or at the effective time of such Share Exchange Event, the Guarantor and/or the successor or acquiring Person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture permitted under Section 10.01(g) providing for such change in the right to exchange each $1,000 principal amount of Notes; provided, however, that at and after the effective time of the Share Exchange Event (A) the Company or the successor or acquiring company, as the case may be, shall continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid or delivered, as the case may be, in respect of the Company’s election to settle Additional Shares due under Section 14.14 and (B) (I) any amount payable in cash upon exchange of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 shall continue to be payable in cash, (II) any shares of Common Stock that the Company would have been required to deliver upon exchange of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 shall instead be deliverable in the amount and type of Reference Property that a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock would have been entitled to receive in such Share Exchange Event and (III) the Daily VWAP shall be calculated based on the value of a unit of Reference Property.

If the Share Exchange Event causes the Common Stock to be converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), then (i) the Reference Property into which the Notes will be exchangeable shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration actually received by the holders of Common Stock, and (ii) the unit of Reference Property for purposes of the immediately preceding paragraph shall refer to the consideration referred to in clause (i) attributable to one share of Common Stock. If the holders of the Common Stock receive only cash in such Share Exchange Event, then for all exchanges for which the relevant Exchange Date occurs after the effective date of such Share Exchange Event (A) the consideration due upon exchange of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be solely cash in an amount equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Exchange Date (as may be increased by any Additional Shares pursuant to Section 14.14), multiplied by the price paid per share of Common Stock in such Share Exchange Event and (B) the Company shall satisfy the Exchange Obligation by paying such cash amount to exchanging Holders on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the relevant Exchange Date. The Company shall notify in writing Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) of such weighted average as soon as reasonably practicable after such determination is made.

If the Reference Property in respect of any Share Exchange Event includes, in whole or in part, shares of common equity, such supplemental indenture described in the second immediately preceding paragraph shall provide for anti-dilution and other adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as is possible to the adjustments provided for in this Article 14 with respect to the portion of the Reference Property consisting of such common equity. If, in the case of any Share Exchange Event, the Reference Property includes shares of stock, securities or other property or assets (including any combination thereof), other than cash and/or cash equivalents, of a Person other than the Guarantor or the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such Share Exchange Event, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other Person and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders of the Notes as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing, including the provisions providing for the purchase rights set forth in Article 15.

 

66


(b) When the Company and the Guarantor execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 14.07, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the kind or amount of cash, securities or property or asset that will comprise a unit of Reference Property after any such Share Exchange Event, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with, and shall promptly deliver notice thereof to all Holders. The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be delivered to each Holder promptly and in any event within twenty (20) days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.

(c) Neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall become a party to any Share Exchange Event unless its terms are consistent with this Section 14.07. None of the foregoing provisions shall affect the right of a holder of Notes to exchange its Notes into shares of Common Stock, as set forth in Section 14.01 and Section 14.02 prior to the effective date of such Share Exchange Event.

(d) The above provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to successive Share Exchange Events.

Section 14.08 Certain Covenants. (a) The Guarantor covenants that all shares of Common Stock issued upon exchange of Notes will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Guarantor and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.

(a) The Guarantor covenants that, if any shares of Common Stock to be provided for the purpose of exchange of Notes hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before such shares of Common Stock may be validly issued upon exchange, the Guarantor will, to the extent then permitted by the rules and interpretations of the Commission, secure such registration or approval, as the case may be.

(b) The Guarantor further covenants that if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system the Guarantor will list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, any Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes.

Section 14.09 Responsibility of Trustee. The Trustee and any other Exchange Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine the Exchange Rate (or any adjustment thereto) or whether any facts exist that may require any adjustment (including any increase) of the Exchange Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same. The Trustee and any other Exchange Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock, or of any securities, property or cash that may at any time be issued or delivered upon the exchange of any Note; and the Trustee and any other Exchange Agent make no representations with respect thereto.

Neither the Trustee nor any Exchange Agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Note for the purpose of exchange or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Article. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Trustee nor any Exchange Agent shall be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 14.07 relating either to the kind or amount of shares of stock or securities or property (including cash) receivable by Holders upon the exchange of their Notes after any event referred to in such

 

67


Section 14.07 or to any adjustment to be made with respect thereto, but, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, may accept (without any independent investigation) as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such provisions, and shall be protected in conclusively relying upon, the Officer’s Certificate (which the Company shall be obligated to deliver to the Trustee prior to the execution of any such supplemental indenture) with respect thereto. The Trustee and the Exchange Agent may conclusively rely upon any notice with respect to the commencement or termination of such exchange rights.

Section 14.10 Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions. In case of any:

(a) action by the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiaries of the Company or the Guarantor that would require an adjustment in the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 14.04 or Section 14.11;

(b) Share Exchange Event; or

(c) voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company or the Guarantor;

then, in each case (unless notice of such event is otherwise required pursuant to another provision of this Indenture) and to the extent applicable, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) and to be delivered to each Holder, a notice stating (i) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record are to be determined for the purposes of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) the date on which such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is expected to become effective or occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, Share Exchange Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

Section 14.11 Stockholder Rights Plans. If the Guarantor has a stockholder rights plan in effect upon exchange of the Notes, each share of Common Stock, if any, issued upon such exchange shall be entitled to receive the appropriate number of rights, if any, under such stockholder rights plan and the certificates representing the Common Stock issued upon such exchange shall bear such legends, if any, in each case as may be provided by the terms of any such stockholder rights plan, as the same may be amended from time to time. However, if, prior to any exchange of Notes, the rights have separated from the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of the applicable stockholder rights plan, the Exchange Rate shall be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Guarantor distributed to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock Distributed Property as provided in Section 14.04(c), subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.

Section 14.12 Transfer of Notes to be Exchanged to a Third Party for Settlement. When a Holder surrenders its Notes for exchange, the Company may, at its election (a “Third-Party Exchange Election”), direct the Exchange Agent to deliver, on or prior to the first (1st) Trading Day following the Exchange Date, such Notes to a financial institution designated by the Company for settlement in lieu of exchange. In order to accept any Notes surrendered for exchange, the designated financial institution must agree to timely pay and/or deliver, in exchange for such Notes, the applicable Exchange Obligation. If the Company makes a Third-Party Exchange Election, the Company shall, by the close of business on the first (1st) Trading Day following the relevant Exchange Date, notify in writing the Trustee, the Exchange Agent and the Holder surrendering its Notes for exchange that it has made the Third-Party Exchange Election, and the Company shall promptly notify the designated financial institution of the settlement method with respect to such exchange and the relevant deadline for payment and/or delivery of the Exchange Obligation.

 

68


Any Notes transferred to the designated financial institution shall remain outstanding. If the designated financial institution agrees to accept any Notes for settlement but does not timely pay and/or deliver the required Exchange Obligation, or if such designated financial institution does not accept the Notes for settlement, the Company shall notify in writing the Trustee, the Exchange Agent and the Holder surrendering its Notes for exchange, and pay and/or deliver the required Exchange Obligation, to the exchanging Holder at the time and in the manner required under this Indenture as if the Company had not made a Third-Party Exchange Election.

The Company’s designation of a financial institution to which the Notes may be submitted for settlement does not require that financial institution to accept any Notes (unless the financial institution has separately made an agreement with the Company). The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into a separate agreement with any designated financial institution that would compensate it for any such transaction.

Section 14.13 Limits Upon Issuance of Shares of Common Stock Upon Exchange. The Company shall not effect the exchange of any of the Notes held by a Holder, and such Holder shall not have the right to exchange any of the Notes held by such Holder pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Indenture and any such exchange shall be null and void and treated as if never made, to the extent that after giving effect to such exchange, such Holder together with the other Attribution Parties collectively would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exchange. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder and the other Attribution Parties shall include the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder and all other Attribution Parties plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (A) exchange of the remaining, nonexchanged Notes beneficially owned by such Holder or any of the other Attribution Parties and (B) exercise or exchange of the unexercised or nonexchanged portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any convertible or exchangeable notes, convertible preferred stock or warrants, including the Notes) beneficially owned by such Holder or any other Attribution Party subject to a limitation on conversion, exchange or exercise analogous to the limitation contained in this Section 14.13. For purposes of this Section 14.13, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. For purposes of determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock a Holder may acquire upon the exchange of such Notes without exceeding the Maximum Percentage, such Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (x) the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or other public filing with the Commission, as the case may be, (y) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (z) any other written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent, if any, setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (the “Reported Outstanding Share Number”). If the Company receives an Exchange Notice from a Holder at a time when the actual number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is less than the Reported Outstanding Share Number, the Company shall notify such Holder in writing of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding and, to the extent that such Exchange Notice would otherwise cause such Holder’s beneficial ownership, as determined pursuant to this Section 14.13, to exceed the Maximum Percentage, such Holder must notify the Company of a reduced number of shares of Common Stock to be delivered pursuant to such Exchange Notice. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of any Holder, the Company shall within one (1) Business Day

 

69


confirm orally and in writing or by electronic mail to such Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion, exchange or exercise of securities of the Company, including such Notes, by such Holder and any other Attribution Party since the date as of which the Reported Outstanding Share Number was reported. In the event that the issuance of shares of Common Stock to a Holder upon exchange of such Notes results in such Holder and the other Attribution Parties being deemed to beneficially own, in the aggregate, more than the Maximum Percentage of the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), the number of shares so issued by which such Holder’s and the other Attribution Parties’ aggregate beneficial ownership exceeds the Maximum Percentage (the “Excess Shares”) shall be deemed null and void and shall be cancelled ab initio, and such Holder shall not have the power to vote or to transfer the Excess Shares. Upon delivery of a written notice to the Company, any Holder may from time to time increase (with such increase not effective until the sixty-first (61st) day after delivery of such notice) or decrease the Maximum Percentage of such Holder to any other percentage not in excess of 9.99% as specified in such notice; provided that (i) any such increase in the Maximum Percentage will not be effective until the sixty-first (61st) day after such notice is delivered to the Company and (ii) any such increase or decrease will apply only to such Holder and the other Attribution Parties and not to any other Holder that is not an Attribution Party of such Holder. For purposes of clarity, the shares of Common Stock issuable to a Holder pursuant to the terms of this Indenture in excess of the Maximum Percentage shall not be deemed to be beneficially owned by such Holder for any purpose including for purposes of Section 13(d) or Rule 16a-1(a)(1) of the Exchange Act. No prior inability to exchange such Notes pursuant to this paragraph shall have any effect on the applicability of the provisions of this paragraph with respect to any subsequent determination of exchangeability. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 14.13 to the extent necessary to correct this paragraph (or any portion of this paragraph) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended beneficial ownership limitation contained in this Section 14.13 or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitation contained in this paragraph may not be waived other than pursuant to this Section 14.13 and shall apply to a successor holder of such Notes. Neither the Trustee nor the Exchange Agent shall have any responsibility to determine the Maximum Percentage or whether the issuance of any shares results in a Holder or Attribution Party having Excess Shares or otherwise determine or monitor compliance with the terms of this Section 14.13. Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, if in connection with any Mandatory Exchange of a Holder’s Notes there would be Excess Shares with respect to such Holder, the portion of such Notes whose exchange would result in such Excess Shares shall be deemed to have not been exchanged and shall continue to accrue interest until such time as the shares of Common Stock that would have been delivered to such Holder but for this Section 14.13 are so delivered.

Section 14.14 Increased Exchange Rate Applicable to Certain Notes Surrendered in Connection with Make-Whole Fundamental Changes or Mandatory Exchange.

(a) If (i) the Effective Date of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs prior to the Maturity Date and a Holder elects to exchange its Notes in connection with such Make-Whole Fundamental Change or (ii) the Company delivers a Mandatory Exchange Notice as provided under Section 14.03, as the case may be, the Company shall, under the circumstances described below, increase the Exchange Rate for the Notes so surrendered for exchange by a number of additional shares of Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”), to the extent and as described below. An exchange of Notes shall be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” such Make-Whole Fundamental Change (i) if the relevant Exchange Date occurs during the period from, and including, the Effective Date of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change up to, and including, the Business Day immediately prior to the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (or, in the case of a Make-Whole

 

70


Fundamental Change that would have been a Fundamental Change but for the proviso in clause (b) of the definition thereof, the thirty-fifth (35th) Trading Day immediately following the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change) (such period, the “Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period”), or (ii) if it is a Mandatory Exchange. Upon surrender of Notes for exchange in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or Mandatory Exchange in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Company shall satisfy the related Exchange Obligation in accordance with Sections 14.02 and 14.03, as applicable; provided, however, that if, at the effective time of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (b) of the definition of Fundamental Change, the Reference Property following such Make-Whole Fundamental Change is composed entirely of cash, for any exchange of Notes following the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Exchange Obligation shall be calculated based solely on the Stock Price for the transaction and shall be deemed to be an amount of cash per $1,000 principal amount of exchanged Notes equal to the Exchange Rate (including any increase to reflect the Additional Shares), multiplied by such Stock Price. In such event, the Exchange Obligation shall be determined and paid to Holders in cash on the second (2nd) Business Day following the Exchange Date. The Company shall notify in writing the Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) of the Effective Date of any Make-Whole Fundamental Change no later than five (5) Business Days after such Effective Date.

(b) The number of Additional Shares, if any, by which the Exchange Rate shall be increased for exchanges in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or Mandatory Exchange shall be determined by reference to the table below, based on the date on which the Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective or the date the Company delivers the Mandatory Exchange Notice, as the case may be (in each case, the “Effective Date”) and the price (the “Stock Price”) paid (or deemed to be paid) per share of the Common Stock in the Make-Whole Fundamental Change or determined with respect to the Mandatory Exchange Notice, as the case may be. If the holders of the Common Stock receive in exchange for their Common Stock only cash in a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (b) of the definition of Fundamental Change, the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per share. Otherwise, the Stock Price shall be the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the five (5) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the applicable Effective Date. The Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments to the Stock Price, in its good faith determination, to account for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Record Date, Effective Date (as such term is used in Section 14.04) or Expiration Date of the event occurs during such five (5) consecutive Trading Day period. If a Mandatory Exchange would also be deemed to be in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, a Holder of any such Notes to be exchanged will be entitled to a single increase to the Exchange Rate with respect to the first to occur of the Effective Date of the Mandatory Exchange Notice or the Make-Whole Fundamental Change, as applicable, and the later event shall be deemed not to have occurred for purposes of this Section 14.14. The Company may elect to settle any Additional Shares due under this Section 14.14 in cash (pursuant to the terms of Section 14.02(a)) by providing notice of such election in the in writing to the Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) no later than the date ten (10) Business Days prior to such Effective Date.

(c) The Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table below shall be adjusted as of any date on which the Exchange Rate of the Notes is otherwise adjusted. The adjusted Stock Prices shall equal the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exchange Rate immediately prior to such adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Exchange Rate as so adjusted. The number of Additional Shares set forth in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the Exchange Rate as set forth in Section 14.04.

 

71


(d) The following table sets forth the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock by which the Exchange Rate shall be increased per $1,000 principal amount of Notes pursuant to this Section 14.14 for each Stock Price and Effective Date set forth below:

 

Stock Price

 

Effective Date

   $12.50      $13.75      $15.00      $16.25      $17.50      $20.00      $25.00      $30.00  

September 30, 2021

     20.00        17.51        15.30        13.31        11.52        8.46        3.92        1.10  

September 30, 2022

     19.31        16.70        14.42        12.41        10.63        7.65        3.39        0.87  

September 30, 2023

     18.64        15.85        13.47        11.42        9.95        6.77        2.84        0.62  

September 30, 2024

     18.14        15.07        12.52        10.40        8.63        5.86        2.31        0.42  

September 30, 2025

     17.78        14.27        11.45        9.20        7.41        4.80        1.74        0.24  

September 30, 2026

     17.59        13.35        10.06        7.59        5.79        3.47        1.15        1.10  

September 30, 2027

     17.89        12.27        8.00        5.15        3.44        1.79        0.55        0.02  

September 30, 2028

     20.00        12.00        4.00        —          —          —          —          —    

The exact Stock Price and Effective Date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case:

(i) if the Stock Price is between two Stock Prices in the table above or the Effective Date is between two Effective Dates in the table, the number of Additional Shares by which the Exchange Rate shall be increased shall be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of Additional Shares set forth for the higher and lower Stock Prices and the earlier and later Effective Dates, as applicable, based on a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year;

(ii) if the Stock Price is greater than $30.00 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table above pursuant to subsection (e) above), no Additional Shares shall be added to the Exchange Rate; and

(iii) if the Stock Price is less than $12.50 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table above pursuant to subsection (e) above), no Additional Shares shall be added to the Exchange Rate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Exchange Rate per $1,000 principal amount of Notes exceed 100.0000 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 14.04.

Nothing in this Section 14.14 shall prevent an adjustment to the Exchange Rate that would otherwise be required pursuant to Section 14.04 in respect of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change.

ARTICLE 15

REPURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDERS

Section 15.01 [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 15.02 Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change.

(a) If a Fundamental Change occurs at any time prior to the Maturity Date, each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion of the principal amount thereof properly surrendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to Section 15.03 that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, on the date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”) specified by the Company that is not less than twenty (20) Business Days or more than thirty-five (35) Business Days following the date of the Fundamental Change Company Notice at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount

 

72


thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, plus any remaining amounts that would be owed to, but excluding, the Maturity Date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price”), unless the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the Interest Payment Date to which such Regular Record Date relates, in which case the Company shall instead pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest (to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date) to Holders of record as of such Regular Record Date, and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased pursuant to this Article 15. The Fundamental Change Repurchase Date shall be subject to postponement in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law. Repurchases of Notes under this Section 15.02 shall be made, at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:

(i) delivery to the paying agent by a Holder of a duly completed notice (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”) in the form set forth in Attachment 2 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A, if the Notes are Physical Notes, or in compliance with the Applicable Procedures for surrendering interests in Global Notes, if the Notes are Global Notes, in each case on or before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; and

(ii) delivery of the Notes, if the Notes are Physical Notes, to the paying agent at any time after delivery of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice (together with all necessary endorsements for transfer) at the office of the paying agent, or book- entry transfer of the Notes, if the Notes are Global Notes, in compliance with the procedures of the Depositary, in each case such delivery being a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price therefor.

The Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in respect of any Notes to be repurchased shall state:

(iii) in the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered for repurchase;

(iv) the portion of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased, which must be in minimum denominations of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and

(v) that the Notes are to be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and this Indenture;

provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice must comply with the Applicable Procedures.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the paying agent the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice contemplated by this Section 15.02 shall have the right to withdraw, in whole or in part, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the paying agent in accordance with Section 15.03.

The paying agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.

 

73


(b) On or before the twentieth (20th) Business Day after the occurrence of the effective date of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide to all Holders of Notes, the Trustee, the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) and the paying agent (in the case of a paying agent other than the Trustee) a written notice (the “Fundamental Change Company Notice”) of the occurrence of the effective date of the Fundamental Change and of the repurchase right at the option of the Holders arising as a result thereof. In the case of Physical Notes, such notice shall be by first class mail or, in the case of Global Notes, such notice shall be delivered to the Holders in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. Each Fundamental Change Company Notice shall specify:

(i) the events causing the Fundamental Change;

(ii) the effective date of the Fundamental Change;

(iii) the last date on which a Holder may exercise the repurchase right pursuant to this Article 15;

(iv) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price;

(v) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;

(vi) the name and address of the paying agent and the Exchange Agent, if applicable;

(vii) if applicable, the Exchange Rate and any adjustments to the Exchange Rate;

(viii) that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been delivered by a Holder may be exchanged only if the Holder withdraws the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

(ix) the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Company to repurchase their Notes.

No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 15.02. Simultaneously with providing such notice, the Company will publish such information on its website or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time.

At the Company’s written request, given at least (5) five days prior to the date the Fundamental Change Company Notice is to be sent, the Trustee shall give such notice in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that, in all cases, the text of such Fundamental Change Company Notice shall be prepared by the Company.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Notes may be repurchased by the Company on any date at the option of the Holders in connection with a Fundamental Change if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes). The paying agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Physical Notes held by it during the acceleration of the Notes (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes), or any instructions for book-entry transfer of the Notes in compliance with the Applicable Procedures shall be deemed to have been cancelled, and, upon such return or cancellation, as the case may be, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.

 

74


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, the Company shall not be required to repurchase, or to make an offer to repurchase, the Notes upon a Fundamental Change if a third party makes such an offer in the same manner, at the same time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company as set forth in this Article 15 (including, without limitation, the requirement to comply with applicable securities laws), and such third party purchases all Notes properly surrendered and not validly withdrawn under its offer in the same manner, at the same time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company as set forth in this Article 15 (including the requirement to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the later of the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of the relevant Notes); provided that the Company shall continue to be obligated to (x) deliver the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice to the Holders (which Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice shall state that such third party shall make such an offer to purchase the Notes) and to simultaneously with such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice publish a notice containing such information in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or publish the information on the Company’s website or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time,

(y) comply with applicable securities laws as set forth in this Indenture in connection with any such purchase and (z) pay the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the later of the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of the relevant Notes in the event such third party fails to make such payment in such amount at such time.

(e) For purposes of this Article 15, the paying agent may be any agent, depositary, tender agent, paying agent or other agent appointed by the Company to accomplish the purposes set forth herein.

Section 15.03 Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. (a) A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn (in whole or in part) by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the office of the paying agent in accordance with this Section 15.03 at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, specifying:

(i) the principal amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof,

(ii) if Physical Notes have been issued, the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

(iii) the principal amount, if any, of such Note that remains subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000;

provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the notice of withdrawal must comply with appropriate procedures of the Depositary.

Section 15.04 Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

(a) The Company will deposit with the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company), or if the Company is acting as its own paying agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 4.04 on or prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (subject to extension in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law) an amount of money sufficient to repurchase all of the Notes to be repurchased at the appropriate Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. Subject to receipt of funds and/or Notes by the Trustee (or

 

75


other paying agent appointed by the Company), payment for Notes surrendered for repurchase (and not validly withdrawn prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date) will be made on the later of (i) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions in Section 15.02) and (ii) the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of such Note to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 15.02 by mailing checks for the amount payable to the Holders of such Notes entitled thereto as they shall appear in the Note Register; provided, however, that payments to the Depositary shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Trustee shall, promptly after such payment and upon written demand by the Company, return to the Company any funds in excess of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

(b) If by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) holds money sufficient to make payment on all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be repurchased on such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, or, if extended in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law, such later date, then, with respect to the Notes that have been properly surrendered for repurchase and have not been validly withdrawn in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary, (i) such Notes will cease to be outstanding, (ii) interest will cease to accrue on such Notes on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or, if extended in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law, such later date (whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes has been made or the Notes have been delivered to the Trustee or paying agent) and (iii) all other rights of the Holders of such Notes with respect to the Notes will terminate on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or, if extended in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law, such later date (other than (x) the right to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and (y) to the extent not included in the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, accrued and unpaid interest, if applicable).

(c) Upon surrender of a Physical Note that is to be repurchased in part pursuant to Section 15.02, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder a new Physical Note in an authorized denomination equal in principal amount to the unrepurchased portion of the Physical Note surrendered.

Section 15.05 Repurchase of Notes. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to the Company’s obligations to purchase the Notes upon a Fundamental Change, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

ARTICLE 16

REDEMPTION

Section 16.01 No Redemption. The Notes shall not be redeemable by the Company prior to the Maturity Date, and no sinking fund is provided for the Notes.

ARTICLE 17

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 17.01 Provisions Binding on Company’s and Guarantor’s Successors. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of each of the Company and the Guarantor contained in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

 

76


Section 17.02 Official Acts by Successor Corporation. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or Officer of the Company or the Guarantor shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any corporation or other entity that shall at the time be the lawful sole successor of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable.

Section 17.03 Addresses for Notices, Etc. Any notice or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders on the Company or the Guarantor shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until another address is delivered by the Company to the Trustee) to (i) KORE Wireless Group, Inc., 3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300. Alpharetta, GA 30022 or (ii) KORE Group Holdings, Inc., 3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300. Alpharetta, GA 30022. Any notice, direction, request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if it is in writing and actually received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office. In no event shall the Trustee or the Exchange Agent be obligated to monitor any website maintained by the Company or the Guarantor or any press releases issued by the Company or the Guarantor.

The Trustee, by notice to the Company and the Guarantor, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication delivered or to be delivered to a Holder of Physical Notes shall be mailed to it by first class mail, postage prepaid, at its address as it appears on the Note Register and shall be sufficiently given to it if so mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication delivered or to be delivered to a Holder of Global Notes shall be delivered in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary and shall be sufficiently given to it if so delivered within the time prescribed.

Failure to mail or deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed or delivered, as the case may be, in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice to Holders by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be properly delivered if delivered to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) (or its designee) in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC.

Section 17.04 Governing Law; Jurisdiction. THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEE AND EACH NOTE, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEE AND EACH NOTE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS THEREOF).

The Company and the Guarantor irrevocably consent and agree, for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Notes and the Trustee, that any legal action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Notes may be brought in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, New York and, until amounts due and to become due in respect of the Notes have been paid, hereby irrevocably consents and submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in personam, generally and unconditionally with respect to any action, suit or proceeding for itself in respect of its properties, assets and revenues.

 

77


The Company and the Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Indenture brought in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, New York and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Section 17.05 Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent; Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to Trustee. Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture (other than, with respect to an Opinion of Counsel, in connection with the issuance and authentication of the Notes on the date of this Indenture), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, stating that such action is permitted by the terms of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such action have been complied with. With respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

Each Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel provided for, by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantor in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with this Indenture (other than the Officer’s Certificates provided for in Section 4.08) shall include (a) a statement that the person signing such certificate is familiar with the requested action and this Indenture; (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement contained in such certificate is based; (c) a statement that, in the judgment of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed judgment as to whether or not such action is permitted by this Indenture; and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the judgment of such person, such action is permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such action have been complied with.

Section 17.06 Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Maturity Date is not a Business Day, then any action to be taken on such date need not be taken on such date, but may be taken on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if taken on such date, and no interest shall accrue on any such payment in respect of the delay.

Section 17.07 No Security Interest Created. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect, in any jurisdiction.

Section 17.08 Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the Holders, the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Exchange Agent, any Custodian, any authenticating agent, any Note Registrar and their successors hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 17.09 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

78


Section 17.10 Authenticating Agent. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that shall be authorized to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Notes in connection with the original issuance thereof and transfers and exchanges of Notes hereunder, including under Section 2.04, Section 2.05, Section 2.06, Section 2.07, Section 10.04 and Section 15.04 as fully to all intents and purposes as though the authenticating agent had been expressly authorized by this Indenture and those Sections to authenticate and deliver Notes. For all purposes of this Indenture, the authentication and delivery of Notes by the authenticating agent shall be deemed to be authentication and delivery of such Notes “by the Trustee” and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement hereunder or in the Notes for the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. Such authenticating agent shall at all times be a Person eligible to serve as trustee hereunder pursuant to Section 7.08.

Any corporation or other entity into which any authenticating agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or other entity resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any authenticating agent shall be a party, or any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any authenticating agent, shall be the successor of the authenticating agent hereunder, if such successor corporation or other entity is otherwise eligible under this Section 17.10, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or the authenticating agent or such successor corporation or other entity.

Any authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any authenticating agent by giving written notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any authenticating agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor authenticating agent (which may be the Trustee), shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall deliver notice of such appointment to all Holders.

The Company agrees to pay to the authenticating agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services although the Company may terminate the authenticating agent, if it determines such agent’s fees to be unreasonable.

The provisions of Section 7.02, Section 7.03, Section 7.04, Section 8.03 and this Section 17.10 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.

If an authenticating agent is appointed pursuant to this Section 17.10, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

 

______________________________,
as Authenticating Agent, certifies that this is one of the Notes described in the within-named Indenture.
By:                                                                                 
Authorized Signatory

Section 17.11 Execution in Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile, PDF or other electronic transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as

 

79


to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, PDF or other electronic means (including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign) shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. Unless otherwise provided in this Indenture or in any Note, the words “execute,” “execution,” “signed” and “signature” and words of similar import used in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture, any Note or any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including amendments, waivers, consents and other modifications) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures and the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature in ink or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as applicable, to the fullest extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act and any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Trustee is not under any obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Trustee pursuant to procedures approved by the Trustee.

Section 17.12 Severability. In the event any provision of this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then (to the extent permitted by law) the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

Section 17.13 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 17.14 Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, pandemics, epidemics, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, governmental action or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex write or communication facility; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts that are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

Section 17.15 Calculations. The Company shall be responsible for making all calculations called for under the Notes. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock, the Daily VWAPs, Daily Exchange Value, the Daily Cash Amount, the Daily Share Amount, accrued interest payable on the Notes, the Exchange Rate of the Notes, Maximum Percentage and Excess Shares. The Company shall make all these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, the Company’s calculations shall be final and binding on Holders. The Company shall provide a schedule of its calculations to each of the Trustee and the Exchange Agent, and each of the Trustee and Exchange Agent is entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification. The Trustee will forward the Company’s calculations to any registered Holder of Notes upon the written request of that Holder at the sole cost and expense of the Company. Neither the Trustee nor the Exchange Agent will have any responsibility to make calculations under this Indenture, nor will either of them have any responsibility to monitor the Company’s stock or trading price, determine whether the conditions to exchangeability of the Notes have been met or determine whether the circumstances requiring changes to the Exchange Rate have occurred.

 

80


Section 17.16 USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

Section 17.17 Tax Withholding. The Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall be entitled to make a deduction or withholding from any payment which it makes under this Indenture for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties or charges if and to the extent so required by any applicable law and any current or future regulations or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof or any law implementing an intergovernmental approach thereto, in each case, that a Holder is subject to pursuant to the Indenture (“Applicable Tax Law”), or by virtue of the relevant Holder failing to satisfy any certification or other requirements under Applicable Tax Law in respect of the Notes, in which event the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall make such payment after such withholding or deduction has been made and shall account to the relevant authorities for the amount so withheld or deducted and shall have no obligation to gross up any payment hereunder or pay any additional amount as a result of such withholding tax.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, if the Company or other applicable withholding agent pays withholding taxes or backup withholding on behalf of the Holder as a result of an adjustment or the nonoccurrence of an adjustment to the Exchange Rate, the Company or other applicable withholding agent may, at its option, withhold from or set off such payments against payments of cash and shares of Common Stock on the Note (or any payments on the Common Stock) or sales proceeds received by or other funds or assets of the Holder.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

81


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

  Name: Romil Bahl
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer
KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

  Name: Romil Bahl
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Karen Ferry

  Name: Karen Ferry
  Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

[INCLUDE FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A GLOBAL NOTE]

[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREUNDER IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

[INCLUDE FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A RESTRICTED SECURITY]

[THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR

(C) TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

(D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

A-1


PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(E) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER FOR THE COMPANY TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY DURING THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THREE MONTHS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.]

 

A-2


KORE Wireless Group, Inc.

5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028

No. [            ]

[Initially]1 $[            ]

CUSIP No. 50067T AA92

KORE Wireless Group, Inc., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation or other entity under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received hereby promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.]3 [ ]4, or registered assigns, the principal sum [as set forth in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Notes” attached hereto]5 [of $[ ]]6, which amount, taken together with the principal amounts of all other outstanding Notes, shall not, unless permitted by the Indenture, exceed $120,000,000 in aggregate at any time, in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary, on September 30, 2028, and interest thereon as set forth below.

This Note shall bear interest at the rate of 5.50% per year from September 30, 2021, or from the most recent date to which interest had been paid or provided for to, but excluding, the next scheduled Interest Payment Date until September 30, 2028. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on each March 30 and September 30 of each year (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), commencing on March 30, 2022, to Holders of record at the close of business on the preceding March 15 and September 15 (whether or not such day is a Business Day), respectively. Accrued interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months and, for partial months, on the basis of the number of days actually elapsed in a 30-day month.

Any Defaulted Amounts shall accrue interest per annum at the rate borne by the Notes, subject to the enforceability thereof under applicable law, from, and including, the relevant payment date to, but excluding, the date on which such Defaulted Amounts shall have been paid by the Company, at its election, in accordance with Section 2.03(c) of the Indenture.

The Company shall pay the principal of and interest on this Note, if and so long as such Note is a Global Note, in immediately available funds to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Holder of such Note. As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Company shall pay the principal of any Notes (other than Notes that are Global Notes) at the office or agency designated by the Company for that purpose. The Company has initially designated the Trustee as its Paying Agent and Note Registrar in respect of the Notes and the Corporate Trust Office located in the United States of America as a place where Notes may be presented for payment or for registration of transfer and exchange. The Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantor as provided in Article 13 of the Indenture.

 

 

1 

Include if a global note.

2 

Subject to the procedures of the Depositary, at such time as the Company notifies the Trustee that the Restrictive Legend is to be removed in accordance with the Indenture, the CUSIP number for this Note shall be deemed to be [ ].

3 

Include if a global note.

4 

Include if a physical note.

5 

Include if a global note.

6 

Include if a physical note.

 

A-3


Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions giving the Holder of this Note the right to exchange this Note into shares of Common Stock on the terms and subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

This Note, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Note, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

In the case of any conflict between this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control and govern.

This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed manually by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed.

 

KORE Wireless Group, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Dated:
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes described in the within-named Indenture.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

A-5


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

KORE Wireless Group, Inc.

5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company, designated as its 5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”), limited to the aggregate principal amount of $120,000,000 all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of September 30, 2021 (the “Indenture”), between the Company, as issuer, KORE Group Holdings, Inc., as guarantor, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company, the Guarantor and the Holders of the Notes. Additional Notes may be issued in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture. The Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantor as provided in Article 13 of the Indenture. Capitalized terms used in this Note and not defined in this Note shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Indenture.

In case certain Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of, and interest on, all Notes may be declared, by either the Trustee or Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, and upon said declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions and certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company will make all payments and deliveries in respect of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the principal amount on the Maturity Date, as the case may be, to the Holder who surrenders a Note to a Paying Agent to collect such payments in respect of the Note. The Company will pay cash amounts in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee in certain circumstances, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, and in certain other circumstances, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, evidenced as in the Indenture provided, to execute supplemental indentures modifying the terms of the Indenture and the Notes as described therein. It is also provided in the Indenture that, subject to certain exceptions, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any past Default or Event of Default under the Indenture and its consequences.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or any provision of this Note, each Holder shall have the contractual right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of (x) the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, (y) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and (z) the consideration due upon exchange of, this Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in this Note or in the Indenture, and the contractual right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment or delivery, as the case may be, on or after such respective dates, shall not be amended without the consent of each Holder.

 

A-6


The Notes are issuable in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples in excess thereof. At the office or agency of the Company referred to on the face hereof, and in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture, Notes may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, without payment of any service charge but, if required by the Company or Trustee, with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer or similar tax that may be imposed in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such exchange of Notes being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for such exchange.

The Notes are not subject to redemption through the operation of any sinking fund or otherwise.

Upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Holder has the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion thereof (in principal amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof) on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date at a price equal to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder hereof has the right, at its option, during certain periods and upon the occurrence of certain conditions specified in the Indenture, prior to the close of business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, to exchange any Notes or portion thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, into shares of Common Stock at the Exchange Rate specified in the Indenture, as adjusted from time to time as provided in the Indenture.

 

A-7


ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of the face of this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM = as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT = Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

CUST = Custodian

TEN ENT = as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN = joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

A-8


SCHEDULE A7

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES

KORE Wireless Group, Inc.

5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is            DOLLARS ($[            ]). The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of exchange   

Amount of

decrease in

principal amount

of this Global

Note

  

Amount of

increase in

principal amount

of this Global

Note

   Principal amount
of this Global
Note following
such decrease or
increase
   Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or
Custodian

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

7 

Include if a global note.

 

A-9


ATTACHMENT 1

[FORM OF NOTICE OF EXCHANGE]

 

To:

Exchange Agent

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby exercises the option to exchange this Note, or the portion hereof (that is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, into shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that any cash payable and any shares of Common Stock issuable and deliverable upon such exchange, together with any cash for any fractional share, and any Notes representing any unexchanged principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered Holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. If any shares of Common Stock or any portion of this Note not exchanged are to be issued in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any in accordance with Section 14.02(d) and Section 14.02(e) of the Indenture. Any amount required to be paid to the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

 

Dated:                                                                                                                  

 

   

 

    Signature

 

   
Signature Guarantee    

 

Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stock brokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions)with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if shares of Common Stock are to be issued, or Notes are to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder.
Fill in for registration of shares if to be issued, and Notes if to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder:

 

(Name)

 

(Street Address)

 

1


 

(City, State and Zip Code)
Please print name and address

 

Principal amount to be exchanged (if less than all):
$__________,000
NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number

 

2


ATTACHMENT 2

[FORM OF FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE REPURCHASE NOTICE]

To: Paying Agent

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice from KORE Wireless Group, Inc. (the “Company”) as to the occurrence of a Fundamental Change with respect to the Company and specifying the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and requests and instructs the Company to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with Section 15.02 of the Indenture referred to in this Note (1) the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (that is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, and (2) if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date does not fall during the period after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

In the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be repurchased are as set forth below:

Dated:             

 

 

Signature(s)

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number Principal amount to be repaid (if less than all): $            ,000
NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

1


ATTACHMENT 3

[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER]

For value received                                      hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto                                      (Please insert social security or Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Note, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                      attorney to transfer the said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

1


Dated:                                                                                          

 

 

Signature(s)
Signature Guarantee Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions) with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if Notes are to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder.
NOTICE: The signature on the assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

2

Exhibit 99.1

KORE Debuts on NYSE After Closing Merger with Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp.

 

 

KORE enables organizations to deploy, manage and scale their IoT applications across a variety of industries and use cases

 

 

Company begins next chapter with financial flexibility to drive organic and inorganic growth

 

 

Starting today, Company will trade under the ticker symbol “KORE”

ATLANTA, Oct. 1, 2021 /PRNewswire/ — KORE Group Holdings, Inc., (NYSE: KORE, KORE WS) (“KORE” or the “Company”), a global leader in Internet of Things (IoT) solutions and worldwide IoT Connectivity-as-a-Service (CaaS) announced that it will begin trading on the New York Stock Exchange today after completing the previously announced business combination between KORE Wireless Group, Inc. (“KORE Wireless”) and Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: CTAC.U, CTAC, CTAC WS) (“CTAC”).

CTAC shareholders approved the transaction at a special meeting held on Sept. 29, 2021. Over 70 percent of CTAC ordinary shares, represented in person or by proxy at the CTAC special meeting, voted in favor of the business combination. The merger between CTAC and KORE was subsequently consummated on Sept. 30, 2021.

Founded nearly two decades ago, KORE has long been recognized as a pioneer and growth catalyst for the IoT industry. The Company enjoys a leadership position in the global IoT marketplace, which is expected to grow from 12 billion IoT devices at the end of 2020 to 75 billion devices by 2030.

“I am thrilled to celebrate this milestone on the KORE journey and reflect on how far we have come since we launched our transformation almost three years ago,” said KORE President and CEO Romil Bahl. “From the beginning of my tenure here, I have personally believed that becoming a public company was an important next step in the evolution of this great company and team – a step that will allow us to continue our goal of leading the industry as we enter the ‘decade of IoT.’ The natural attributes of our business, including the growth potential given the massive market tailwinds over the next decade, our revenue visibility, and recurring revenue, make for excellent public-company characteristics.”

Capital raised through the PIPE investment and CTAC initial public offering is being allocated to position KORE for future growth – from paying down debt and debt-like preferred equity, to placing cash on the balance sheet for mergers and acquisitions as well as future organic growth. Of note, former shareholders of KORE prior to the CTAC merger have rolled 100 percent of their common equity interests into the common stock of KORE Wireless, and several of the former preferred equity holders of KORE Wireless have elected to roll some of their proceeds into KORE common stock. Bahl said, “Going public gives us the opportunity to unleash shareholder value creation, including inorganic growth through accretive tuck-in acquisitions that add to the Company’s capabilities.”

Members of the KORE leadership team include public company executives with a track record of vision, strategy, leadership and execution. The Company’s well-established base of 3,600 customers worldwide, and its innovative IP and technology stack, provide a strong moat around its business. Additionally, its strong relationships with telecom carriers and other connectivity bearers globally give the Company’s IoT customers enhanced flexibility, reliability, and choice.

Tim Donahue, former Executive Chairman of Sprint Nextel and former CEO of CTAC, has become the Chairman of the KORE Board of Directors. “This is an incredible opportunity to participate in a publicly-listed, pure-play IoT company with significant runway,” Donahue said. “We have full confidence in the KORE management team’s ability to execute on their strategy to drive growth and sustained returns.”

KORE IoT technologies provide meaningful services to society and the planet. For example, the Company recently teamed with Australian-based SwoopAero to enable drones to deliver COVID-19 vaccines and other critical medical supplies to people in rural locales, such as Malawi, Democratic Republic of Congo, and the Shetland Islands of Scotland. Car Charged UK Ltd. recently selected KORE to help it provide eight million U.K. electric car owners without off-street parking access to more charging points nearer their homes.


About KORE

KORE is a pioneer, leader, and trusted advisor delivering mission-critical IoT solutions and services. We empower organizations of all sizes to improve operational and business results by simplifying the complexity of IoT. Our deep IoT knowledge and experience, global reach, purpose-built solutions, and deployment agility accelerate and materially impact our customers’ business outcomes. For more information, visit www.korewireless.com.

About CTAC

Prior to its merger with KORE, CTAC was a blank check company formed by an affiliate of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”). CTAC was formerly led by CEO Tim Donahue, former Executive Chairman of Sprint Nextel and former CEO of Nextel Communications and was proud to have had the support of a distinguished advisory board comprised of senior executives and business leaders from the information and communications technology sector. For more information, visit www.cerberusacquisition.com.

About Cerberus

Founded in 1992, Cerberus is a global leader in alternative investing with approximately $55 billion in assets across complementary credit, private equity, and real estate strategies. Cerberus invests across the capital structure where its integrated investment platforms and proprietary operating capabilities create an edge to improve performance and drive long-term value. Cerberus’ tenured teams have experience working collaboratively across asset classes, sectors, and geographies to seek strong risk-adjusted returns for its investors. Cerberus has a dedicated focus on next-generation technologies and telecommunication solutions. Its team of technologists and network of advisors collaborate across its investment and operating platforms to identify opportunities and manage investments in critical IoT, edge computing, artificial intelligence, private wireless networks, network equipment, autonomy, aerospace, and ecosystem development. For more information about our people and platforms, visit Cerberus at www.cerberus.com.

Contacts

KORE

Media and Investors

Jean Creech Avent

Vice President, Investor Relations and Public Relations

jcreechavent@korewireless.com

+1 843-986-8229

Investors

Matt Glover and Alex Thompson

Gateway Group, Inc.

KORE@gatewayir.com

+1 949-574-3860

Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. Media

media@cerberusacquisition.com

Investors

info@cerberusacquisition.com

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This press release includes certain statements that are not historical facts but are forward-looking statements for purposes of the safe harbor provisions under the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements generally are accompanied by words such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “should,” “would,” “plan,” “predict,” “potential,” “seem,” “seek,” “future,” “outlook,” and similar expressions that predict or indicate future events or trends or that are not statements of historical matters. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding estimates and forecasts of revenue and other financial and performance metrics and projections of market opportunity and expectations. These statements are based on various assumptions and on the current expectations of


CTAC or KORE’s management. These forward-looking statements are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to serve as and must not be relied on by any investor or other person as, a guarantee, an assurance, a prediction, or a definitive statement of fact or probability. Actual events and circumstances are difficult or impossible to predict and will differ from assumptions. Many actual events and circumstances are beyond the control of CTAC and/or KORE. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including general economic, financial, legal, political, and business conditions and changes in domestic and foreign markets; the potential effects of COVID-19; risks related to the rollout of KORE’s business and the timing of expected business milestones; changes in the assumptions underlying KORE’s expectations regarding its future business; the effects of competition on KORE’s future business; and the outcome of judicial proceedings to which KORE is, or may become a party. If the risks materialize or assumptions prove incorrect, actual results could differ materially from the results implied by these forward-looking statements. There may be additional risks that KORE presently does not know or that KORE currently believes are immaterial that could also cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. In addition, forward-looking statements reflect KORE’s expectations, plans or forecasts of future events and views as of the date of this press release. KORE and CTAC anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause these assessments to change. However, while KORE and/or CTAC may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, each of KORE and CTAC specifically disclaims any obligation to do so. These forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing KORE’s assessments as of any date subsequent to the date of this press release. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed upon the forward-looking statements.

SOURCE KORE Wireless

Exhibit 99.2

 

Item 1. Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     2  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets - Continued

     3  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

     4  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     5  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Temporary Equity and Stockholders’ Equity

     6  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     8  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     9  

 

1


Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands USD, except share and per share amounts)

 

    

June 30,
2021

(unaudited)

     December 31,
2020
 

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,297      $ 10,321  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances for credits and doubtful accounts of $2,257 and $2,804, at June 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively

     47,640        40,661  

Inventories, net

     9,864        5,842  

Prepaid expenses and other receivables

     14,246        5,429  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     80,047        62,253  

Non-current assets

     

Restricted cash

     371        372  

Property and equipment, net

     12,606        13,709  

Intangible assets, net

     221,990        240,203  

Goodwill

     382,428        382,749  

Deferred tax assets

     119        122  

Other long-term assets

     3,532        611  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 701,093      $ 700,019  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     

Current liabilities

     

Revolving credit facility

   $ 22,000      $ —    

Accounts payable

     23,181        22,978  

Accrued liabilities

     12,496        17,209  

Income taxes payable

     199        244  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     641        856  

Deferred revenue

     7,074        7,772  

Current portion of term loan payable

     3,153        3,161  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     68,744        52,220  

Long-term liabilities

     

Deferred tax liabilities

     38,474        42,840  

Due to related parties

     1,565        1,615  

Warrant liability

     13,561        15,944  

Capital lease obligations

     362        508  

Term loan payable, net

     297,773        298,404  

Other long-term liabilities

     4,296        4,377  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 424,775      $ 415,908  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (note 6)

     

 

2


Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets—Continued

(In thousands USD, except share and per share amounts)

 

    

June 30, 2021

(unaudited)

    December 31,
2020
 

Temporary equity

    

Series A Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; 42,800 shares authorized; 42,750 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively

   $ 82,562     $ 77,562  

Series A-1 Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; 80,000 shares authorized; 60,013 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

     83,982       78,621  

Series B Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; 57,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

     95,474       90,910  

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; 45,000 shares authorized; 16,502 and 16,802 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

     16,502       16,802  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total temporary equity

     278,520       263,895  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    

Common stock, voting; par value $0.01 per share; 400,000 shares authorized; 217,619 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively

     2       2  

Additional paid-in capital

     121,322       135,617  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,834     (1,677

Accumulated deficit

     (121,692     (113,726
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (2,202     20,216  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 701,093     $ 700,019  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

3


Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands USD, except share and per share amounts) (unaudited)

 

     For the three months
ended June 30,
    For the six months ended
June 30,
 
     2021     2020     2021     2020  

Revenues

        

Services

   $ 46,375     $ 41,372     $ 91,437     $ 83,677  

Products

     14,368       9,690       24,603       17,363  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     60,743       51,062       116,040       101,040  

Cost of revenues

        

Cost of services

     17,826       15,095       34,037       31,918  

Cost of products

     11,511       7,449       19,672       13,068  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

     29,337       22,544       53,709       44,986  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Selling, general and administrative

     23,004       16,792       40,525       32,115  

Depreciation and amortization

     12,393       13,650       25,507       25,708  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     35,397       30,442       66,032       57,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (3,991     (1,924     (3,701     (1,769

Interest expense, including amortization of deferred financing costs, net

     5,506       6,501       10,565       13,084  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     41       4,743       (2,383     2,831  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (9,538     (13,168     (11,883     (17,684

Income tax provision (benefit)

        

Current

     289       279       391       510  

Deferred

     (2,942     (2,389     (4,308     (4,368
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax benefit

     (2,653     (2,110     (3,917     (3,858
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (6,885   $ (11,058   $ (7,966   $ (13,826
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share:

        

Basic

   $ (63.39   $ (78.10   $ (100.65   $ (119.48

Diluted

     (63.39     (78.10     (100.65     (119.48

Weighted average shares outstanding (in Number):

        

Basic

     227,433       227,433       227,433       227,478  

Diluted

     227,433       227,433       227,433       227,478  

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

4


Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands USD) (unaudited)

 

     For the three months
ended June 30,
    For the six months ended
June 30,
 
     2021     2020     2021     2020  

Net loss

   $ (6,885   $ (11,058   $ (7,966   $ (13,826

Other comprehensive income (loss):

        

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     743       830       (157     (2,283
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (6,142   $ (10,228   $ (8,123   $ (16,109
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

5


Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Temporary Equity and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

(In thousands, USD or shares) (unaudited)

 

     Series A
Preferred Stock
     Series A-1
Preferred Stock
     Series B
Preferred Stock
     Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Total
Temporary
Equity
    Common Stock      Additional
paid-in capital
    Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
Equity
 
                                 Temporary Equity                                       Stockholders’ Equity              
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount     Amount     Shares      Amount      Amount     Amount     Amount     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2020

     43      $ 77,562        60      $ 78,621        57      $ 90,910        17      $ 16,802     $ 263,895       218      $ 2      $ 135,617     $ (1,677   $ (113,726   $ 20,216  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued dividends payable

     —          2,486        —          2,666        —          2,241        —          —         7,393       —          —          (7,393     —         —         (7,393

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —         —         —          —          —         (900     —         (900

Share-based compensation

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —         —         —          —          315       —         —         315  

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —         —         —          —          —         —         (1,081     (1,081
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2021

     43      $ 80,048        60      $ 81,287        57      $ 93,151        17      $ 16,802     $ 271,288       218      $ 2      $ 128,539     $ (2,577   $ (114,807   $ 11,157  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued dividends payable

     —          2,514        —          2,695        —          2,323        —          —         7,532       —          —          (7,532     —         —         (7,532

Derecognition of shares

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (300     (300     —          —          —         —         —         —    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —         —         —          —          —         743       —         743  

Share-based compensation

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —         —         —          —          315       —         —         315  

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —         —         —          —          —         —         (6,885     (6,885
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2021

     43      $ 82,562        60      $ 83,982        57      $ 95,474        17      $ 16,502     $ 278,520       218      $ 2      $ 121,322     $ (1,834   $ (121,692   $ (2,202
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

6


Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Temporary Equity and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity—Continued

(In thousands, USD or shares) (unaudited)

 

     Series A
Preferred Stock
     Series A-1
Preferred Stock
     Series B
Preferred Stock
     Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Total
Temporary
Equity
     Common Stock      Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
Equity
 
     Temporary Equity      Stockholders’ Equity  
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount      Amount      Shares      Amount      Amount     Amount     Amount     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2019

     43      $ 68,360        60      $ 69,495        57      $ 82,338        17      $ 16,802      $ 236,995        218      $ 2      $ 161,556     $ (3,792   $ (78,526   $ 79,240  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (200     —         —         (200

Accrued dividends payable

     —          2,216        —          2,383        —          2,053        —          —          6,652        —          —          (6,652     —         —         (6,652

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —         (3,113     —         (3,113

Share-based compensation

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          216       —         —         216  

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —         —         (2,768     (2,768
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2020

     43      $ 70,576        60      $ 71,878        57      $ 84,391        17      $ 16,802      $ 243,647        218      $ 2      $ 154,920     $ (6,905   $ (81,294   $ 66,723  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued dividends payable

     —          2,215        —          2,382        —          2,104        —          —          6,701        —          —          (6,701     —         —         (6,701

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —         830       —         830  

Share-based compensation

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          315       —         —         315  

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —         —         (11,058     (11,058
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2020

     43      $ 72,791        60      $ 74,260        57      $ 86,495        17      $ 16,802      $ 250,348        218      $ 2      $ 148,534     $ (6,075   $ (92,352   $ 50,109  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

7


Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands USD) (unaudited)

 

     Six months ended June 30,  
     2021     2020  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (7,966   $ (13,826

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     25,507       25,708  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     1,047       1,057  

Deferred income taxes

     (4,308     (4,368

Non-cash foreign currency loss (gain)

     77       (1,684

Share-based compensation

     630       531  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     11       861  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (2,383     2,831  

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of operating assets and liabilities acquired:

    

Accounts receivable

     (7,049     1,473  

Inventories

     (4,089     (2,450

Prepaid expenses and other receivables

     (9,016     (1,355

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (6,103     2,821  

Deferred revenue

     (671     214  

Income taxes payable

     (32     227  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (14,345   $ 12,040  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities

    

Additions to intangible assets

     (4,754     (5,543

Additions to property and equipment

     (1,219     (428

Acquisition of Integron LLC, net of cash acquired

     —         366  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (5,973   $ (5,605
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from revolving credit facility

     22,000       21,700  

Repayments on revolving credit facility

     —         (15,000

Repayment of term loan

     (1,584     (1,623

Repurchase of common stock

     —         (200

Equity financing fees

     (1,373     —    

Payment of capital lease obligations

     (668     (385
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by financing activities

   $ 18,375     $ 4,492  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of Exchange Rate Change on Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (82     (236
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

     (2,025     10,691  

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, beginning of period

     10,693       8,692  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, end of period

   $ 8,668     $ 19,383  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash financing activities:

    

Capital leases

   $ 346     $ 66  

Equity financing fees accrued

     1,648       —    

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Interest paid

   $ 9,329     $ 11,888  

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

8


Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands USD, except share amounts) (unaudited)

NOTE 1—NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Business Combination

On March 12, 2021, the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement (the “Business Combination”) with Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: CTAC). The Business Combination closed September 30, 2021 as discussed in Note 13. The combined company remains listed on the NYSE under the new ticker symbol “KORE”.

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

These statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and, in accordance with those rules and regulations, do not include all information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). In the opinion of management, the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements reflect all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly the results of operations, financial condition and cash flows for the interim periods presented herein. The preparation of unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures.

These unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s 2020 consolidated financial statements included in this Form S-4. The year-end condensed consolidated balance sheet data was derived from the audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP. The results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the full year.

COVID-19 Impact

During the period ended June 30, 2021, an outbreak of the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) has continued to spread across the globe and continued to result in significant economic disruption. The extent of the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak; however as of this filing, COVID-19 has not had a negative impact on the Company.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of less than 90 days from the date of purchase or the ability to redeem amounts on demand. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates their fair value.

Restricted cash represents cash deposits held with financial institutions for letters of credit and is not available for general corporate purposes.

Emerging Growth Company

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The Company qualifies as an “Emerging Growth Company” and has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act. This election allows the Company to adopt the new or revised standard at the same time periods as private companies.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncement

In December 2019, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2019-12, Income Taxes: Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. ASU 2019-12 simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. ASU 2019-12 is effective for public business

 

9


entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2021, and depending on the amendment, adoption was applied on a retrospective, modified retrospective, or prospective basis. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. In July 2018, ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to ASC 2016-02, Leases, was issued to provide more detailed guidance and additional clarification for implementing ASU 2016-02. Furthermore, in July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases: Targeted Improvements, which provides an optional transition method in addition to the existing modified retrospective transition method by allowing a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. Furthermore, on June 3, 2020, the FASB deferred by one year the effective date of the new leases standard for private companies, private not-for-profits and public not-for-profits that have not yet issued (or made available for issuance) financial statements reflecting the new standard. Additionally, in March 2020, ASU 2020-03, Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments, Leases, was issued to provide more detailed guidance and additional clarification for implementing ASU 2016-02. Furthermore, in June 2020, ASU 2020-05, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and Leases, was issued to defer effective dates of adoption of the new leasing standard beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. These new leasing standards (collectively “ASC 842”) are effective for the Company beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance in the consolidated financial statements. However, based on the Company’s lease obligations, the Company expects to recognize material assets and liabilities for right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet upon adoption of ASC 842. ASC 842 will also require additional footnote disclosures to the Company’s financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires the use of a new current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model in estimating allowances for doubtful accounts with respect to accounts receivable and notes receivable. Receivables from revenue transactions, or trade receivables, are recognized when the corresponding revenue is recognized under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The CECL model requires that the Company estimate its lifetime expected credit loss with respect to these receivables and record allowances when deducted from the balance of the receivables, which represent the estimated net amounts expected to be collected. Given the generally short-term nature of trade receivables, the Company does not expect to apply a discounted cash flow methodology. However, the Company will consider whether historical loss rates are consistent with expectations of forward-looking estimates for its trade receivables. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses to clarify that operating lease receivables recorded by lessors are explicitly excluded from the scope of ASU 2016-13. This ASU (collectively “ASC 326”) is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of this ASU.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which requires a customer in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract to apply the guidance on internal-use software to determine which implementation costs to recognize as an asset and which costs to expense. Costs to develop or obtain internal-use software that cannot be capitalized under Subtopic 350-40, Internal-Use Software, such as training costs and certain data conversion costs, also cannot be capitalized for a hosting arrangement that is a service contract. The amendments require a customer in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract to determine whether an implementation activity relates to the preliminary project stage, the application development stage, or the post-implementation stage. Costs for implementation activities in the application development stage will be capitalized depending on the nature of the costs, while costs incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages will be expensed immediately. The ASU is effective for the Company for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, for all entities. The Company is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard.

 

10


In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform: Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, to provide guidance on easing the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform on financial reporting. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of this ASU.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-03, Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments, which clarifies specific issues raised by stakeholders. Specifically, the ASU:

 

   

Clarifies that all entities are required to provide the fair value option disclosures in ASC 825, Financial Instruments.

 

   

Clarifies that the portfolio exception in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, applies to nonfinancial items accounted for as derivatives under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.

 

   

Clarifies that for purposes of measuring expected credit losses on a net investment in a lease in accordance with ASC 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, the lease term determined in accordance with ASC 842, Leases, should be used as the contractual term.

 

   

Clarifies that when an entity regains control of financial assets sold, it should recognize an allowance for credit losses in accordance with ASC 326.

 

   

Aligns the disclosure requirements for debt securities in ASC 320, Investments—Debt Securities, with the corresponding requirements for depository and lending institutions in ASC 942, Financial Services—Depository and Lending.

The amendments in the ASU have various effective dates and transition requirements, some depending on whether an entity has previously adopted ASU 2016-13 about measurement of expected credit losses. The Company will adopt the guidance in ASU 2020-03 as it adopts the related ASU effected by these codification improvements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) (“ASU 2020-06”) to simplify accounting for certain financial instruments. ASU 2020-06 eliminates the current models that require separation of beneficial conversion and cash conversion features from convertible instruments and simplifies the derivative scope exception guidance pertaining to equity classification of contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard also introduces additional disclosures for convertible debt and freestanding instruments that are indexed to and settled in an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 amends the diluted earnings per share guidance, including the requirement to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments. ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2023. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, that ASU 2020-06 would have on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In May 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-04, Issuer’s Accounting for Certain Modifications or Exchanges of Freestanding Equity-Classified Written Call Options, which provides guidance on modifications or exchanges of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that is not within the scope of another Topic. An entity should treat a modification of the terms or conditions or an exchange of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that remains equity classified after modification or exchange as an exchange of the original instrument for a new instrument, and provides further guidance on measuring the effect of a modification or an exchange of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that remains equity classified after modification or exchange. ASU 2021-04 also provides guidance on the recognition of the effect of a modification or an exchange of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that remains equity classified after modification or exchange on the basis of the substance of the transaction, in the same manner as if cash had been paid as consideration. The amendments are effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard.

NOTE 3 – REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company recognized all deferred revenue related to the connectivity performance obligations that were not fully satisfied in previous periods in the amount of $7.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The Company does not have material unfulfilled performance obligation balances for contracts with an original length greater than one year in any periods presented. Additionally, the Company does not have material costs related to obtaining a contract with amortization periods greater than one year for any period presented. The Company applies ASC 606 utilizing the following allowable exemptions or practical expedients:

 

   

Exemption to not disclose the unfulfilled performance obligation balance for contracts with an original length of one year or less.

 

11


   

Practical expedient to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the entity otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.

 

   

Election to present revenue net of sales taxes and other similar taxes.

 

   

Election from recognizing shipping and handling activities as a separate performance obligation.

 

   

Practical expedient not requiring the entity to adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component if the entity expects, at contract inception, that the period between when the entity transfers a promised good or service to a customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less.

Contract Balances

Deferred revenue as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, was $7.1 million and $7.8 million, respectively, and primarily relates to revenue that is recognized over time for Connectivity monthly recurring charges, the changes in balance of which are related to the satisfaction or partial satisfaction of these contracts. The balance also contains a deferral for goods that are in-transit at period end for which control transfers to the customer upon delivery. All of the December 31, 2020, balance was recognized as revenue during the period ended June 30, 2021.

Disaggregated Revenue Information

The Company views the following disaggregated disclosures as useful to understand the composition of revenue recognized during the respective three-month and six-month reporting periods:

 

     Three months ended June 30,      Six months ended June 30,  
(in ‘000)    2021      2020      2021      2020  

Connectivity*

   $ 41,114      $ 36,050      $ 81,705      $ 73,651  

Hardware Sales

     13,584        8,173        21,381        13,931  

Hardware Sales - bill-and-hold

     784        1,517        3,222        3,432  

Deployment services, professional services and other

     5,261        5,322        9,732        10,026  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 60,743      $ 51,062      $ 116,040      $ 101,040  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

Includes connectivity-related revenues from Connectivity and IoT Solutions

Significant Customer

The Company has one customer representing 18% and 16% of the Company’s total revenue for the three months ending June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively, and 17% and 15% of the Company’s total revenue for the six months ending June 30, 2021, and June 30, 2020, respectively.

NOTE 4 – SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT

The fair values of the Company’s outstanding borrowings approximate the carrying values.

Term Loan - UBS

On December 21, 2018, the Company entered into a credit agreement with UBS that consisted of a term loan of $280.0 million and required quarterly principal and interest payments with all remaining principal and interest due on December 21, 2024. The term loan had an interest rate of LIBOR plus 5.5%.

On November 12, 2019, the Company amended its term loan with UBS in order to raise an additional $35.0 million. Under the amended agreement, the maturity date of the term loan and interest rate remained unchanged. However, the quarterly principal repayment changed to $0.8 million. The principal and quarterly interest are paid on the last business day of each quarter, except at maturity.

As a result of this debt modification, the Company incurred $1.5 million in debt issuance costs, which was capitalized and will be amortized over the remaining term of the loan along with the unamortized debt issuance costs of the original debt.

The Company’s principal outstanding balances on the UBS Term Loan were $307.4 million and $309.0 million as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

 

12


Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility - UBS

On December 21, 2018, the Company entered into a $30 million revolving credit facility with UBS. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had $22 million and $0 drawn on the revolving credit facility, respectively. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility mature on December 21, 2023.

Borrowings under the revolving debt facility bear interest at a floating rate which can be, at the Company’s option, either (1) a LIBOR rate for a specified interest period plus an applicable margin of up to 5.50% or (2) a base rate plus an applicable margin of up to 4.5%. After the Closing Date, the applicable margins for LIBOR rate and base rate borrowings are each subject to a reduction to 5.25% and 4.25%, respectively, if the Company maintains a total leverage ratio of less than or equal to 5.00:1.00. The LIBOR rate applicable to the revolving credit facility is subject to a “floor” of 0.0%. Additionally, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee of up to 0.50% per annum of the unused balance.

Term Loan - BNP Paribas

The loan matured in January 2021 and bore interest at 2.15% per annum with fixed payments of $7,740, which were payable monthly. On January 2, 2021, the Company extinguished the term loan outstanding with BNP Paribas by making the final fixed monthly payment.

Bank Overdraft Facility – BNP Paribas Fortis N.V.

On October 8, 2018, a Belgium subsidiary of the Company entered into a €250,000 bank overdraft facility with BNP Paribas Fortis. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had €0 drawn on the revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the bank overdraft facility have an indefinite term.

Borrowings under the bank overdraft facility bear interest at a floating rate which is a base rate plus an applicable margin of up to 2.0%. The base fee amounts to 9.4% as of June 30, 2021 and is variable. Any overages are charged against a percentage of 6% on a yearly basis. There is no commitment fee payable for the unused balance of the bank overdraft facility.

NOTE 5 – INCOME TAXES

The Company determines its estimated annual effective tax rate at the end of each interim period based on estimated pre-tax income (loss) and facts known at that time. The estimated annual effective tax rate is applied to the year-to-date pre-tax income (loss) at the end of each interim period with certain adjustments. The tax effects of significant unusual or extraordinary items are reflected as discrete adjustments in the periods in which they occur. The Company’s estimated annual effective tax rate can change based on the mix of jurisdictional pre-tax income (loss) and other factors. However, if the Company is unable to make a reliable estimate of its annual effective tax rate, then the actual effective tax rate for the year to date period may be the best estimate. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company determined that its annual effective tax rate approach would provide for a reliable estimate and therefore used this method to calculate its tax provision.

The Company’s effective income tax rate was 27.8% and 16.0% for the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and 33.0% and 21.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The provision for (benefit from) income taxes was $(2,653) and ($2,110) for the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $(3,917) and $(3,858) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The change in the provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily due to changes in the jurisdictional mix of earnings and the impact of the change in fair value of warrant liability which is not taxable.

The effective income tax rate for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 differed from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the geographical mix of earnings and related foreign tax rate differential, permanent differences, research and development tax credits, and the valuation allowance maintained against certain deferred tax assets.

 

13


NOTE 6 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

The Company leases various office spaces under non-cancellable operating leases expiring through 2029. Rent expense for the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 was $0.7, million and $0.6 million, respectively. Rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 was $1.4 million, and $1.3 million, respectively.

The future minimum lease payments under operating leases as of June 30, 2021 for the next five years is as follows:

 

(in ‘000)    Amount  

From July 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021

   $  1,472  

2022

     2,434  

2023

     1,464  

2024

     1,084  

2025

     753  

Thereafter

     2,157  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,364  
  

 

 

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Exposures

The Company has standby letters of credit and bank guarantees of $0.4 million as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. These contingent liabilities are secured by highly liquid instruments included in restricted cash.

Purchase Obligations

The Company has vendor commitments primarily relating to carrier and open purchase obligations that the Company incurs in the ordinary course of business. As of June 30, 2021, the purchase commitments were as follows:

 

(in ‘000)    Amount  

From July 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021

   $ 25,020  

2022

     1,513  

2023

     1,328  

2024

     1,328  

2025

     1,328  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,517  
  

 

 

 

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company is involved in litigation arising out of the ordinary course of our business. There are no material legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, to which the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries are a party or of which any of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries’ property is subject.

NOTE 7 – PREPAID AND OTHER ASSETS

Prepaid Expenses and Other Receivables

The Company’s prepaid expenses and other receivables consist of the following:

 

    

June 30,

2021

     December 31,
2020
 

Prepaid Deposits

   $ 10,007      $  1,734  

Prepaid Expenses and Other Receivables

     4,239        3,695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Prepaid Expenses and Other Receivables

   $  14,246      $ 5,429  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

14


Other Long-term Assets

The Company’s other ling-term assets consist of the following:

 

    

June 30,

2021

     December 31,
2020
 

Unamortized Revolver Financing Fees

   $ 510      $ 611  

Deferred Equity Issuance Costs

     3,022        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other Long-term Assets

   $  3,532      $  611  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 8 – TEMPORARY EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company operates subject to the terms and conditions of the Certificate of Incorporation of Maple Holdings Inc. (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) dated September 18, 2019.

The Certificate of Incorporation provides for overall management and control of the Company to be vested in the Board of Directors (the “Board”). The shareholders’ interests are represented by five classes: common stock, Series A preferred stock, Series A-1 preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and Series C convertible preferred stock. Shareholders owning a majority of the common stock are required to elect directors to the Board to serve shareholder interests. Each holder of common stock shall be entitled to one vote per share held. The holders of Series A preferred stock, Series A-1 preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and Series C convertible preferred stock do not have voting rights in respect to their units held. No shareholder shall be liable for any debts or losses of capital or profits of the Company or be required to guarantee the liabilities of the Company.

Common Stock

The Board authorized up to 400,000 shares of common stock. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, 217,619 shares are issued and outstanding.

Series A Preferred Stock

The Board authorized up to 42,800 Series A preferred shares. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there are 42,750 Series A preferred shares issued and outstanding. The shares were issued at a discount of 2%. Series A preferred shareholders are entitled to receive a cumulative preferred dividend at the rate of thirteen percent (13%) per year on the sum of the par value plus unpaid preferred dividends through the date of such distribution on a pari passu basis with Series A-1 and Series B shareholders and in preference to all other shareholders. The Company has the option to redeem the Series A preferred shares for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends. Series A preferred shareholders have an option to put the shares back to the Company for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends on or after April 11, 2027. The Company determined that the put option is a redemption event not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Series A preferred stock is classified outside of permanent equity (i.e., temporary equity) and presented at its redemption value. In addition, upon a Sale Transaction (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), the Series A preferred shares are required to be redeemed prior to and in preference to any other shares at par value plus unpaid cumulative preferred dividends.

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

The Board authorized up to 80,000 Series A-1 preferred shares. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there are 60,013 Series A-1 preferred shares issued and outstanding. The shares were issued at a discount of 2%. Series A-1 preferred shareholders are entitled to receive a cumulative preferred dividend at the rate of thirteen-point seven five percent (13.75%) per year on the sum of the par value plus unpaid preferred dividends through the date of such distribution on a pari passu basis with Series A and Series B shareholders and in preference to all other shareholders. The Company has the option to redeem the Series A-1 Preferred shares for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends subject to a current redemption premium of 1%. Series A-1 preferred shareholders have an option to put the shares back to the Company for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends on or after April 11, 2027. The Company determined that the put option is a redemption event not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock is classified outside of permanent equity (i.e., temporary equity) and presented at its redemption value. In addition, upon a Sale Transaction (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), the Series A-1 Preferred shares are required to be redeemed prior to and in preference to any other shares at par value plus unpaid cumulative preferred dividends.

Series B Preferred Stock

The Board authorized up to 57,000 Series B preferred shares. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there are 57,000 Series B preferred shares issued and outstanding. Series B preferred shareholders are entitled to receive a cumulative preferred dividend at the rate of ten percent (10%) per year on the sum of the unreturned par value plus unpaid preferred dividends through the date of such distribution on a pari passu basis with Series A and Series A-1 shareholders and in preference to all other shareholders. On or after October 11, 2018, the Company has the option to redeem the Series B Preferred shares for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends. Because the controlling shareholder is the majority holder of Series B preferred shares, the Company redemption option functions as a holder put option.

 

15


Accordingly, the Company determined that the option could result in a redemption that is not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Series B Preferred stock is classified outside of permanent equity (i.e., temporary equity) and presented at its redemption value each period.

A summary of the accumulated but unpaid preferred dividends for the Series A, Series A-1 and Series B preferred shares as of March 31 and June 30, 2021 and March 31 and June 30, 2020, is as follows:

 

(in ‘000)

   Series A      Series A-1      Series B  

Accumulated and unpaid, December 31, 2020

   $ 34,812      $ 18,608      $ 33,910  

Accumulated

     2,486        2,666        2,241  

Distributed

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated and unpaid, March 31, 2021

   $ 37,298      $ 21,274      $ 36,151  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated

     2,514        2,695        2,323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Distributed

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated and unpaid, June 30, 2021

   $ 39,812      $ 23,969      $ 38,474  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(in ‘000)

   Series A      Series A-1      Series B  

Accumulated and unpaid, December 31, 2019

   $ 25,610      $ 8,794      $ 25,338  

Accumulated

     2,216        2,359        2,053  

Distributed

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated and unpaid, March 31, 2020

   $ 27,826      $ 11,153      $ 27,391  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated

     2,215        2,359        2,104  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Distributed

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated and unpaid, June 30, 2020

   $ 30,041      $ 13,512      $ 29,495  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The redemption value of Series A, Series A-1 and Series B preferred stock is equal to the par value of $1,000 per share plus the above accumulated unpaid dividends and any applicable redemption premium. In the case of Series A-1, the Company would incur 1% redemption premiums if redeemed prior to December 21, 2020.

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

The Board authorized up to 45,000 Series C convertible preferred stock. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there are 16,502 and 16,802 Series C convertible preferred shares issued and outstanding, respectively. Subordinate to the payment of dividends to Series A, Series A-1 and Series B preferred shareholders, the Series C shareholders are entitled to receive dividends equal to 1.5X initial investment in conjunction with common stock, then subject to a catch-up, followed by pro rata sharing thereafter. Series C convertible preferred shareholders have a de facto option to put the shares back to the Company for liquidation value. The Company determined that the option could result in a deemed liquidation that is not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Series C convertible preferred stock is classified outside of permanent equity (i.e., temporary equity).

Series C convertible preferred shares are convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into common stock at a rate of 1 to 1 initially, subject to adjustments for dilution.

Distribution Preference

Distributions are authorized at the discretion of the Board. Distributions shall be made first to the holders of Series A, Series A-1 and Series B preferred stock, ratably among such holders based on the relative aggregate unpaid dividends with respect to all outstanding preferred shares held by each such holder immediately prior to such distribution, until the aggregate unpaid dividends for the preferred shares have been reduced to $0.

Distributions shall be made second to the holders of Series C convertible preferred stock, ratably among such holders based on the relative aggregate unpaid dividends with respect to all outstanding preferred shares held by each such holder immediately prior to such distribution, until the aggregate unpaid dividends for the preferred shares have been reduced to $0.

Distributions shall be made third to the holders of common stock, ratably among such holders of a Common Catch-Up Amount, as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

16


Distributions will then be made to holders of Series C convertible preferred stock and common stock in proportion to their ownership percentages.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of the dissolution of the Company, the Company’s cash and proceeds obtained from the disposition of the Company’s noncash assets shall be distributed. Distributions shall be made first to the Company’s creditors, to satisfy the liabilities of the Company. The remaining cash will then be distributed first to holders of Series A and Series A-1 preferred stock and second to holders of Series B preferred stock. Remaining undistributed proceeds are to be distributed following the distribution preferences for Series C convertible preferred stock and common stock described above.

NOTE 9 – SHARE-BASED PAYMENT AND RELATED STOCK OPTION PLAN

During 2020, the Company granted awards to certain employees and Board members of the Company. Under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the Board is authorized to grant stock options to eligible employees and directors of the Company. The fair value of the options is expensed on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. Stock based compensation expense during the three-month period ended June 30, 2021, and June 30, 2020 was $0.3 million. Stock based compensation expense during the six-month period ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 was $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

The Company has determined its share-based payments to be a Level 3 fair value measurement and has used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate its fair value using the following assumptions:

 

     June 30, 2020  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.58 - 2.47

Expected term (life) of options (in years)

     2-4  

Expected dividends

     0

Expected volatility

     67.9 -86.3

The Company did not grant any awards during the six month period ended June 30, 2021. The expected term of the options granted are determined based on the period of time the options are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. In selecting similar entities for determining expected volatility, the Company considered industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage. The dividend yield on the Company’s options is assumed to be zero since the Company has not historically paid dividends.

The following is a summary of the Company’s stock options as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 and the stock option activity from December 31, 2020 through June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2019 through June 30, 2020:

 

     Number of
Options
     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Option
(Amount)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
(Amount)
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
 

Balance, December 31, 2020

     34,977        191      $ 1,750        7.7  

Granted

     —          —          —          —    

Exercised

     —          —          —          —    

Forfeited

     —          —          —          —    

Expired

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2021

     34,977      $ 191      $ 1,750        7.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

17


     Number of
Options
     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Option
(Amount)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
(Amount)
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
 

Balance, December 31, 2019

     32,280        196      $ 1,750        8.4  

Granted

     5,181        167        1,750        —    

Exercised

     —          —          —          —    

Forfeited

     (2,484      195        1,750        —    

Expired

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2020

     34,977      $ 191      $ 1,750        8.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s share-based compensation expense during the respective three-month and six-month reporting periods:

 

     Three months ended June 30,      Six months ended June 30,  

(in ‘000)

   2021      2020      2021      2020  

Total share-based compensation expense

   $  315      $  315      $  630      $  531  

As of June 30, 2021, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding stock options was $2.8 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years.

The following is a summary of the Company’s exercisable stock options as of June 30, 2021 and 2020:

 

     June 30, 2021      June 30, 2020  

Range of exercise prices

   $ $1,000 -$2,500      $ $1,000 -$2,500  

Number of stock options

     18,493        11,894  

Weighted average remaining contractual term (in years)

     6.9        7.8  

Weighted average exercise price

   $ 1,750      $ 1,750  

The fair value of the Company’s vested shares for fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, were $3.6 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

NOTE 10 – WARRANTS ON COMMON STOCK

In connection with the sale of Series B preferred stock, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per warrant. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 9,814 warrants issued and outstanding. Warrants are exercisable at any time, at the option of the holder, into common stock at a rate of 1 to 1 initially, subject to adjustments for dilution.

The Company evaluated the warrants for liability or equity classification in accordance with the provisions of ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging. Based on the provisions governing the warrants in the applicable agreement, the Company determined that the warrants meet the criteria and were required to be classified as a liability subject to the guidance in ASC 815-10 and 815-40 and should effectively be treated as outstanding common shares in both basic and diluted EPS calculations.

Initial Measurement

The warrants are initially measured at fair value. The estimated fair value of the warrants prior to entering into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with CTAC on March 12, 2021, was determined to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The fair value of each warrant was approximately the fair value per share of common stock.

The aforementioned warrant liabilities are not subject to qualified hedge accounting.

Subsequent Measurement

The warrants are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The subsequent measurement of the warrants as of June 30, 2021, is classified as Level 2 due to significant inputs used in a valuation technique that were previously unobservable becoming observable given transactions that were observed around the measurement date. As the warrants are expected to be exchangeable for CTAC shares following the close of the Business Combination, following the signing of the Business Combination agreement, Management determined the fair value of the warrants based on the

 

18


equivalent number of shares exchangeable upon the consummation of the Business Combination. Such inputs include the number of CTAC shares exchangeable for the warrants of 1,365,612 and the current CTAC trading share price at June 30, 2021 of $9.93.

The change in fair value of the warrant liability for the three months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 was $0.1 million and $4.7 million, respectively. The change in fair value of the warrant liability for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 was ($2.4) million and $2.8 million, respectively.

NOTE 11 – NET LOSS PER SHARE

The Company follows the two-class method when computing net loss per common share when shares are issued that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method requires income available to common shareholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. The two-class method also requires losses for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based on their respective rights if the participating security contractually participates in losses. As holders of participating securities do not have a contractual obligation to fund losses, undistributed net losses are not allocated to Series A, Series A-1, Series B and Series C preferred shares for purposes of the loss per share calculation.

Presented in the table below is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator for the basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) calculations for the periods ended:

 

     Three months ended
June 30,
     Six months ended June 30,  
(in ‘000)    2021      2020      2021      2020  

Numerator:

           

Net loss attributable to the Company

   $ (6,885    $ (11,058    $ (7,966    $ (13,826

Less dividends to preferred shareholder

     7,532        6,701        14,925        13,353  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

   $ (14,417    $ (17,759    $ (22,891    $ (27,179

Denominator:

           

Weighted average common shares, basic and diluted (in number)

     227,433        227,433        227,433        227,478  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common shareholder, basic and diluted

   $ (63.39    $ (78.10    $ (100.65    $ (119.48
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following securities were not included in the computation of diluted shares outstanding because the effect would be anti-dilutive:

 

(number of shares)    June 30,
2021
     June 30,
2020
 

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

     16,502        16,802  

Stock Options

     34,977        34,977  

NOTE 12 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Leasing and Professional Services Agreement

KORE TM Data Brasil Processamento de Dados Ltda., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, maintains a lease and a professional services agreement with a company controlled by a key member of the subsidiary’s management team.

Aggregated related party transactions, which have been recorded at the exchange amount, representing the amount of consideration established and agreed by the related parties, was $0.1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020. The amount was recorded under general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

19


Due to Related Parties

As of June 30, 2021, the Company had outstanding loans due to Interfusion B.V and T-Fone B.V., companies related though common ownership resulting from the acquisition of Aspider in 2018. These amounts are recorded under due to related parties in the consolidated balance sheet. The amounts were as follows:

 

For the period ended (in ‘000)    June 30, 2021      December 31, 2020  

Interfusion B.V.

   $ 954      $ 985  

T-Fone B.V.

   $ 611      $ 630  

The loans between the Company and Interfusion B.V. and T-Fone B.V. are payable upon change in control. Interest is accrued quarterly, at a fixed rate of 2.5%. The Company accrued interest of $19,397 and $18,230 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

NOTE 13 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has completed an evaluation of all subsequent events through October 6, 2021 to ensure that these consolidated financial statements include appropriate disclosure of events both recognized in the consolidated financial statements and events which occurred but were not recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Except as described below, the Company has concluded that no subsequent event has occurred that requires disclosure.

On September 29, 2021, CTAC held a special meeting, at which CTAC’s shareholders voted to approve the proposals outlined in the proxy statement filed by CTAC with the Securities Exchange Commission on August 13, 2021, including, among other things, the adoption of the Business Combination and approval of the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement.

On September 30, 2021, as contemplated by the merger agreement, (i) CTAC merged with and into King LLC Merger Sub, LLC (“LLC Merger Sub”) (the “Pubco Merger”), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Pubco Merger and King Pubco, Inc. (“Pubco”) as parent of the surviving entity, (ii) immediately prior to the First Merger (as defined below), Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC (the “Sponsor”) contributed 100% of its equity interests in King Corp Merger Sub, Inc. (“Corp Merger Sub”) to Pubco (the “Corp Merger Sub Contribution”), as a result of which Corp Merger Sub became a wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco, (iii) following the Corp Merger Sub Contribution, Corp Merger Sub merged with and into the Company (the “First Merger”), with the Company being the surviving corporation of the First Merger, and (iv) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, the Company merged with and into LLC Merger Sub (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, being collectively referred to as the “Mergers” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement, the “Transactions” and the closing of the Transactions, the Business Combination), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Second Merger and Pubco being the sole member of LLC Merger Sub. In connection with the Business Combination, Pubco changed its name to “KORE Group Holdings, Inc.”

On September 30, 2021, KORE Wireless Group Inc. borrowed $95 million in exchange for senior unsecured exchangeable notes due 2028 (“Backstop Notes”) pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated September 30, 2021, by and among Pubco, KORE Wireless Group Inc. and Fortress Credit Corp. (“Fortress”). The Backstop Notes were issued at par, bearing interest at the rate of 5.50% per annum, and a maturity of seven years. The Backstop Notes are guaranteed by Pubco and may be exchangeable into Pubco Common Stock at $12.50 per share. At any time after the 2-year anniversary of the issuance of the Backstop Notes, Pubco may redeem the Backstop Notes for cash, force an exchange into shares of its common stock at $16.25 per share or settle with a combination of cash and an exchange. The Backstop Agreement contains a customary six-month lock up following the Closing, which prohibits Fortress from hedging the Backstop Notes by short selling Pubco’s Common Stock or hedging the notes via Pubco’s warrants or options.

On October 1, 2021, Pubco countersigned a commitment letter (the “Commitment Letter”) pursuant to which Fortress will make additional financing available to Pubco subject to certain terms and conditions, for up to $25,000,000 of additional notes under the Indenture entered into in connection with the Backstop Notes dated as of July 27, 2021 by and among KORE Wireless Group, Inc. and an affiliate of Fortress. The commitment will remain available until October 31, 2021. Upon entering into definitive documentation, the Sponsor has agreed to contribute 100,000 shares of Pubco Common Stock to LLC Merger Sub, which shares will be transferred by LLC Merger Sub to Fortress, as a commitment fee, pursuant to the terms and upon the conditions set forth in the Commitment Letter.

 

20

Exhibit 99.3

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the same meanings ascribed thereto in the final prospectus and definitive proxy statement, dated August 12, 2021 and filed by King Pubco, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Introduction

CTAC and KORE are providing the following unaudited pro forma combined financial information to aid you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the business combination.

In May 2020, the SEC adopted Release No.33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses. Release No. 33-10786 is effective on January 1, 2021.

The registration statement for the CTAC IPO became effective on October 21, 2020. On October 26, 2020, CTAC consummated the CTAC IPO of 25,000,000 units at $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $250.0 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $14.5 million, inclusive of approximately $8.8 million in deferred underwriting commissions. The underwriters were granted a 45-day option from the date of the final prospectus relating to the CTAC IPO to purchase up to 3,750,000 additional units to cover over-allotments, at $10.00 per unit. On November 9, 2020, the underwriters partially exercised the over-allotment option and purchased an additional 916,900 units (the “Over-Allotment Units”), generating gross proceeds of approximately $9.2 million, and incurring additional offering costs of approximately $0.5 million in underwriting fees (inclusive of approximately $0.3 million in deferred underwriting fees).

Simultaneously with the closing of the CTAC IPO, CTAC consummated the private placement (“Private Placement”) of 800,000 units (the “Private Placement Units”) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, generating total gross proceeds of $8.0 million. Subsequently, along with the closing of the Over-Allotment Units, CTAC consummated a private placement on November 10, 2020 for an additional 18,338 Private Placement Units (“Over-Allotment Private Placement Units”) to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds to CTAC of $183,380 (“Over-Allotment Private Placement”).

Upon the closing of the CTAC IPO, the Over-Allotment, the Private Placement and the Over-Allotment Private Placement, approximately $259.2 million ($10.00 per unit) of the net proceeds of the CTAC IPO, the Over- Allotment, the Over-Allotment Private Placement and certain of the proceeds of the Private Placement were placed in a trust account.

CTAC has 24 months from the closing of the CTAC IPO (by October 26, 2022) to complete an initial business combination.

KORE is one of the largest global independent IOT enablers, delivering critical services to customers globally to deploy, manage & scale their IoT application and use cases. KORE provides advanced connectivity services, location-based services, device solutions, managed and professional services used in the development and support of IoT technology for the Machine-to-Machine market. KORE’s IoT platform is delivered in partnership with the world’s largest mobile network operators and provides secure, reliable wireless connectivity to mobile and fixed devices. This technology enables KORE to expand its global technology platform by transferring capabilities across new and existing vertical markets and delivers complimentary products to channel partners and resellers worldwide.

The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 combines the historical balance sheet of CTAC and the historical balance sheet of KORE on a pro forma basis as if the business combination and the related transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, summarized below, consummated on June 30, 2021. The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 combine the historical statements of operations of CTAC and KORE for such periods on a pro forma basis with the business combination and related transactions, summarized below, consummated on January 1, 2020, the beginning of the earliest period presented. The related transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement that are given pro forma effect include:

 

   

Transaction accounting adjustments, which represent adjustments that are done in connection with the closing


 

of the business combination, including the following: (i) the reverse recapitalization between CTAC and KORE; (ii) the net proceeds from the issuance of Pubco Common Stock in the PIPE Investment; and (iii) the partial utilization of the Backstop Note.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information may not be useful in predicting the future financial condition and results of operations of Pubco.

The historical financial information of CTAC was derived from the unaudited financial statements of CTAC as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2021, the audited financial statements as of December 31, 2020, and for the period from September 8, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 (As Restated) which are incorporated by reference, to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.3 is attached. The historical financial information of KORE was derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of KORE as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the audited financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, which are incorporated by reference, respectively, to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.2 is attached.

The business combination is accounted as a reverse recapitalization, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, CTAC will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the business combination will be treated as the equivalent of KORE issuing stock for the net assets of CTAC, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of CTAC will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the business combination are those of KORE.

KORE is the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

 

   

KORE has the largest portion of voting rights in Pubco;

 

   

KORE’s existing senior management team is comprised of senior management of Pubco;

 

   

In comparison with CTAC, KORE has significantly more revenues and total assets and a larger net loss.

 

   

The operations of Pubco primarily represent the operations of KORE and Pubco assumes KORE’s headquarters.

Description of the Business Combination

The aggregate consideration for the Business Combination is $627.0 million, payable in the form of shares of the Pubco Common Stock and cash.

The following summarizes the purchase consideration:

 

Total shares transferred

     39,200,000  
  

 

 

 

Value per share (1)

     10.00  
  

 

 

 

Total share consideration

   $ 392,000,000  
  

 

 

 

A-1 Preferred Stock

     86,861,830  

A Preferred Stock

     85,217,671  

B Preferred Stock

     97,835,184  

Option Cash Consideration

     4,075,000  

First LTIP Payment

     1,050,000  

Less: Preferred stock settled in common stock

     (40,000,000
  

 

 

 

Total cash consideration

   $ 235,039,685  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 627,039,685  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Closing Share Consideration is calculated using $10.00 reference price. As the business combination is accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, the value per share is disclosed for informational purposes only in order to indicate the fair value of shares transferred.


The following summarizes the pro forma Pubco Common Stock outstanding in
thousands: *
   Shares
Outstanding
     %  

KORE Stockholders

     39,200        54.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total KORE Stockholders

     39,200        54.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

CTAC Public Shares

     3,659        5.0

CTAC Founder Shares

     6,698        9.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total CTAC Shares

     10,357        14.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

PIPE investors

     22,686        31.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro Forma Pubco Common Stock at June 30, 2021

     72,243        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

Amounts and percentages exclude all KORE Options (including vested KORE Options) as they were not outstanding common stock at the time of Closing.

The following unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 and the unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 are based on the historical financial statements of CTAC and KORE. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on information currently available, and the assumptions and underlying the unaudited pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes. Actual results may differ materially from the assumptions used to present the accompanying Unaudited Pro Forma Information.


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF JUNE 30, 2021

(in thousands)

 

     As of June 30, 2021  
     KORE
(Historical)
     CTAC
(Historical)
     Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
           Pro Forma
Combined
 

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

     8,297        690        259,186       A        77,072  
           225,000       B     
           (8,073     C     
           (25,449     D     
           (229,915     E     
           (22,000     F     
           (1,647     I     
           93,413       J     
           (222,430     K     

Accounts receivable, net

     47,640        —               47,640  

Inventories, net

     9,864        —               9,864  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     14,246        524             14,770  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current assets

     80,047        1,214        68,085          149,346  

Non-current assets:

             

Investments held in Trust Account

     —          259,186        (259,186     A        —    

Restricted cash

     371        —               371  

Property and equipment, net

     12,606        —               12,606  

Intangible assets, net

     221,990        —               221,990  

Goodwill

     382,428        —               382,428  

Deferred tax asset

     119        —               119  

Other long-term assets

     3,532           (3,021     D        511  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     621,046        259,186        (262,207        618,025  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     701,093        260,400        (194,122        767,371  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, TEMPORARY EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

             

Revolving credit facility

     22,000        —          (22,000     F        —    

Accounts payable

     23,181        156        (418     D        22,919  

Accrued liabilities

     12,496        4,647        (4,347     D        17,839  
           1,050       G     
           4,075       H     
           (82     I     

Income taxes payable

     199        —               199  

Due to related parties

     —          772             772  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     641        —               641  

Current portion of deferred revenue

     7,074        —               7,074  

Current portion of term loan payable

     3,153        —               3,153  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     68,744        5,575        (21,722        52,597  


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF JUNE 30, 2021

(in thousands)

 

     As of June 30, 2021  
     KORE
(Historical)
     CTAC
(Historical)
     Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
           Pro Forma
Combined
 

Non-current liabilities:

             

Deferred tax liabilities

     38,474        —               38,474  

Due to related parties

     1,565        —          (1,565     I        —    

Warrant liability

     13,561        14,704        (13,561     E        450  
           (14,254     O     

Capital lease obligations

     362        —               362  

Term loan payable, net

     297,773        —               297,773  

Convertible note

     —          —          93,413       J        93,413  

Deferred underwriting commissions

     —          9,071        (9,071     C        —    

Other long-term liabilities

     4,296                4,296  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     356,031        23,775        54,962          434,768  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     424,775        29,350        33,240          487,365  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

             

Temporary equity:

             

Common stock subject to possible redemption

     —          226,049        (226,049     N        —    

Series A Preferred Stock

     82,562        —          (85,218     E        —    
           2,656       M     

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

     83,982        —          (86,862     E        —    
           2,880       M     

Series B Preferred Stock

     95,474        —          (97,835     E        —    
           2,361       M     

Series C Preferred Stock

     16,502        —          (16,502     E        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total temporary equity

     278,520        —          (278,520        —    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

             

Class A Common Stock

     2        1        2       B        7  
           2       N     
           3       E     
           (1     L     
           (2     K     

Class B Common Stock

     —          1        (1     L        —    

Additional paid-in-capital

     121,322        18,618        224,998       B        408,362  
           (22,877     D     
           226,047       N     
           70,060       E     
           14,254       O     
           (13,617     L     
           (118     H     
           (7,897     M     


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF JUNE 30, 2021

(in thousands)

 

     As of June 30, 2021  
     KORE
(Historical)
    CTAC
(Historical)
    Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
           Pro Forma
Combined
 
         (222,428     K     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,834     —              (1,834

Accumulated deficit

     (121,692     (13,619     998       C        (126,529
         (828     D     
         (1,050     G     
         (3,957     H     
         13,619       L     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (2,202     5,001       277,207          280,006  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, TEMPORARY EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

     701,093       260,400       (194,122        767,371  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021  
     KORE
(Historical)
    CTAC
(Historical)
    Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
           Pro Forma
Combined
 

Revenue

           

Revenue

     116,040       —         —            116,040  

Cost of revenues:

           

Cost of revenues

     53,709       —         —            53,709  

Operating expenses

           

Selling, general and administrative

     40,525       5,460       (4,209     BB        41,146  
         (630     DD     

Selling, general and administrative - related party

     —         575       (575     BB        —    

Depreciation and amortization

     25,507       —              25,507  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     66,032       6,035       (5,414        66,653  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

     (3,701     (6,035     5,414          (4,322
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

           

Interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance costs, net

     (10,565     —         601       EE        (12,717
         9       FF     
         (2,762     GG     

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     2,383       (2,674     (2,383     HH        (82
         2,592       II     

Investment income from Trust Account

     —         13       (13     KK        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss) before income taxes

     (11,883     (8,696     3,458          (17,121
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income tax provision (benefit)

           

Current

     391       —         812       LL        1,203  

Deferred

     (4,308     —              (4,308
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total income tax provision (benefit)

     (3,917     —         812          (3,105
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (7,966     (8,696     2,646          (14,016
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class A ordinary shares

     227,433       26,735,238            72,242,919  

Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A ordinary shares

   $ (100.65   $ —            $ (0.19

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class B ordinary shares

     —         6,479,225            —    

Basic and diluted net income per share, Class B ordinary shares

     —         (1.34          —    


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF

OPERATIONS FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2020  
     KORE
(Historical)
    CTAC
(Historical)
    Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
           Pro Forma
Combined
 

Revenue

           

Revenue

     213,760       —         —            213,760  

Cost of revenues:

           

Cost of revenues

     97,930       —         —            97,930  

Operating expenses

           

Selling, general and administrative

     72,883       515       2,100       AA        81,893  
         819       BB     
         5,576       CC     

Selling, general and administrative - related party

     —         158       (158     BB        —    

Depreciation and amortization

     52,488       —              52,488  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     125,371       673       8,337          134,381  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

     (9,541     (673     (8,337        (18,551
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

           

Interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance costs, net

     (23,493       40       FF        (28,977
         (5,524     GG     

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (7,485     (3,779     7,485       HH        (116
         3,663       II     

Offering costs attributable to warrants

       (446     433       JJ        (13

Investment income from Trust Account

     —         4       (4     KK        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss) before income taxes

     (40,519     (4,894     (2,244        (47,657
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income tax provision (benefit)

           

Current

     1,051       —         (3,348     LL        (2,297

Deferred

     (6,369     —              (6,369
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total income tax provision (benefit)

     (5,318     —         (3,348        (8,666
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (35,201     (4,894     1,104          (38,991
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class A ordinary shares

     227,455       26,386,269            72,242,919  

Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A ordinary shares

   $ (273.03   $ —            $ (0.48

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class B ordinary shares

     —         6,355,484            —    

Basic and diluted net income per share, Class B ordinary shares

     —         (0.77          —    


NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1. Basis of Presentation

The business combination is accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, CTAC is treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the business combination is treated as the equivalent of KORE issuing stock for the net assets of CTAC, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of CTAC are stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the business combination are those of KORE.

The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 assumes that the business combination occurred on June 30, 2021. The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020 give pro forma effect to the business combination as if it was completed on January 1, 2020. These periods are presented on the basis of KORE as the accounting acquirer.

The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 has been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:

 

   

CTAC’s unaudited balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 and the related notes for the six months ended June 30, 2021, incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.3 is attached;

 

   

KORE’s unaudited condensed balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 and the related notes for the six months ended June 30, 2021, incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.3 is attached.

The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the six-months ended June 30, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020 have been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:

 

   

CTAC’s unaudited statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the audited statement of operations for the period from September 8, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 (as Restated) incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.3 is attached; and

 

   

KORE’s unaudited condensed statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the audited statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the related notes, included as Exhibit 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit is attached.

Management has made significant estimates and assumptions in its determination of the pro forma adjustments. As the Unaudited Pro Forma Information has been prepared based on these preliminary estimates, the final amounts recorded may differ materially from the information presented.

The Unaudited Pro Forma Information does not give effect to any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings, or cost savings that may be associated with the business combination.

The pro forma adjustments reflect the consummation of the business combination are based on certain currently available information and certain assumptions and methodologies that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised as additional information becomes available and is evaluated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the unaudited pro forma adjustments and it is possible the difference may be material. Management believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the business combination based on information available to management at this time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the Unaudited Pro Forma Information.

2. Accounting Policies

Upon consummation of the business combination, Pubco will perform a comprehensive review of the two entities’ accounting policies. As a result of the review, management may identify differences between the accounting policies of the two entities which, when conformed, could have a material impact on the financial statements of the Pubco.


3. Adjustments to Summary Pro Forma Information

The Unaudited Pro Forma Information has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the business combination and has been prepared for informational purposes only.

The following Unaudited Pro Forma Information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.” Release No. 33-10786 replaces the existing pro forma adjustment criteria with simplified requirements to depict the accounting for the transaction (“Transaction Accounting Adjustments”) and present the reasonably estimable synergies and other transaction effects that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur (“Management’s Adjustments”). Pubco has elected not to present Management’s Adjustments and will only be presenting Transaction Accounting Adjustments in the following Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information.

The pro forma basic and diluted loss per share amounts presented in the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations are based upon the number of the combined company’s shares outstanding, assuming the business combination occurred on January 1, 2020.

Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet

The adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 are as follows:

(A) Reflects the reclassification of $259.2 million of marketable securities held in the trust account at the balance sheet date that becomes available to fund the business combination.

(B) Represents the net proceeds from the private placement of 22.5 million shares of common stock at $10.00 per share pursuant to the PIPE Investment.

(C) Reflects the settlement of $9.1 million of deferred underwriting fees for cash of $8.1 million.

(D) Represents transaction costs of $30.7 million, in addition to the deferred underwriting fees noted in (C) above, inclusive of advisory, banking, printing, legal and accounting fees that were capitalized into additional paid-in capital or expensed. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet reflects these transaction costs as a reduction of cash of $25.4 million, as $1.8 million of transaction costs were paid prior to close, $1.9 million of transaction costs were settled in common stock, and $1.6 million of transaction costs will be paid shortly after closing. As of June 30, 2021, $4.8 million of liabilities were accrued between both CTAC and KORE and $3.0 million of transaction costs were capitalized as an asset for KORE. Adjustment to retained earnings of $0.8 million represents transaction costs not eligible for capitalization.

(E) Represents recapitalization of KORE through the issuance of 34.6 million shares of Pubco Common Stock to KORE shareholders as consideration for the reverse recapitalization, including the settlement of KORE Warrants and KORE Series C preferred stock into shares of Pubco Common Stock, and the settlement of Series A, A-1 and B Preferred shares with a redemption value of $269.9 million for cash of $229.9 million with the remaining $40.0 million of redemption value converted into common stock at $10.00 per share. In order to induce preferred shareholders to convert $40 million of redemption value to common stock, an additional 600,000 shares were issued to converting holders. KORE Warrants are settled with KORE common stock prior to the reverse recapitalization. Shareholders of KORE common stock receive per share consideration of 139.1 shares of Pubco Common Stock. Shareholders of KORE Series C preferred stock receive per share consideration of 152.7 shares of Pubco Common Stock.

(F) Reflects the debt repayment of Maple USB Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of $25.0 million net of the additional $3.0 million was drawn on the facility between the June 30, 2021 balance sheet date and the close of the transaction.

(G) Reflects accrual of First LTIP to be paid after the deal closing.

(H) Reflects payment of shares made in accordance with the Option Cancellation Agreement and accrual of the associated cash payment to be made after the deal closing.


(I) Reflect the repayment of the historical KORE related party notes payable and accrued interest.

(J) Reflects the proceeds from the Backstop Note in the amount of $95.1 million net of $1.7 million in financing fees.

(K) Reflects the cash payment for redemptions of $222.4 million.

(L) Reflects the elimination of CTAC’s historical equity balances to APIC.

(M) Reflects the dividend accrued on Series A, Series A-1, and Series B from June 30, 2021 through the close date of September 30, 2021.

(N) Reflects the reclassification $226.0 million of temporary equity to permanent equity.

(O) Reflects the reclassification of public warrants with a fair value of $14.3 from a liability to equity upon the close of the business combination.

Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 are as follows:

(AA) Reflects expense related to the First LTIP Payment as part of the deal closing and the recognition of the Second LTIP (i.e. an amount not to exceed $1,050,000) rateably over the associated one year service period as of December 31, 2020.

(BB) Reflects the reversal of capitalizable transaction costs and related party expenses which would not have been expensed and the recognition of non-capitalizable transaction cost which would have been expensed immediately had the transaction taken place January 1, 2020.

(CC) Reflects an expense for the payment of cash and shares made in accordance with the Option Cancellation Agreement.

(DD) Reflects the reversal of compensation costs recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2021 related to options settled in the Option Cancellation Agreement.

(EE) Reflects the elimination of historical interest expense on the revolving credit facility repaid through the transaction proceeds.

(FF) Reflects the elimination of historical interest expense on the related party notes repaid through the transaction proceeds.

(GG) Reflects interest and amortization of debt issuance costs related to Backstop Note.

(HH) Reflects the elimination of the historical change in fair value of the KORE warrant liability of $2.4 million and $(7.5) million due to the settlement of the KORE Warrants through Pubco Common Stock for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively.

(II) Reflects the elimination of the historical change in fair value of the CTAC public warrant liability of $(2.6) million and $(3.7) million due to the reclassification of the public warrants from liability classified to equity instruments at the close of the business combination for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively.

(JJ) Reflects the elimination of offering costs attributable to public warrants due to the reclassification of the public warrants from liability classified to equity instruments at the close of the business combination for the year ended December 31, 2020.

(KK) Reflects the elimination of investment income and unrealized loss on the trust account.

(LL) Reflects tax effects of income statement pro forma adjustments above.

4. Loss per Share

Represents the net loss per share calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the issuance of additional shares in connection with the business combination, assuming the shares were outstanding since January 1, 2020. As the business combination and related equity transactions reflect as if they had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net income (loss) per share assumes that the shares issuable relating to the business combination have been outstanding for the entirety of the period presented.


     For the year ended
December 31, 2020
     For the six months ended
June 30, 2021
 

Pro forma net loss

     (38,991      (14,016

Premium on preferred conversion to common shares

     4,074        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (34,917      (14,016

Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock

     72,242,919        72,242,919  

Net loss per share (Basic and Diluted) attributable to common stockholders

   $ (0.48    $ (0.19